Ñïàñèáî, ÷òî ñêà÷àëè êíèãó â áåñïëàòíîé ýëåêòðîííîé áèáëèîòåêå BooksCafe.Net
Âñå êíèãè àâòîðà
Ýòà æå êíèãà â äðóãèõ ôîðìàòàõ
Ïðèÿòíîãî ÷òåíèÿ!
A Coming Of Age
Timothy Zahn
Timothy Zahn
A Coming Of Age
To Anna—who was there for all the beginnings.
Chapter 1
The dome of the sky arched majestically above her as she flew high above the
woodlands, soaring effortlessly amid a flock of batlings. Their chirps filled
the air around her and she answered in kind, not understanding any of it but
pleased to be joining their conversation. Suddenly they shot up... and a second
later she was falling toward the tightly rolled spiral shapes below—falling—falling—
Lisa Duncan awoke with a start, heart pounding loudly in her ears, and
instinctively burrowed deeper under her blankets. For a moment her brain held on
to the image of the woodlands rushing up to meet her; but then it cleared, and
around her she saw the comforting familiarity of her room at the Dayspring Hive.
Swallowing hard, she looked across to the other bed, wondering if she'd made
enough noise in her nightmare to wake her roommate. But Sheelah's breathing was
still slow and even, and in the faint light sneaking in around the curtains Lisa
could see her lying wrapped in her blankets with the kind of rag-doll limpness
only a sleeping person can achieve. Lisa's watch was just visible on top of her
dresser; teeking it over, she saw that it was five-fifty. Ten more minutes and
the gently insistent wake-up buzzer would sound, officially beginning the hive's
day.
Teeking the watch under the blankets, Lisa fastened it onto her wrist, debating
whether or not to just go ahead and get up. The bed was awfully comfortable; but
on the other hand, hitting the floor bathroom ten minutes ahead of the other
girls was definitely worth the sacrifice. Sliding out of bed, she floated
through the air to the door, teeking it open as she got there, and flew out into
the hall.
The large, chrome-and-ripplestone room was, as she'd expected, deserted.
Entering the nearest booth, she took care of the first order of business. Then
she moved to one of the washbasins, shucked off her nightgown and gave her face,
hands, and arms a quick wash. Tossing the damp washcloth and towel into the
corner hamper, she picked up her nightgown... and hesitated. "No," she muttered
out loud, resolutely turning her eyes away from the full-length mirror fastened
to the side wall. "Just morbid curiosity, that's all." But as she slid the
nightgown back over her head, her hands quietly stole across her chest,
confirming what she suspected but had forbidden her eyes to learn.
Fourteen years old, and still flat as a board.
Sighing with a mixture of relief and guilt, she straightened her gown and
returned to her room, forcing herself to walk this time. Flat-chested or not,
the end of her preteen life was far too close to ignore. Most of her friends
already had their breast buds. Several of them had the first bits of pubic hair,
as well... and in those preteens the loss of their teekay was already beginning.
She'd better get used to staying on the ground.
Unbidden, tears filled Lisa's eyes; angrily, she rubbed them away. Stop it! she
told herself harshly. You're acting like a little girl. You think you're the
only preteen in the world who doesn't want to grow up? Act your age!
The pep talk didn't help. Closing the door behind her, she crossed the cold
floor and climbed back into bed. Dejectedly, she stared at the ceiling, watching
the shifting pattern of light as the conetree outside the window swayed in the
breeze, her mind churning with resentment and bitterness. The wake-up buzzer,
when it sounded, was almost a relief.
"Sgnorf!" Sheelah said suddenly, a sort of enunciated grunt that punctuated her
return to consciousness. "Grack, it's cold in here. Did you sneak the window
open last night, Lisa?"
"Just a crack." Lisa slid out from under the blankets and stood up. "Come on,
get up—it's not that cold."
"Tell that to my blood," Sheelah's muffled response came as she pulled the
blankets up over her nose. Her single visible eye rotated, and the curtains drew
back, letting in a dazzling blast of sunlight. Squinting in the sudden glare,
Lisa watched as she teeked the window closed.
"Looks like a nice day," Sheelah commented, climbing out of bed and stretching
like a cat. Her own emerging breasts were little lumps under her nightgown, and
Lisa felt a flash of jealousy. Sheelah's teekay would begin to fade any time now—would
be gone by the end of the year—and yet she remained invariably cheerful.
Maturing gracefully... Feeling worse than ever, Lisa turned her back on her
roommate and began to dress.
By the time the two preteens emerged together from their room, the hallway
outside was alive with chattering ten and eleven-year-old girls. Some, still in
night dress, were heading for the bathroom; but most were going the other
direction, toward the stairway and breakfast. Halfway down the hall, there was a
sudden outbreak of giggles, and a head rose above the general level of the crowd.
Another followed immediately, and the aerial game of tag was on.
"Back on the floor!" Lisa snapped, with more heat than was really called for. "You
know the rules!"
Guilty faces glanced around and disappeared as the two girls hastily dropped
back to their feet. Lisa lengthened her stride, intending to catch up with them,
but had only taken two steps when Sheelah caught her arm. "Hey, take it easy,"
she said in a low tone.
"No one's allowed to fly in a hall where three or more other people are present,"
Lisa quoted stiffly, even as her anger cooled.
"You're telling me?—who still holds the Dayspring point-loss record for that
particular offense?"
Lisa sighed and gave up. "Rena and Ajie are supposed to know better, though."
"So they're extra lively today." Sheelah shrugged. "It's not worth ruining their
day over." She peered closely at Lisa. "What's eating you this morning, anyway?"
"Nothing—just a little grouchy, I guess," Lisa said, reluctant to talk about her
feelings even to Sheelah. "Come on, let's get downstairs."
Within a few minutes they had walked down the five flights of stairs to the
spacious dining room that sat between the two living-area wings. Going through
the serving line, they arrived at their table to find most of the others already
present and attacking their trays with the exuberance and noise eight-year-olds
always seemed to be able to generate. Lisa wrinkled her nose slightly.
Overseeing the table was enough of a chore even at the best of times—the Eights
had nearly half the teekay strength they would ever possess but were a long way
from the maturity and self-discipline that would keep it under control, and Lisa
was forever having to ground floating salt shakers and block the completion of
spur-of-tne-moment pranks. Today, feeling as she did, even having to look down
the table at their youthful faces was going to be painful.
For a few moments, though, the ordeal was going to be postponed. Sitting on the
table at her place was a yellow triangle, signifying that she was to check in
with the Girls Senior. Leaving her tray, she picked up the yellow paper and
headed to the Senior's table.
"Ah, yes—Lisa." Gavra Norward held up a finger and finished her mouthful of food.
"We've got a small problem with work assignments this morning," she said when
her mouth was clear. "You're going to have to substitute for Kaarin Smale at the
power station—she's down with the flu, and no one else I'd trust with a flock of
Sevens is available."
In spite of her depression Lisa felt a warm glow at the compliment. Keeping
Sevens entertained while they turned a huge flywheel was indeed a difficult job.
"What about my team? You're not going to send them to the construction site
alone, are you?"
Gavra shook her head. "I've already talked with the foreman there, and he said
they could do without you today—if necessary he'll give the riveters a three-day
weekend. Anyway, they have no choice—power station's always got priority. Let me
see...." She picked up the small notebook lying by her plate and leafed through
it. "Okay, you'll pick up your crew—six boys and eight girls—at the front door
in forty minutes and take them to the west power station. I guess we'll give
your usual group the day off."
Lisa shrugged. "They could come to the power station with me," she suggested. "We
could put twice as much energy into the flywheel that way."
"Thanks, but no," Gavra smiled. "Your girls have served their time on boredom
duty. We'll just give them a free day."
Lisa nodded and made her way back to her own table. The Eights—most of them at
least halfway finished with their food—seemed more subdued than usual, enough so
that she wondered if Sheelah had taken advantage of her absence to clue them in
on her mood. In a way it made things worse; she remembered vividly a couple of
the "evergrouch" preteens she'd been terrified of as a young girl. I will not
become like that, she told herself fiercely, and made a supreme effort to smile
at the others before starting to eat. The underlying feeling of tension remained,
though. Hurrying through her breakfast, she set her tray on the conveyor and got
out.
But harsh moods had never been able to get a solid hold on her, and this time,
fortunately, was no exception. Somewhere en route to the west power station her
depression vanished into the brilliant June sunshine as she and her chattering
Sevens soared high above the rooftops, the younger ones engaging in the sort of
free-form tag forbidden inside the hive buildings. Watching them play—feeling
the wind in her hair as Barona's buildings rolled beneath them—it was somehow
impossible to truly believe she would ever lose her teekay. She chose, at least
for the moment, to ignore the quiet voice of logic within her.
Lisa hadn't been to any of Barona's three power stations since she was eight,
but the place was no less intimidating now that she was older and bigger. The
main room's two massive flywheels, in particular, were still sort of frightening—she
could still remember nightmares she'd had where one of them broke loose and she
couldn't move to get out of the way....
Giving her head a sharp shake, she put the memory out of her mind. "Let's sit
over here, shall we?" she said to her crew, indicating a spot a dozen meters
from the flat side of their assigned flywheel. "Everybody bring a chair over and
let's get busy."
The task was accomplished with a good deal more noise and banging of chairs than
was necessary, but Lisa knew enough to be patient. "All right," she said when
they were finally settled. "What would you like to do first?"
"See a movie," one of the boys spoke up promptly.
"Oh, you like movies, do you?" Lisa asked, her eye on the gauge set into the
flywheel's housing. The rotational speed, which had been dropping slowly as its
energy was turned into electricity, was now holding steady as the kids began
teeking. Still lower than the power station people liked to have it, but Lisa
knew they'd be able to catch up later. "What sort of movie would you like?"
"Monsters!" the boy exclaimed.
"Can't we sing instead?" a girl spoke up. "Or see a movie about real animals?"
"Yeah," another seconded. "Those monster movies are dumb."
"Tell you what," Lisa said. "Let's start with something different and save the
movies and singing for later. We'll take turns telling stories, okay? They can
be as scary as you want," she added as the boy who'd voted for monster movies
opened his mouth to object. He closed it again, and a gleam came into his eye.
Leaning back, Lisa stifled a satisfied smile. She'd never yet seen a round of
storytelling that couldn't hold a work crew's attention for at least an hour...
and she would still have the movies and singing to fall back on. "Okay, who's
ready to start?"
Three hands shot up. Lisa picked one and settled down to listen as the girl
launched into a story about three dragonmites and a batling, a story Lisa
remembered hearing on the story tapes several years ago. The other kids
obviously hadn't heard it, though; they sat in absorbed silence, only the
flywheel's rotation gauge showing that they were still doing their job. Across
the room, she noted, the flickering light of a projector showed that the group
at the second flywheel had already started a movie, though the picture itself—projected
against the flywheel's spinning surface—was invisible from where she sat. He'll
learn, she thought a bit smugly, eyeing the preteen in charge of the other crew.
About an hour after lunch they'll be bouncing off the ceiling with boredom—and
he won't have anything in reserve to keep them quiet.
Glancing once at her watch, Lisa returned her attention to the girl's story and
began to plan what they would do next.
Chapter 2
The young man was small and thin and very nervous. Wrapped in a sailor's jersey
a size too big for him and with a cap jammed down to eyebrow level, he looked
strangely like an eight-year-old dressed in an older kid's clothes. Stanford
Tirrell almost smiled at that image; but there really wasn't anything funny
about all of this. Keeping his peripheral vision on the piles of crates and
equipment lying around the dock, he stepped away from the security gate and
walked out to meet the young man.
"Mr. Potter?" the other asked as Tirrell approached. His voice made Tirrell
revise his age estimate downward. The sailor couldn't be over twenty-four—barely
old enough to be out of school—and the fact that he'd clearly been sailing for a
while implied he'd dropped out early. Tirrell felt a surge of pity for him...
but he had a job to do.
"Yeah," he said gruffly in answer to the other's query. "What'ya got for me?"
The sailor locked eyes with him for an instant before switching his gaze to
somewhere in the vicinity of Tirrell's left cheek. "Raellian whiskey—but
remember, you gotta pay what you said, 'cause if my usual buyer finds out—"
"Relax," Tirrell cut him off. "I got the money right here." He tapped his coat
pocket and nodded over the sailor's shoulder at the weathered freighter rocking
gently alongside its moorings a hundred meters away, its logo and number only
barely legible. "The stuff still aboard or did you off-load already?"
"Aboard. Gimme the money and I'll tell you where."
Silently, Tirrell pulled out the envelope and handed it over. The sailor
produced a long-bladed knife from somewhere and slit the envelope open with a
quick flick of his wrist. Reaching in, he leafed through the bills, his lips
moving as he counted.
"It's all there," Tirrell growled, wanting to get this over with. "Where's the
merchandise?"
The sailor stuffed the envelope into his hip sporran; with a brief hesitation
the knife likewise vanished. "Starboard hold, third locker," he muttered. "The
back comes off—use a knife on the water sealant and push the bottom; it swings
back. The stuff's in the ballast space behind and below, in six mesh bags."
"How do I get aboard?" Tirrell asked. "Is there someone who knows enough to look
the other way?"
"No—there's just me." The sailor was backing away, clearly anxious to fade back
into Ridge Harbor's dockyard community. "How you get aboard is your problem. I
just get the stuff through customs."
"True," Tirrell agreed, reaching into his pocket again. "And I'm afraid that's
going to cost you."
Something in Tirrell's voice must have tipped him off, because the sailor was
running full-tilt for the security gate before Tirrell even got his ID badge
clear of the pocket. Sighing, Tirrell put a finger in his mouth and gave a
trilling whistle. If his trusty righthand was where he was supposed to be...
The sailor increased his speed—and suddenly screamed in panic as his feet left
the ground. For another second his legs pumped madly, in a cartoon-like
pantomime of flight, before abruptly giving up. Hanging motionlessly, thirty
centimeters off the ground, he looked like a marionette with invisible strings.
Farther ahead, drifting from his concealment near the fence, a grinning preteen
appeared, making gift-wrapping motions with his hands as he flew over the gate.
Breaking into a jog, Tirrell headed for the dangling prisoner, reaching him the
same time the preteen did.
"That basically how you wanted it done?" the boy asked, settling to the ground.
"More or less," Tirrell nodded. "Your sense of humor leaves something to be
desired, though." Stepping in front of the sailor, he held up his badge for
inspection. "Detective First Stanford Tirrell, Ridge Harbor Police," he
identified himself. "You're under arrest for smuggling. Tonio, let him down."
The preteen did so, and under his watchful eye Tirrell relieved the prisoner of
knife and payoff money and secured his hands with wrist cuffs. "Let's go," he
said, taking the other's arm and pointing him toward the gate. "Tonio, the
whiskey's still aboard the ship over there. Make sure no one enters or leaves
until the shakedown squad gets here, okay? I'll call them from the car and tell
them how to find it."
"Sure," Tonio nodded. "Should be easy...." Gazing over Tirrell's shoulder, he
frowned slightly with concentration. Glancing back, Tirrell watched the ship's
gangway flip up to balance precariously on its edge. "That should keep the
traffic down," the preteen said with obvious satisfaction.
Shaking his head, Tirrell rolled his eyes exaggeratedly heavenward and marched
his prisoner away. Only when his back was to his righthand did he allow a smile
to reach his face. Tonio still liked to think his sense of humor could annoy his
partner.
It was nearly two hours later, and Tirrell was catching up on some of his
backlog of paperwork, when the summons came to report upstairs.
"Bad news," Police Chief Alverez said as Tirrell took the seat in front of the
cluttered desk and politely declined the pantomimed offer of a drink. "Your
smuggler friend's a dead end. A complete amateur, and seems to be a loner, to
boot."
Tirrell nodded; the sailor's youth and obvious inexperience had already led him
to the same conclusion. All those hours of digging through the customs office's
truly horrible record system—gone, just like that. "How does he account for the
diamonds in his last delivery?" he asked.
"He doesn't." Alverez smiled thinly. "He thought we were joking when we asked
about that. When we convinced him we were serious, I thought he was going to
rupture a blood vessel."
"I'll bet." Tirrell gazed out the window for a long moment. One of the small
pleasures—usually the only one, in fact—of being called into the chief's office
was the panoramic view the corner windows offered of both Ridge Harbor's
sheltered bay and the line of white bluffs that hemmed the city in from the west.
"It makes a certain lopsided sense, you know," he mused. "Most of the
professional gem smugglers are too well known to move without attracting
attention. So you pick a schmuck who's trying to make a few bills and stick the
stuff into his whiskey cache. No one's really likely to bother with him. Does he
have a record, by the way?"
Alverez shook his head, plucked a piece of paper from a stack in front of him. "Luz
Sandur, twenty-three; dropped out of Tweenriver Academy two years ago. Mild sort
of troublemaker in his hive, I gather, which meant he never got the necessary
points for anything over Basic at school. Saw the handwriting on the wall—"
"Too late, of course," Tirrell interjected.
"They always do. Decided he was in a dead-end position and wangled an
apprenticeship in the merchant marine. It apparently wasn't what he expected."
Tirrell shook his head sadly. It was always the same story: preteen on top of
the world at his hive, without the brains to look ahead to life after Transition.
It wasn't like the event sneaked up on anyone—Transition was as sure as death
and paperwork. Still, pretending it wasn't going to happen was an easy trap to
fall into, especially given the horror stories that circulated in the hives.
Even after twenty years Tirrell's own memories of that time held some sore spots.
"What about his buyer here? Have you picked him up yet?"
"Yeah, but I'm not sure it'll lead us anywhere. He claims he doesn't know
anything about gem smuggling—says his warehouse was broken into the night after
we intercepted that load eight months back." Alverez shrugged. "I'm inclined to
believe him—like Sandur, he's too small an operator for professionals to trust."
"Which leaves us whoever in Raella is pulling the Cleopatra act," Tirrell
growled. Eight months of hard work, gone like a hole in water.
"I believe Cleopatra was only putting pearls in wine, but you've got the right
idea." Alverez scratched his cheek and picked up another piece of paper. "It's
Raella's ball now—which is just as well, because something came in half an hour
ago that I want you on. It looks like we might have a new fagin operating in
town."
The hairs on the back of Tirrell's neck stirred, and suddenly the scenery
outside the window didn't seem quite so picturesque any more. Gem smugglers were
businessmen, opponents to match wits with; fagins were more on a level with
vermin. "What's happened?"
"Four-year-old boy was kidnapped in broad daylight at Vaduz Park—kidnapped so
casually that his sitter didn't even realize what had happened until an hour
afterward. We've got a shakedown squad out there now looking for clues, but I'm
not expecting much."
"The boy's parents been notified?" Tirrell asked, already heading for the door.
"Foster parents, yes. They're on their way to the park now."
Tirrell nodded grimly. "All right. I'll see you later."
Opening the door, he left at a fast walk.
The sitter who'd been watching Colin Brimmer was seventeen years old, a student
at Ridge Harbor Introductory School picking up a few extra points toward medical
training. She was also very near the point of tears, a point which, judging by
the puffiness of her eyes, she'd already been by at least once. "I don't know
what else I can tell you, Detective Tirrell," she said, sniffing as she fought
halfheartedly with her sinuses. "I've told the other policemen everything I know.
Please, I just want to go home."
"I understand, Miss Thuma," Tirrell said gently, "but it's important that I hear
the story from you, personally, before any of the details begin to fade."
She sniffed once more and briefly closed her eyes. "We got here about two o'clock—Colin,
me, and two other children from the neighborhood that I sit for. One of the
older men who're sometimes here was sitting over there." She waved toward a
nearby bench, the current focus of attention for two of Ridge Harbor's best
shakedown men. "I'd seen him three or four times in the past month or two, the
last time two days ago. He was about average height and build, I guess, with a
gray beard and medium-length gray hair, and he wore glasses."
"Had you talked to him before today?"
"Yes—on Wednesday. That was the first time," she added, sounding a little
defensive. "He came up and introduced himself and specifically said hello to
Colin. Colin seemed to know him, so I thought he was a friend of the Brimmers."
"How long was this conversation?"
"Just a few minutes. He sounded cultured and well-educated. I—I didn't think he—"
She sniffed loudly and got her face back under control. "Anyway, he told me he
was a city building inspector who was retiring early for health reasons. He
pointed out his apartment building—that white one through the trees." She
pointed. "Then he said good-bye and went back to his bench to read. He was still
there when we left."
"Okay." Tirrell made a note on his pad. "Now tell me about today."
"He was here when we got here, sitting on his usual bench. He said hello and
said he'd brought a small gift for each of the children—they were little model
airplanes. They'd been flying them for a half hour when Colin's hit the ground
too hard and broke. Mr. Oliver—that's the man—tried to fix it, but he couldn't.
He said he would have to go to his apartment, where his glue and vise were, and
asked Colin if he wanted to come watch. Colin seemed eager, and—well, he seemed
to know him—"
"Yes, you told me already," Tirrell said, striving to keep his voice even. He
couldn't really blame the teen; she'd probably never had more than a half hour
of instruction on the art of child-sitting in her life. Besides, she clearly
still had the reflexes of the hive structure she'd so recently left, reflexes
geared to obedience toward authoritative adults. "So they left. It then took you
a whole hour to become suspicious?"
She nodded, a single forlorn jerk of the head. "I'm sorry," she said miserably.
Glancing around, Tirrell caught the eye of a policeman and beckoned to him. "I'm
going to ask you to go down to the station with this officer," he told the teen,
"and describe this Mr. Oliver for one of our artists. Okay?"
"Sure." She sniffed once more and left with the policeman, her shoulders curled
with dejection. A motion off to his left caught Tirrell's eye, and he turned as
Tonio landed a few meters away.
"Couple of messages for you, Stan," the preteen said. "First: the address is a
phony. No one there's ever heard of this Oliver guy or anyone with his
description."
"Big surprise," Tirrell growled. "You're going to like this guy, Tonio—he's got
your warped sense of humor."
"What do you mean?"
"The term 'fagin' originally came from a pre-Expansion Earth book, whose title
happens to be Oliver Twist. What's the other message?"
"Colin's parents are here."
Tirrell glanced once at the men working on the bench. "Good. Let's go talk to
them."
The detective had never met the Brimmers, but their reputation was well-known in
official Ridge Harbor circles. Both in their early forties, they had been foster
parents to six children over the past eighteen years, providing the close family
background that seemed to best minimize the later transitional shocks to hive,
school, and adulthood. Their record had been one of the best in the city...
until now.
They were standing together near the row of police cars, obviously upset but
under much better control than the teen sitter had been. The man took a step
forward as Tirrell and Tonio walked up to them. "Are you the officer in charge
here, sir?" he asked.
Tirrell nodded. "Detective First Tirrell; this is Tonio Genesee, my righthand.
You are Thom and Elita Brimmer, of course. First of all, do you know anyone
named Oliver, or anyone who has gray hair, a beard, and wears glasses?"
Both shook their heads. "We've had a few minutes to think about it—the policeman
who drove us here gave us Lenna's description," Elita said. "We're quite sure we
don't know anyone like that. But I wonder whether or not the hair and beard are
a disguise. In that case he probably could be almost anyone."
"Good point." Tirrell had come to that obvious conclusion long ago. "Next: is
there any reason to suspect Colin may have been kidnapped for purposes of ransom?
Or that someone might want him in order to force you to do anything?
Again, two solid negatives. Tirrell hadn't expected anything else, but the
questions had to be asked. "All right. Then I'd like to go to your house with
you and look over both Colin's things and any photos you have of him, especially
recent ones taken outside. After that I want you to tell me everything you can
about Colin, your friends and acquaintances, your daily schedule—everything that
could conceivably give us a clue."
"We're at your complete disposal, Detective," Brimmer said. "We want this man
caught as badly as you do."
I doubt that very much, Tirrell thought blackly as he led the way to his car.
The Brimmers had most likely never seen what could happen to a child who was
brought up by a fagin. Tirrell had.
It wasn't something he was anxious to see again.
Chapter 3
Outside the lounge windows the last traces of sunset had finally faded from the
sky, and the crescent shape of Tigris's larger moon was occasionally visible
through the swaying woodland treetops. Sighing, Lisa straightened up in her
chair and looked around her. The lounge was relatively empty; most of the other
preteens were probably either outside or else downstairs in the entertainment
rooms, enjoying the extra freedom Friday evenings brought. Of the few other
girls present, most were sitting alone, either dozing or just enjoying the
silence. In one corner five others had teeked their chairs into a circle and
were carrying on a muted conversation. Lisa found herself staring at the group,
searching their faces for some trace of the depression she herself was feeling.
But if the imminent loss of their teekay was bothering any of them, they hid it
well. Laughing and smiling, they seemed as happy and unconcerned as Eights.
Idiots, she thought peevishly and was instantly sorry. It was she, after all,
who was behaving like a kid. Closing her eyes, she sighed and willed the world
to go away.
A creaking of wood some time later made her open her eyes again. The group in
the corner was breaking up. Watching incuriously, she noticed a sort of hand
signal pass furtively among the girls as they threaded their way through the
circle of chairs and disappeared out the door. Looking after them, Lisa felt
older than ever. Secret clubs were always cropping up in the hive, usually among
new preteens. Her own brief stint with such a club had been four years ago, just
after her tenth birthday and the move upstairs to her present room. Then, she'd
been more than a little scared at the new responsibilities her age was about to
bring her... but on the other hand, the coming Transition had seemed as distant
and academic as the end of the universe.
To grow is to change. Gavra Norward's oft-repeated line ran through Lisa's mind,
but it wasn't especially comforting. I don't want to change, she thought angrily.
I like being who I am; I like the power and—
She blinked as the thought caught her squarely across the face. The power. Not
just the teekay, she realized with sudden clarity, but also the authority and
status that went with it. Preteens were the top of the heap—more important even
than many adults, she'd often thought. And as for herself... well, Gavra had
said it just that morning. There's no one else I'd trust with a flock of Sevens.
Lisa was one of the best, and she knew it... and she was about to lose it all
and become an anonymous student.
Abruptly, she couldn't bear to sit still anymore. Getting to her feet, she
looked around the lounge. A few others were still there, but they were all girls
she knew only casually. No one she would be comfortable talking to... and,
actually, she didn't really feel like talking, anyway. Stepping to the room's
French doors, she opened them and walked out onto the balcony.
For a wonder, the wide ledge was deserted. Leaning on the railing, Lisa gazed
down into the hive's landscaped courtyard, picking out figures moving around in
the dim light. Above, the night was coming on rapidly, with only a small patch
of blue still showing through the trees where the sun had gone down. Here and
there she could see the distant specks of other kids flying about, a few off by
themselves but most in groups of three or more. A faint giggle reached her along
the breeze, adding that much more to her sense of frustration and loneliness. In
the west the smaller of Tigris's moons, Sumer, was rising higher, and she had a
sudden urge to go and chase it. Glancing around quickly, she stepped back to the
building's wall and teeked herself straight up. Technically, flying off of
balconies was forbidden, but preteens were generally allowed to get away with it
as long as they made sure younger kids didn't see them. A hundred meters above
the hive she leveled off and headed west.
The evening air, warm enough when one was stationary, was rather chilly when
passed through at forty kilometers an hour, and Lisa wished momentarily she'd
stopped by her room first to pick up a sweater. But the sheer exhilaration of
flight quickly drove such thoughts from her mind. She passed the other kids
without pausing; passed the outskirts of Barona itself; and within a few minutes
she was over the woodlands surrounding the city, as isolated from the world as
it was possible to get. She'd come out here often lately, as if distance alone
would let her escape the pressing reality of Transition....
For a long time she simply played—games of speed and altitude she'd enjoyed as a
young girl, and the more daring tricks of free fall and spinning spiral that had
once won a brand-new preteen the admiration of both her peers and even some of
her elders. Time and again she soared high above the woodlands surrounding
Barona and let herself drop, relying more on instinct than on the dimly seen,
dark gray-on-black treetops to judge when to pull out of her dive. The hard knot
of bitterness underlying her sport she did her best to ignore.
Finally, the tension within her was exhausted, and she leveled out. Flying
westward toward Rand and the Tessellate Mountains, she fixed her gaze on the
rising moon and tried to sort out the tangled-yarn pattern of her thoughts.
She didn't mind the idea of being an adult; of that much she was pretty sure.
People like Gavra Norward and the architects she knew from her building work had
shown her that growing up didn't have to mean loss of all power, that being an
adult didn't mean being a nobody. The attitude such thoughts implied still
bothered her, though—she didn't like to admit that having power over other
people was so important to her. But I don't want to push people around, not
really, she decided after a moment of conscience-poking. I just don't want them
pushing me around. And that, she realized suddenly, was what she feared most
about Transition. She would be beginning school exactly equal with everyone else
her age. A new situation, with new rules and relationships—and no teekay to
compensate for her small size. Just thinking about it brought a tightness to her
jaw.
To her right a flicker of light showed briefly through the trees. Moved by idle
curiosity, she veered to investigate.
She could always simply run away, of course. Gavra had once said that over half
of Tigris was still uninhabited, so it would be easy to find a secluded spot
where she would never be found, using the remaining year or whatever of her
teekay to build a house and clear some land. But after Transition... without the
slightest idea of how to survive in the wilderness, things could turn ugly very
fast. Besides, she wasn't really the hermit type. What she really needed was a
way to get a jump on her peers at the school itself.
Again, the light flickered. This time Lisa was close enough to recognize it: a
car's headlights, moving along the forest road from Barona toward Rand.
For a moment she paralleled the road, wondering what to do. She wasn't
especially interested in chasing the car... but on the other hand, she'd seldom
if ever seen anyone driving west of Barona at night. Perhaps there was some sort
of emergency—and if so, her teekay might be the difference between life and
death for someone. Dropping to treetop level, she increased her speed and headed
toward the lights.
She caught up easily enough; the car seemed to be staying at the posted speed
limit, and Lisa didn't have to bother with the road's occasional curves. How to
approach without startling the driver right off the road was a matter for a few
moments' thought; she solved it by flying a hundred meters ahead of the car,
matching its speed, and dropping to just within headlight range. When she was
sure she'd been seen, she reduced both her speed and height a bit more, and soon
was pacing the vehicle at window level.
"Are you in some kind of trouble?" she shouted, trying to minimize the
nervousness in her voice. Flying at seventy kilometers per hour high above the
trees and at a single meter above the ground made for two entirely different
sensations, and she was acutely aware that a slight drift in practically any
direction would slam her hard into something solid. Keeping her eye on the speed-blurred
road beneath her, she opened her mouth to shout again—
The car vanished, and abruptly a bright light exploded in her eyes.
She was three meters up and heading higher before she realized that the driver
had simply put on his brakes, dropping him behind her. Thankful that the
darkness hid the hot flush spreading across her face, she circled back around,
landing next to the car as it coasted to a halt.
"Is something wrong?" the driver asked, rolling down his window.
Lisa ducked her head and peered inside. The driver was a middle-aged man, dark-haired,
dressed in a casual but nice-looking outfit. In the backwash of light she could
see traces of the tension that some adults seemed to continually carry around
with them. "I just wondered if something was wrong with you," she explained,
suddenly feeling a little silly. "I noticed you driving at night, and..." She
trailed off.
Surprisingly, the tightness in his face eased and he even smiled. "Oh, no—there's
no trouble here. My nephew and I were just going back to Rand from a day in
Barona. The time sort of got away from us and I have to work tomorrow."
"Oh," Lisa whispered; she hadn't noticed the sleeping child in the passenger
seat. "I'm sorry—I was worried that there might be something wrong—an emergency
or something."
"No, we're fine; but thanks for stopping. If it had been an emergency, I sure
would have been grateful to have your help."
"Oh, that's all right," Lisa said, her face warming again. "I'd better let you
get your nephew to bed. How old is he?"
"Almost five," the man said.
"He looks younger," Lisa commented, studying the boy briefly. A pang of sympathy
touched the back of her throat; smaller than most of his peers, he was going to
run into a lot of the same problems in his hive that she had had in hers.
"His mother was short," the driver said. "Look, we really have to go."
"Oh, sure—sorry." Lisa stepped back from the car. With a wave, the driver rolled
up his window and the car again headed down the road.
Lisa watched its taillights disappear around a curve and then, with a sigh,
teeked herself into the air and headed back toward Barona. So much for making a
hero of myself, she thought, rotating once as she flew to get a last look at the
glow of headlights. But even as she started to look away the lights made a sharp
turn and disappeared behind a particularly thick patch of the woods.
She'd never noticed a turn quite that sharp in the road, and for a moment
wondered if perhaps he'd lost control and driven into the ditch. But an instant
later she saw the glow again, a little further on. Reassured, she circled back
toward the distant slice of pinprick lights that was Barona. With the excitement
over, she turned her mind back to the problem that had driven her out here in
the first place.
She struggled with it for another half hour, and through all the tangle two
thoughts gradually seemed to emerge: one, that to get the edge she desired over
her peers she would need to start learning ahead of time the stuff the school
would be teaching; and two, that the first thing on that list was reading.
Reading. Even just bouncing around in her head the word was a little scary.
Reading was something only adults did, like driving cars or making money—something
that took a lot of time and hard work to become any good at. Could she possibly
get anywhere with it in the few weeks or months she had left? After all, she'd
always heard that reading was too hard for kids and preteens to learn—else why
wait until after Transition to put people in school?
But I'm almost a teen, she reminded herself firmly... and now that she thought
about it, she couldn't remember anyone ever saying that a preteen couldn't try
to learn reading. If she could even just learn all the letters it would give her
something to build on later. It was certainly worth a try, anyway.
And with unusually good timing the idea had even come to her when she could take
advantage of the extra free time the weekend provided. None of the books in the
hive's entertainment center had anything but pictures, but the Barona Library
was open to anyone; and while Lisa had been above the first two floors only once,
she knew kids were allowed up there. Provided the library opened early enough on
Saturdays, she should be able to get busy right after breakfast.
For a moment she frowned, and her thoughts went back to the man in the car. What
sort of job did he have, she wondered, where he had to work on Saturday but not
on Friday? The mines in the Tessellate Mountains near Rand worked eight days a
week, she'd heard—a few of them a full twenty-one hours a day—but he hadn't
looked much like a miner. Perhaps he was a supervisor of some kind. Certainly he'd
sounded educated enough to be somebody important.
And that apparently was the secret of adult life. Education is power... and
power means not being pushed around. Smiling to herself, Lisa increased her
speed, hoping to get to bed early for a change. Tomorrow was going to be a busy
day.
Dr. Matthew Jarvis let his car coast to a stop by the cabin wall and breathed a
sigh of relief as he flicked off the headlights. For a moment he sat in the
darkness, letting his eyes adjust. Then, opening the door, he reached over and
scooped up the sleeping boy beside him. Maneuvering carefully to avoid banging
either of their heads, he got out of the car and carried the child into the dark
building.
Inside, he headed straight for the kitchen table, the only flat surface he was
willing to try and get to in complete darkness. He made it without running into
anything and laid the boy down. Feeling his way to the nearest door jamb, he
flicked on a light and then reached around the door to his study to turn on the
lights there. Picking up the boy, he transferred him to the study couch and then
went back to the car to retrieve his small travel bag, confirming on the way
that the lights didn't show from outside the cabin. Back in the study, he
collected the vials and hypodermics he would need and set them out neatly on the
end table by the couch. Finally, he pulled a chair alongside the sleeping boy
and sat down.
For a long moment he gazed into the child's face as an odd mix of emotions
swirled inside him. The decision on whether to proceed was still not irrevocable...
and the fact that he'd made it this far without getting caught meant that choice
was now solely in his hands. Even at this late stage that wasn't something he
could casually dismiss.
But the moment passed. Reaching over to the end table, he carefully prepared the
three hypos he would need: the first with a chemical to neutralize what remained
of the sleeping drug in the boy's system, the second with a mild hypnotic. In
the third... Jarvis squinted at the clear brown fluid, marveling again at how
innocent the stuff seemed. Certainly there was nothing in its appearance to
suggest its creation had cost four years of blood-sweat... or that it might very
well turn Tigrin society upside down as drastically as the sudden appearance of
the teekay talent had nearly two hundred years earlier. Brown dynamite—a kiloton
of it in every hypo.
Feeling a tension in his jaw, he put the vial down carefully and picked up the
first hypo and a disinfectant swab. Cleaning a patch of skin on the boy's upper
arm, he injected the neutralizer and swabbed over the needle mark. Moving a
couple of centimeters down, he repeated the procedure with the second hypo. Then,
his hand on the boy's pulse, he settled back to wait.
He'd preferred to err on the side of caution with the doses, with the result
that it took nearly an hour for the child to drift from his original comalike
sleep into the half-awake state Jarvis needed. But finally he was ready.
"Colin, can you hear me?" Jarvis asked softly.
The boy stirred, and his eyes opened into slits that still showed mostly white.
"Uh-huh," he murmured.
"I'm going to tell you some things, Colin, and I want you to promise me you'll
remember. Okay?"
"Uh-huh."
"Okay. Open your eyes and look at me." Colin did so, and Jarvis continued, "My
name is Matthew Caleb. I'm a friend of yours and the Brimmers, and you'll be
staying with me for a few months—a sort of vacation in the woods. You're very
excited and happy to be here, of course, and will want to stay as long as you
can. Will you remember all of that?"
"Okay."
There were other things Jarvis wanted to tell him, but they could wait for
another day now that the groundwork had been laid. "Good. Now, turn your head
and look into the corner over there. Do you see the red disk? I want you to try
and lift it straight up along the metal bar."
Colin nodded and Jarvis turned his attention to the corner. The device there was
essentially a homemade version of a standard hive teekay tester. Twenty metal
disks, each weighing one kilogram, rested on a vertical pole that was tapered
from bottom to top; the different sizes of the disks' central holes let them
rest a few centimeters apart on the pole. As Jarvis watched, the bottom disk—painted
a bright red—wobbled once and began to rise. It picked up the disk above it
without slowing; and the next, and the next. When the pile finally came to a
halt, it consisted of eight disks and was almost able to lift the ninth.
"That's fine, Colin; very good," Jarvis said, marking the figure down in a small
notebook. Average, or perhaps a bit weak for his age, though Jarvis had no doubt
a careful brain and metabolism analysis would show the boy to be on the proper
teekay curve. Again, that could wait until tomorrow. "You can let the disk down
now." The pile returned smoothly to its original configuration, and Jarvis
turned back to the boy. "Now, Colin, I'm going to give you a shot. I don't want
you to feel it, though, okay?"
Colin nodded. Picking up the third needle, Jarvis prepared the arm and, with
only a slight hesitation, injected the brown fluid. His hand was trembling
noticeably when he returned the hypo to the table. "Very good, Colin. Now, there's
just one more thing, and then I'm going to let you go to sleep. I'm going to
have to give you these shots every couple of days for a while, and I don't want
it to bother you in any way. So whenever you hear the word 'Miribel,' I want you
to go immediately into a deep sleep. You won't wake up again until you hear the
word 'Oriana.' Do you understand? Repeat the two words to me."
"Miribel," the child murmured. His eyelids were drifting shut as the hypnotic
began to lose its hold on him. "Oriana."
"That's fine, Colin. Now in a minute you'll go to sleep, and when you wake up in
the morning you won't remember this conversation. We're going to have a good
time here together, and you're going to learn a lot about woodland life. Above
all, don't worry about anything, because I care a lot about you. All right? Good.
You're a good boy, Colin, and you may go to sleep now."
A moment later the boy was fast asleep, his mouth slightly open, his breathing
slow and regular. Checking his pulse one final time, Jarvis carefully covered
him with the blanket he'd had ready. Just as stealthily, he gathered his
equipment and drugs and locked them away in his work table.
With one last look at the sleeping child, he turned out the study lights and
softly closed the door. Strangely enough, though his hands were still trembling
a bit, the earlier tension was gone... and the reason for that was obvious. By
illegally injecting that drug into Colin's body, he had placed himself neck-deep
in the Rubicon.
For all intents and purposes, the decision to proceed was now irrevocable.
Chapter 4
There was no wake-up buzzer on Saturdays, but the excitement of the previous
night carried over into the morning, nudging Lisa out of bed well before her
usual weekend rising time of seven o'clock. Dressing quickly, she headed
downstairs to the dining room. Despite the hour, a reasonable number of others
were already there, most of them the younger boys and girls who always woke up
with the sun no matter what the calendar said. Taking her tray to her table, she
was mildly annoyed to find a yellow triangle waiting there for her.
Someone had probably seen that illegal balcony takeoff, she decided, and had
complained loudly enough for Gavra to feel she had to take action. From Lisa's
point of view the fingering couldn't have come at a worse time—along with a
minor loss of points, the usual punishment for such infractions usually included
one or more weekends confined to the hive. If Gavra hit her with that one, she
would have to postpone her trip to the library until after work on Nultday at
the earliest. Hurrying through her breakfast, she went to the Senior's office,
bracing herself for the worst.
And was pleasantly surprised. "Ah; Lisa," Gavra smiled as the preteen knocked
tentatively at the open door. "Come in—you're up earlier than I'd expected. I
wondered if you'd help me welcome a new child this morning. She's coming in with
her parents about eight."
Relief washed through Lisa. It was still over half an hour before eight, and it
could easily cost the rest of the morning to check a newcomer into the hive,
especially if she was as scared as children often were about leaving their
parents. But when she compared the task to the fate she'd been contemplating,
Lisa couldn't help but feel she'd been let off easily. "Sure, I'd be happy to.
Main entrance?"
"Yes," Gavra nodded. "Thanks very much—and sorry about the short notice."
Half an hour wasn't really long enough to do anything worthwhile, but the hive
game rooms were always a good place to kill a little time, so Lisa wandered down
to see what was going on there. She arrived to find a scene of barely controlled
pandemonium, with a group of Sevens having taken over the center of the main gym
room for an exuberant game of spinwheel, while some Fives and Sixes cheered from
the sidelines and tried to imitate the intricate motions with their own toys.
The two preteens in charge—Tens, by their obvious inexperience—seemed to have
conceded the center to the Sevens and were instead concentrating on making sure
the younger kids didn't get run down or otherwise hurt. They looked so helpless—and
so relieved that assistance had arrived—that Lisa changed her original plans and
spent the entire half hour helping to calm the boisterous Sevens and restore
order. Overseeing Saturday morning happy hole is not one of the things I'm going
to miss about the hive, she thought wryly as she hurried through the halls
toward the front entrance. She hoped the new girl's family was late; she'd cut
her time a little too closely.
They weren't late, as it happened, but since Gavra was still welcoming them as
Lisa arrived, they apparently hadn't been too far ahead of her. "Ah, here she is,"
Gavra said as Lisa tried to trot up with dignity. "This is Lisa Duncan, one of
our preteens. Lisa, this is Jessy Larz and her parents."
"Pleased to meet you," Lisa nodded to the adults as she dropped into a crouch to
put herself at the child's eye level. "Hi, Jessy. How are you?"
The little girl didn't answer. Tightening her grip on her mother's hand, she
regarded Lisa with wide, unblinking eyes. "My name's Lisa," the preteen went on
cheerfully, ignoring the other's silence. "Is Jessy short for Jessica?"
"Can you say yes, Jessy?" her mother murmured.
"Uh-huh," Jessy said reluctantly.
"That's a nice name," Lisa said, smiling her best. "And you're a very pretty
girl; did you know that?"
"Uh-huh," she said, sounding more confident this time.
The adults chuckled, and Lisa sensed a slight lowering of the child's barriers.
Gavra apparently saw it, too, and moved quickly to take advantage of the thaw. "Why
don't we all go to the testing room now?" she suggested. "After that we'll show
you some of the facilities Dayspring has to offer."
"Oh, that'll be fun!" Lisa exclaimed to Jessy. "We've got a lot of neat toys and
games here to play with." She stood up and offered her hand to the child. With
only a brief hesitation she took it; and although she also kept a firm grip on
her mother's hand during the short walk, Lisa decided to consider it a victory.
When they reached the testing room, however, all remaining resistance crumbled.
For a moment Jessy stared in amazement at the array of toys set out there; then,
with a sort of happy bleat, she ran forward.
"Jessy—" her mother began warningly.
"It's all right," Gavra interrupted her. "The toys are there for her to play
with. If you'll both just step over here to the desk, there are some forms we
have to fill out."
The adults disappeared into a corner together as Lisa went over to where Jessy
was shaking a clear plastic ball full of colorful butterflies, each of which
rang like a small bell when it moved. Lisa showed her how she could use her
budding teekay ability to move them individually inside their ball and make a
tune. From her delighted reaction it was clear Jessy had never thought about
teeking through solid objects before, and she instantly went on a grand tour of
the testing room trying out her new trick on everything imaginable. It only
worked when she could see through the outer object to the one she wanted to move,
of course, but there were enough toys like that scattered around to keep her
from becoming discouraged. By the time Gavra was ready to begin the tests, Jessy
was chattering away nonstop.
The standard series of teekay tests, designed to look as much like play as
possible, did nothing to bruise Jessy's new cheerfulness. Afterward, Gavra led
them all on the promised tour of the game and play rooms, the dining room, and a
section of the younger girls' living quarters. The adults seemed impressed;
Jessy's father, particularly, kept pointing out things the hives of his own
youth hadn't had.
Finally, back in the testing room, Gavra invited questions. "Would it be
possible for us to stay here for a few days, until Jessy gets accustomed to the
place?" Mrs. Larz asked, almost timidly. "I understand that that's allowed."
"Well, yes," Gavra said, and Lisa prepared herself for a long lecture. One of
the few official rules Gavra was absolutely dead set against was "the lingering,
painful good-bye," as she often called it. "However, there are some aspects of
that which I'd like to discuss with you," she continued. "Lisa, would you mind
showing Jessy around for a while longer?"
"Sure, Gavra." Fortunately, Lisa had long ago hit on a way to keep children
occupied for long periods of time. "Jessy, have you ever seen what Barona looks
like from the sky?"
Jessy's eyes lit up. "You mean—flying? But I can't do that yet."
"You don't need to, 'cause I'll be carrying you. Come on; you're going to love
it."
And love it she did. From her gasp of wonder at takeoff to their first wet pass
through a low-lying cloud, the little girl was entranced, alternately looking
around in awed silence and excitedly pointing out brand-new discoveries. For her
part, Lisa found herself caught up in the child's fascination, able to see with
some of her same delight things that she had stopped noticing years ago. It was
like being a child again herself.
They flew around over Barona for a long time, until the rush of Jessy's
excitement began to wane a bit. Then, dropping to just above the city's tallest
buildings, Lisa unobtrusively began Jessy's first lessons in aerial navigation.
"Okay, now the first thing you'll need to recognize is the hive—it's that
building there, the one with two towers and the fenced-in area behind it. Over
there is the city building—that's where the mayor works and where the police are;
that star near the top always means police. Right below us is the shopping area
where you'll get to go sometimes—not by yourself, but with another preteen. See?—if
you fly straight toward the city building from the hive you'll come right here."
"Uh-huh." Jessy squirmed abruptly in Lisa's arms, a sure sign that she was
getting restless. That posed no physical danger, of course; Lisa's teekay was
holding the child as securely as batling's talons. But like most Fives, Jessy
was bursting with energy, and Lisa preferred that she expend it at ground level.
They could drop down to the shopping center, perhaps, and Lisa could show her
how to tell what each of the stores sold by the picture in the window. Or else
they could walk around the city's business area and look at the tall buildings,
or—
Lisa had a flash of pure genius. "Jessy," she said, turning smoothly and heading
toward a spot north of the city building, "have you ever been to the library?"
Jessy hadn't; and she was delighted. She had, of course, seen TVs and tape
players before—though the headphones connected to the latter seemed new to her—but
the flashing lights of the video games were a source of instant fascination. She
ran back and forth among the machines, standing on tiptoe to see over players'
shoulders, occasionally trying to touch the images or teek them through the
screens, and generally making a minor nuisance of herself. The preteens playing
the machines, most of whom had probably fled the game rooms at their hives for
the express purpose of getting away from younger kids, were not inclined to be
patient, and after a few minutes Lisa corralled her young charge and took her
upstairs to the second floor. Much of that level was taken up by nature exhibits,
and Jessy wandered among them for nearly twenty minutes, stopping by each
exhibit and listening to part of its accompanying information tape before moving
on to the next. The exhibits ranged from dioramas of Tigris's native plants and
animals to cages housing small, furry animals, both earthstock and native; and
as she watched Jessy's exploration, Lisa was again reminded of her own girlhood.
She could still spend hours here, watching the gerbils and furheads in their
cages and imagining what it must be like for them in the wild. Today, though,
her mood was more one of impatience than interest as she waited for Jessy's
excitement to wane.
Finally, she couldn't wait any longer. Soon they would have to head back to the
hive. "Jessy, there's one more place I want to show you," she said, dropping to
one knee beside Jessy and the ant farm she was studying.
"Do I have to?" Jessy asked plaintively, her eyes not leaving the scurrying
insects.
"Yes," Lisa said. Don't worry, you'll be able to come here again. But I want to
show you what the library is mostly for."
Reluctantly, Jessy pried herself away from the display and followed Lisa up one
more flight of stairs.
It was like traveling from the hive to the city building in an instant. Suddenly,
everything from the heavy wooden chairs and tables to the quiet colors and
quieter footsteps labeled the room as adult. Jessy froze just inside the doorway,
and even Lisa—who had known what to expect—felt a strange reluctance to go any
further. But she was determined, and taking Jessy's hand she forced herself to
walk toward the tall shelves she could see off to the right.
It wasn't an easy trip. They first had to pass by a tall desk, from behind which
an even taller librarian gazed down at them, then they walked through a lounge
area where several adults and a couple of teens sat with books. Lisa could
almost feel their eyes on the back of her head as she and Jessy passed, and she
sighed with relief when they finally reached the shelves and ducked into the
space between two of them, out of sight of the adults.
Jessy looked up at the shelves, packed solidly with books from floor to ceiling.
"What are those?" she asked, sounding awed.
"They're books," Lisa told her, pulling one out at random and carefully opening
it. Neat lines of black letters on white paper stared back at her. "You see,
when you get to be a teen and go to school, you'll learn how to read these. You
can find out things from them." Gazing at the page, she looked for the handful
of letters she knew. They were there, certainly—but in so many combinations!
"Can I hold it?" Jessy asked, and Lisa felt a teekay tug on the book.
Automatically, she countered with her own teekay. "No, Jessy," she said, leafing
through the pages in hopes of finding pictures that might give her a clue as to
what the words might be.
"I want it," Jessy insisted.
"May I help you?"
Startled, Lisa looked up as the tall woman who'd been behind the front counter
came down the aisle toward them. Her lips held a pleasant smile, but there was
something in her eyes that reminded Lisa of the storm cloud she'd had to pull a
Nine out of a year ago. "N-no, not really, thank you," she managed. "I was just
showing Jessy what books are."
"I see. Hello, Jessy," the adult said, and Lisa thought her smile a little more
genuine this time. Stooping beside the girl, she deftly plucked the book from
Lisa's hand and held it open in front of her. "See, Jessy, this is writing. When
you grow up you'll learn how to understand what this says."
Jessy reached for the book, but the librarian held it back. No, no, you mustn't
touch," she said firmly. "These are very valuable—some of the last books made
from the big spaceship's records before the machines were destroyed in the Lost
Generation. They're very durable—much more so than the books printed today—but
they can be damaged if they're mishandled. That's why we don't allow children or
kids to touch them. Do you understand?"
Whether she understood or not, it was clear Jessy wasn't about to buck such
heavy adult pressure. "Uh-huh," she muttered.
"That's a good girl. Don't worry; you'll be able to look at the books all you
want when you grow up." She shifted her gaze to Lisa. "Was there anything else
you wanted?"
"Uh..." Lisa's tongue locked awkwardly against the automatic no that had tried
to come out. "I... is it allowed for preteens to take books out of the library?
I'd be very careful with it."
The smile slipped a bit. "I'm sorry, but we can't allow that. But if you really
want to look at them, you can do so here, out in the reading area." She gestured
in the direction of the lounge chairs they'd passed through on their way in.
"Oh. I—thank you." Lisa swallowed hard, feeling a shiver run down her back. To
actually sit there with all those disapproving adult stares on her... "I guess
we'd better be getting back, Jessy," she said, taking the little girl's hand and
mentally bracing herself to pass among the readers again. "Say thank you to the
nice lady.
"Thank you," Jessy murmured.
"I think you'll find the library's first two floors more interesting to you,"
the librarian said as she walked them to the door. "In the future you'd probably
do better to stay down there."
It wasn't until they were flying above Barona again that Lisa was finally able
to relax. One thing, at least, was clear: she was not going to be able to learn
reading in the library. In fact, it was likely to be a long time before she even
ventured into the building again.
But she wasn't yet prepared to give up. There had to be other places she could
get books from, places that wouldn't be so hostile toward her. The librarian had
said that books were being made, possibly even in Barona... but Lisa had never
seen any store that sold them. She could, of course, search the whole city in
her spare time, but even if she found such a place, she probably wouldn't be
allowed to buy a book there. Preteens weren't given actual bills but could buy
things only at certain specially marked stores in town by charging the purchase
to their hives. It didn't seem likely that any bookseller she found would have
the blue hive symbol in its window.
What she needed, really, was a person to guide her around the problems she was
running into. Someone who would be sympathetic to her ambition, perhaps a
teacher from one of Barona's introductory schools or even the university;
someone who could break these unspoken rules—
Or someone who could get around them.
"Hey, we're going faster!" Jessy said. "Whee!"
"Yes—we have to get back before your parents start to worry about you," Lisa
told her. She didn't add that she was suddenly in a hurry to get back herself,
to start asking some careful questions. Maybe—just maybe—she had the answer.
Chapter 5
"Thank you very much for your time, Mrs. Livorno," Tirrell said, making one last
note on his pad. "I appreciate your help."
"My pleasure," the older lady said, her thin lips pulling together in a frown
that silently proclaimed her distaste for the whole business. "I hope you catch
this scum, Detective—I wouldn't want anyone to get the impression this
neighborhood is easy pickings."
"Neither would I," Tirrell agreed. "Don't worry, we'll get him."
And if we're lucky, it'll be before Colin Brimmer reaches puberty, the detective
added to himself as he walked down the path and headed for his car. At the
moment, though, he wouldn't have placed any bets on that.
Tonio had been faster with his part of the afternoon's work, Tirrell saw; the
preteen was seated on the curb beside their car, leaning against a red-and-white-checked
"stop ahead" post and gazing skyward. At first Tirrell assumed his righthand was
simply daydreaming, but a movement in the tree branches above the car caught his
eye. It took another dozen steps for him to realize what was happening: Tonio
was amusing himself by plucking dead leaves from one of the branches and teeking
them over to another limb. "I hope you're not fastening those permanently
somehow," he commented as he reached the car. "The city's going to have to cut
off that dead branch pretty soon, and I wouldn't want them to take a healthy one,
too."
"No problem," Tonio said, his eyes still on his handiwork. "You finished?"
"For the moment, yeah. Let's get back to the office and see if we can dredge
anything out of this mess."
"Okay." Tonio stood up, and as he did so there was a sudden rustle overhead and
forty or fifty brown leaves drifted down on them. "See?" the preteen said,
holding his hands out as if checking for rain. "Instant autumn."
"Just get in the car," Tirrell said, shaking his head.
"Anybody recognize Macvey's drawing?" Tonio asked as Tirrell pulled away from
the curb.
"Nope," Tirrell said. "Not that that's a terrific surprise, of course. Macvey
didn't have a lot to work with, and drawing a face minus its beard is an iffy
proposition at best."
"Especially when your witness isn't very observant."
Tirrell raised an eyebrow. "That comment sounded rather portentious. Is there
some juicy bit of evidence you've been saving for my birthday or something?"
"No, I just heard it this afternoon. It seems Mr. Oliver had been hanging around
that park longer than Lenna Thuma said."
"How much longer?"
"According to two of the boys Colin played with, they were chatting to the guy
as early as the beginning of March. That's over three months ago."
"Yes, I can count." Tirrell gnawed his lower lip. "Did you get any details?"
"Only that he always seemed friendly and they never saw him except on Saturdays.
Oh, yes—he also used a bench near the conetrees in the center, not the one Lenna
pointed out yesterday. Apart from that—" Tonio shrugged. "Pretty much a blank.
None of the children ever saw him anywhere except the park, and they all assumed
he knew Colin or his parents from somewhere, which is why they never reported
the conversations."
"Only on Saturdays, eh?" Tirrell said, half to himself. "Interesting."
"You think Lenna's on his side?" Tonio asked.
"Whose—Oliver's? I doubt it. She's sat with Colin alone on several occasions
recently. If the two were in collusion she could have delivered Colin to him at
one of those times and not have had to worry about having witnesses around."
Tirrell drummed his fingers on the steering wheel. "No, what I was interested in
was the Saturdays-only aspect. That may imply he's an out-of-towner who normally
can't get here during the week."
Tonio digested that in silence for a block. "But this week he came on a
Wednesday and a Friday."
"He did indeed. What does that suggest to you?"
"Well-l-l. He changed his pattern in case someone was watching for him?"
"Maybe. I'm guessing it's a bit more significant than that, though. Did you
happen to note when Colin's fifth birthday was?"
"Uh, no." Out of the corner of his eye Tirrell could see Tonio giving him a
puzzled stare. "Is it important?"
"Uh-huh. Colin was going to turn five next Thursday. And since you probably don't
know it, I'll mention that Ridge Harbor law requires a child to be brought in to
one of the city's hives for teekay testing on the Saturday before his or her
fifth birthday, and to be officially admitted the Saturday after that."
"Oh. So if Oliver had come today, he wouldn't have found Colin in the park?"
"That's part of it," Tirrell nodded. "But think it through a bit more. What was
your last week at home like—do you remember?"
"Not really. All I remember is that my parents kept me pretty busy visiting
relatives and having parties and outings together." The preteen slapped his
hands together suddenly. "Aha! If Oliver hadn't grabbed him yesterday he might
not have gotten another chance."
"Right," Tirrell nodded again. "And now you're to the crux of my 'interesting' a
while back. One more question, and you'll see that maybe our Mr. Oliver's made a
mistake—hopefully, a fatal one. Take your time; I'll give you till the station
to figure it out."
It was six more blocks to the station. Tirrell drove at a leisurely speed
through the moderately heavy Saturday afternoon traffic, Tonio's silence giving
him a chance to map out their next move. An examination of the city's records,
probably, after a stop by Chief Alverez's office to get the necessary
authorization forms.
He pulled the car into the station's level of the attached parking garage and
found an empty slot. Sliding smoothly into it, he set the wheels on lock and
turned to Tonio. "Well?"
The preteen was frowning. "There's something about this I don't understand," he
said, shaking his head. "How could Oliver know when Colin's birthday was?"
Tirrell smiled grimly and patted Tonio's shoulder. "Bull's-eye," he said.
The records keeper was a tall old man, well into his sixties, but still vigorous
for all that. He seemed less than happy about letting Tirrell into the vault
area. "If you'll just tell me which records you want to see, Detective, I'll
bring them to you at one of the tables," he said, halting on the threshold of
the massive door.
"If I knew exactly which ones I needed, I'd be happy to do it that way," Tirrell
explained patiently. "But all I know is that we're starting with the birth
records and probably going on from there."
"What year? I'll get them for you, and you can tell me then what else you want."
"Just let us in," Tirrell sighed, waving his authorization papers gently.
The keeper glanced once at Tonio, as if considering whether or not to forbid the
preteen's participation, but apparently decided further resistance would be a
waste of time. Muttering something under his breath, he turned and fiddled with
the combination lock. A moment later the door swung open, revealing a large, dim
room with thick binders stacked in floor-to-ceiling bookshelves. Flipping on the
overhead lights, the keeper stalked off without a word—probably, Tirrell thought,
to watch them on the vault's interior monitor system. Stepping inside, the
detective studied the floor plan taped to the nearest shelf and headed off to
the left.
Tonio followed a bit more slowly, looking around in wonderment. "Are ail the
records for Tigris in here?" he asked.
"Oh, no—not by a long shot," Tirrell said over his shoulder, his eyes searching
the shelf labels. "Not even for the whole continent—you'd have to go to the
university archives in Barona for that. No, these cover only Ridge Harbor, and
only since the Lost Generation. Before that everything was kept in a kind of
machine called a computer. I've heard that one of those computers could have
stored Ridge Harbor's whole history in a single one of these books." He found
the proper aisle and ducked into it.
"You're kidding."
"Well, that's what they say." Tirrell pointed to the top shelf. "That's the one—third
from the left. Teek it down here, would you?"
The heavy book drifted off its shelf and into Tirrell's waiting hands. Tucking
it securely under his arm, the detective led the way to a small table in one of
the room's back corners. "Okay, let's see," he muttered as they sat down and
opened the binder. "We want June seventeenth... June seventeenth... here it is.
Baby boy, adopted by Thom and Elita Brimmer for the city of Ridge Harbor...
mother's name was Miribel Oriana.... Hmm. Says she was twenty-six, unmarried,
and originally from Barona. I wonder why she came here to have her baby."
"Didn't want any of her friends to know about it?" Tonio suggested.
"Maybe. I would have thought Barona was more liberal about such things, though."
He read further. "Strange. I'd assumed Colin was adopted because his parents
died soon after he was born, but I guess not—his mother simply walked out the
day afterward and disappeared."
"Sounds like a real winner," Tonio said, a touch of disgust creeping into his
voice.
"Yeah. Seems odd, though," Tirrell said, rubbing his chin thoughtfully. "If her
partner cut out on her when he found out she was pregnant and she didn't want to
raise the baby alone, why didn't she simply arrange beforehand for the baby to
be adopted? It would have saved everyone a lot of trouble and given her a little
money during the pregnancy, besides."
"Maybe her partner was married and she didn't want to have to name him."
"Maybe." Tirrell sighed and fished out his note pad. "Let's put our supposers on
ice for the moment—we may get the chance to simply ask her. Let's see. The
obstetrician knew Colin's birth date, of course, and so did the assisting nurses.
Any of the staff on that floor would have been able to look at the records for
the next month, before they were sealed away. Then there's the Brimmers'
neighbors and close friends, and Colin's biological mother if we can find her.
Who else?" He stared at the list, pondering.
"Did the Brimmers ever order a birthday cake for him?" Tonio asked suddenly. "Or
have professional help throwing a birthday party?"
"Good point. We can check on that." He made another note.
"This isn't going to work, you know," Tonio said, shaking his head. "We're going
to wind up interviewing half of Ridge Harbor.
"Oh, it's not that bad," Tirrell said soothingly. "Whoever Oliver's informant is,
my guess is we'll find he was relatively new to his job when Colin came to his
attention. That's because—"
"Wait a second; let me guess." Tonio stared into space for a few seconds, lips
moving silently. "Ah. Because if the informant had been at it longer, we should
have had earlier kidnappings like this?"
"Right. Good thinking," Tirrell said, impressed in spite of himself that Tonio
had successfully tracked through the logic. "I guess we'll start by calling the
Brimmers again, find out about birthday cakes and such. Then we should probably
try the hospital." He started to get to his feet.
"Stan?" Tonio had a thoughtful look on his face. "Maybe I'm missing something
here... but what exactly does a fagin do with kids, anyway?"
Tirrell sat back down. "Well, fagins do different things, I guess, depending on
how cold-blooded they are and what they think they can get away with. Usually,
they have their kids using teekay to steal for them, but I know of at least one
case where the fagin was hiring the kids out to an underground mine operation
that was so carelessly run the local hives wouldn't let their kids work there.
We caught one using the kids to smuggle stuff past customs, too—you may be old
enough to remember that one."
"So they just want cheap labor out of them, right?"
"Basically. What they're doing is exploiting the kids, who are either taken
young or sucked in by big promises. The real tragedy is when the kids hit
Transition and get tossed out by the fagin, and then find out that without a
hive record they're not entitled to any education. That doesn't happen very
often," he added, seeing the look on Tonio's face, "since we usually catch
fagins early enough to give their kids at least some hive time. And the last
time it happened in Ridge Harbor, the kid got Basic anyway, at city expense. But
even beyond that, the whole experience can scar a kid for life."
Tonio was still frowning. "All right," he said slowly. "But if it's just teekay
they're interested in, why pick on Colin in the first place? The children I
talked to said he was small for his age, and that means he'll be less powerful."
"Not always; and smaller kids usually keep their teekay a little longer as
preteens," Tirrell corrected absently, staring at nothing in particular. "But
that's still a darn good question—fagins aren't interested in the long-term
teekay characteristics of their victims. And this guy Oliver seems to have
latched specifically on to Colin a long time ago."
"You suppose it was because Colin was adopted? It might not be as hard on his
parents that way."
"Fagins aren't noted for that kind of consideration, either," Tirrell said, a
bit tartly. "No, there has to be another reason—something about Colin himself.
Something the average person wouldn't know, perhaps?" He got to his feet and
started back toward the vault door. "Let's go find out."
The preteen followed him. "We going to call the Brimmers?"
Tirrell shook his head. "I think we'll start at the hospital instead. I'd like
to take a good look at the rest of Colin's medical records. And at the people
who compiled them."
Chapter 6
"Now look, Kelby, this is ridiculous," Jarvis said as patiently as possible into
the radiophone. "I'm supposed to be on vacation out here, remember? Or is one
week your idea of a long time away from the lab? I don't want to hear about your
troubles."
"Now, now, Matt; let's not overdo the hyperbole, eh?" Even Jarvis's less-than-magnificent
equipment couldn't filter out the bluff good humor that was a permanent feature
of Kelby Somerset's voice. "In the first place, this is not going to become a
regular event; and in the second place I doubt very much you're really
forgetting about work out there. I'll lay you very heavy odds you've got
yourself a cozy little lab in this allegedly rustic cabin of yours. You're
probably working your tail off, making twice your usual progress now that you
don't have to worry about trivia like staff meetings and faculty lunches—not to
mention simple food and sleep—"
"All right, all right," Jarvis interrupted with a sigh. "I give up. Ask your
question and let me get back to my book, okay."
"Right. It's about the results of that test you and Cam ran last month—the
induced-hibernation one. We've been running through the data and are getting a
strange sort of anomaly between the eight- and ten-milligram dosages. The rate
of decrease of heartbeat, respiration, and brain electrical activity goes way
down all of a sudden. As you increase the dosage the decreases plot out smoothly,
but that discontinuity's driving everybody crazy. We've looked at the obvious
possibilities and they all washed out. I thought you might have a brilliant
suggestion or two on something new to try."
Jarvis sighed. "Disturbing my privacy isn't enough—now you want long-distance
prophesy, too?"
"Not necessarily. If you want to sneak back to the lab for a day, I promise I
won't tell anyone."
"Thanks a lot," Jarvis growled. "All right; read me some relevant numbers, will
you?"
"Sure. Here are the blood insulin levels for the eight-milligram subjects...."
Listening with half his attention, Jarvis stretched his neck to peer out the
window. Colin was still in sight, playing at the foot of the big conetree next
to the grassy path that served as driveway. As he watched, two large seed pods
shot past the boy's head; Colin was apparently still playing dogfight. He was
good at it, too, for someone his age. Jarvis made a mental note to take a
dexterity/control measurement soon.
Somerset finished his recitation, and an expectant silence took its place. With
some effort, Jarvis forced his mind back to the topic at hand. "Okay. First off,
check to make sure the thyroid isn't suddenly boosting thyroxin production to
compensate."
"We've already looked for that—"
"And check carefully, because what the extra thyroxin may be doing is chemically
linking to our gamma component, which would not only take both molecules out of
play but also keep you from detecting the hormone increase."
There was a brief silence. "I didn't know the two hormones could react together."
"They haven't in lab tests, but if you look closely at the gamma molecule's
sulfhydryl end, you'll see there's no particular reason why the reaction can't
go. Check for likely-looking enzymes in the neighborhood of the thyroid, and
while you're at it check back a step and see if the pituitary increased its own
thyrotropin output."
"Already tried that," Somerset said with the distracted air of someone trying to
talk while scribbling notes. "Negative result."
"Okay, concentrate on the thyroid region, then." Jarvis considered. "One other
thing: try doing a careful study of prostaglandin levels. Our alpha molecule's
largely a prostaglandin analogue, and the body mechanisms that degrade those
hormones may be attacking it. If so, we'll need to isolate which one the culprit
is and put something else in the mixture to suppress it. You think that'll keep
you busy for a while?"
"Quite a good while, I think," Somerset said. "Thanks a lot, Matt—appreciate it
muchly."
"Glad to help. You find anything interesting, let me know—by writing it up and
putting it on my desk."
"Hint received and understood. Talk to you later."
"Much later. Good-bye."
Hanging up, Jarvis glanced out the window once more to make sure Colin was still
in sight before heading outside. Walking around the corner of the cabin, he
managed to duck as a seed pod came sailing through the air. It rounded the edge
and he heard it drop to the ground.
"I can't make it go round the house," Colin complained as Jarvis came up.
"Well, that's because you can't see it after it goes around the corner," Jarvis
told him, sitting down beside the boy. "In order to teek something you have to
be able to either see it or touch it."
"Why?"
"Well..." It was a good question, actually, one nobody had ever figured out a
satisfactory answer to. "It's just the way things are, I guess."
"Why?"
"I don't know. Tell you what—why don't we see if you can figure out a way to do
it." He glanced around. "Would you teek a seed pod over here, please?"
"Okay." From above them came the snich of a green stem being broken, and Jarvis
looked up as a pod drifted down. "Why do the branches go around?" Colin asked.
Jarvis reached out to catch the pod as Colin, shifting his attention to the
spiral limb arrangement of the conetree, lost control of it. "A lot of plants
have leaves that spiral up a stem like that," he explained. "The conetree just
takes the process a bit farther and does it with branches, too."
"Why?"
"Probably to let all the leaves get as much sunlight as possible. You see—on
that conetree, over there—see how the branches get shorter as you go up? That
keeps the upper branches from shading the lower ones and lets all the leaves get
sunlight."
"Why do they need sunlight?"
"It's one of the things they eat," Jarvis said briefly. He'd fallen into this
trap with Colin already twice in the past two days. The boy wasn't interested in
answers nearly as much as he was in keeping the string of questions going as
long as possible. "Here, let's do an experiment, okay?" he suggested, holding up
the pod.
"What's a 'speriment?"
"A way to keep little boys quiet," Jarvis said, tapping him lightly on the nose
with the pod.
Colin giggled and Jarvis moved the pod thirty centimeters away, holding it
horizontally by one end at the level of the boy's eyes. "Wiggle the pod a little,
would you? Just a little," he added hastily as the pod nearly spun out of his
hand.
The amplitude decreased until it was a barely detectable quiver. Colin was being
a little silly, Jarvis knew, but he could live with that. "All right. Now I want
you to look at the pod very carefully so that you know exactly where it is," he
instructed the boy. "Then close your eyes and try to teek it without looking.
Okay? Okay, close your eyes."
Colin did so, and the pod's vibration abruptly ceased. "Keep trying," he said
soothingly as Colin's features twisted up with concentration. Someday, Jarvis
told himself, he would get around to studying exactly why direct visual, tactile,
or kinesthetic feedback was required for teekay to function. Someday when
Ramsden runs out of projects for me to do, he thought sardonically.
Thoughts of Ramsden and the university made him frown. Somerset, for all his
perpetual cheerfulness, really wasn't as insensitive to others as he often
appeared. If he'd felt it necessary to break into Jarvis's officially ordered
vacation, it was either because the hibernation experiment was sinking itself
into a hole deep enough to strike magma or else because he was getting pressure
from either Ramsden or someone higher up. Either way they could very easily be
asking him to come back in for a few days long before his vacation was over.
What would he say if that happened? He couldn't very well take Colin back with
him; chances were the Ridge Harbor police had papered every police station on
the continent with the boy's picture by now, But neither could he leave the
child alone in the cabin. He was too young to handle things like meals for
himself, and there was always the possibility that he would hurt himself,
perhaps badly. The post-hypnotic sleep code word was there, of course, but
Jarvis knew hypnotic commands tended to break down when the subject got hungry
or thirsty. He still had a supply of the sleep drug he'd used in the kidnapping,
but Colin had already had two doses of the experimental drug and Jarvis had no
intention of mixing chemicals like that. Aside from clouding test results, it
could be downright dangerous.
The pod twitched, and Jarvis's adrenal flow jumped with it. Jerking his
attention back to Colin's face, he was just in time to see the slitted eyelids
snap closed. "I saw that," he said sternly, letting his sudden thrill of
excitement drain away. "Try it again, and this time don't cheat."
"Do I have to?" the boy asked plaintively, looking up at Jarvis and shifting
restlessly on the grass.
"Yes—but only once more," Jarvis told him. "Then you can go play again."
Colin sighed theatrically, "Okay," he said and closed his eyes again.
It was a good thing the Brimmers had instilled such a healthy measure of
obedience in the boy, Jarvis reflected as Colin again frowned blindly in the
direction of the pod. The boy's teekay strength would be growing rapidly over
the next few weeks, which would correspondingly decrease Jarvis's power to
physically enforce commands. He could only hope that the boy didn't realize that
before he could be returned to civilization. For the first time in his life,
Jarvis began to truly understand how the parents of the Lost Generation must
have felt.
"I can't do it," Colin said at last, sounding frustrated.
"That's okay," Jarvis told him. "Don't worry about it. Here—why don't you see if
you can teek the pod all the way over the chimney, okay? Then you can play for a
couple of hours before it'll be time for dinner."
"Okay." Obviously relieved to be back on familiar ground, Colin teeked the pod
from Jarvis's hand and sent it skittering between the conetree's lower branches.
Craning his neck as he stood up, Jarvis saw the pod sail high over the cabin.
Smiling, he headed back toward the cabin door. Dinner would be trehhost pasta—one
of Colin's favorite dishes, he knew from his Vaduz Park conversations. He'd
better get started on it; the slow-cooking a trehhost required would take a
while.
And later that evening there would be games, conversation, and some unobtrusive
testing... and, perhaps, another shot.
Chapter 7
It had begun to cloud up while Lisa was eating dinner, and as she flew over
Barona's lengthening shadows, she decided it would probably start raining by
morning. That could be a new headache for the foreman at her construction site;
after losing the use of Lisa's group last Friday, he wouldn't be happy if a
heavy rain deprived him of their services tomorrow as well. But rain in the eyes
could cause kids to lose their grip at crucial times, and no builder was foolish
enough to risk that. Gavra wouldn't permit it, anyway.
The Lee Introductory School was in a section of Barona Lisa had only visited
once or twice before, and it took some hunting before she finally located the
squat three-story building. After the tall, majestic towers of the hive, Lee
Intro seemed almost selfconsciously earthbound, and it made her feel a little
creepy as she landed by its front door. I'll be just as earthbound soon, she
thought. Steeling herself, she walked inside.
The door opened into a spacious lounge about half-full of teens, many of them
frowning intently into colorful books. The room itself was much friendlier and
less intimidating than the reading area at the library had been, but still Lisa
hesitated at the threshold. Maybe she should just go home and forget all of this—
"May I help you?" a courteous voice came from her right.
Startled, Lisa turned and saw for the first time the alcove just inside the
outer door. A young adult sat behind a desk there, a telephone and long sheet of
paper in front of him.
"I'm looking for Daryl Kellerman," she said, stepping over to him. "He used to
be at the Dayspring Hive."
The man ran a finger down his paper, stopped midway and slid it sideways. "Kellerman...
well, he hasn't checked out and he's not listed on special duty, so he's
probably up in his room. You want me to call up there?"
"Yes, please," Lisa said quickly, before she could lose her nerve.
"Who shall I tell him is here?"
"Lisa Duncan."
The man picked up the phone, consulted the paper again, and punched numbers. "There's
a Lisa Duncan here to see Kellerman," he said a moment later. "...All right. He'll
be right down," the man told Lisa, hanging up the instrument.
Lisa nodded and drifted away from the desk, wondering which direction Daryl
would come from. Her heart was pounding and she could feel her courage draining
away with the moisture in her mouth. What am I going to say to him? she thought
frantically. She hadn't yet come up with a good answer to that when a door on
the left side of the lounge opened and Daryl was there. He spotted Lisa and came
toward her.
He'd changed a lot in less than a year, she thought as she put on her best smile
and walked forward to meet him halfway. His face was longer and thinner and
showed the black nubs of a struggling beard on his chin. He was taller, too, and
seemed somehow terribly awkward in his movements. Part of growing up? she
wondered, suppressing a shudder.
They stopped simultaneously, about a meter apart. "Hi," Daryl said, his voice
sounding as tense and awkward as the rest of him looked.
"Hi," Lisa said. "I wasn't sure you'd remember me."
He smiled and some of his tension seemed to disappear. "Not likely. You were
either the best worker or worst pest I ever had in a work crew, sometimes both
at the same time. Uh... you come by just to see me?"
Lisa hesitated—and was suddenly aware of a new silence in the lounge.
Conversations had ceased, and she could feel eyes on her from the other teens in
the room. Waiting to hear her answer to Daryl's question? A taste of panic
splashed her throat. New rules, new relationships—and I don't know any of them.
What do I say?
"Could we go for a walk?" she suggested, choosing the easiest way out. "It's
pretty stuffy in here."
"Sure," Daryl said, a mixture of relief and disappointment in his voice. He
looked past her to the man at the desk. "I'll be going outside for a while," he
said, sounding very grown-up.
"Be in by eight-thirty," the other shrugged.
As they left, Lisa thought she heard a faint snicker from the teens in the
lounge.
"So... how is life treating you?" Daryl asked as the door closed behind them.
"Oh, pretty good," she said. "How about you?"
He shrugged. "Fine," he said, his tone not very enthusiastic.
"School kind of rough?"
"A little." He pointed to the left. "Let's go this way; there's that little park
a couple of blocks down."
Lisa nodded her agreement, and for a moment they walked along the sidewalk in
silence. The neighborhood had a different feeling than the one near the hive,
Lisa decided as she looked around. Lee Intro was closer to shops and Barona's
busier streets than any of the city's hives were. Because the teens were less
mobile than preteens and kids, she wondered?
"How're you doing in school?" Daryl asked suddenly.
"I'm still at the hive," Lisa told him.
He stopped. "What?"
She stopped too. "I'm still at the hive," she repeated, frowning at the look on
his face. "I haven't reached Transition yet."
"Oh. I thought..." Abruptly, he started walking again, and she had to hurry to
catch up.
"Hey, what's the matter?" she asked, trying to get a clear look at his face
through the bounce of their steps. "Did I say something wrong?"
"I just sort of figured you'd come over from Paris Intro down the street," he
mumbled, nodding back over his shoulder.
"Well... you don't have to tell your friends I didn't," she said, taking a stab
at the reason for his reaction. Preteens, too, were sometimes kidded for
friendships with much younger kids.
He threw her a quick look and slowed down to a more reasonable pace. "No, that's
okay. I guess... it's not easy to lose your teekay and get tossed suddenly into
school at the same time, you know."
"I understand. I'm sorry. Do you want me to go away?" She held her breath,
afraid he would say yes, yet feeling intuitively she needed to offer him that
choice.
"I guess not," he said and managed a smile. "You came all the way out here to
see me; I guess the least I can do is be civil."
She smiled back. "So... tell me about life as a teen."
And for the next half hour he did just that. They arrived at the park and sat
together on a bench as he poured out the fears and frustrations of his new life.
Lisa listened attentively, striving to keep her own feelings in check as his
stories seemed to confirm her worst fears about the coming Transition.
Finally, he ran out of words, and for a few minutes they sat together in silence,
watching the rays of the setting sun streaming through cracks in the growing
cloud cover. "Thanks for listening," he said at last, reaching over awkwardly to
squeeze her hand. "There isn't really anyone I can talk to like that at the
school."
"Didn't some of your friends from the hive go with you?" she asked. "I thought
Chase and Hari—"
Daryl snorted. "Chase is a furhead. Joined some stupid club and now he's too
good to be seen with someone like me. And Hari—" His voice caught. "Hari tried
to kill himself a month ago. They took him to a hospital, and I don't know what's
happened to him since then."
"I'm sorry," Lisa said softly, feeling a lump in her throat. Hari'd seemed like
a nice guy. Something inside her demanded she change the subject, before she
could think too much about what that implied about Transition. "Daryl... the
main reason I came to see you tonight was to ask you for a favor."
His hand, still holding hers, seemed to stiffen a bit. "What kind of favor?" he
asked cautiously.
She took a deep breath and braced herself. "I'd like you to teach me reading."
"Me?" He made a sound that was half snort and half laugh. "You gotta be kidding.
I'm barely keeping up with that myself."
"But you could teach me the things you already know," she pointed out. "You
could lend me books and show me what the words are."
He swiveled on the bench so as to face her, his hand pulling back. "You're not
joking, are you?" he said, frowning into her face. "What do you want to waste
time with reading for when the whole sky is open—" His voice cracked and he fell
silent.
"Because I'm afraid of Transition," she said. The words were harder than
stubborn Nines to drag out, but he'd been honest with her earlier and she knew
down deep a half-truth wouldn't do here. "I don't want to start school cold,
without any idea of what's going on."
"The rest of us had to," he said, almost harshly. "Why should you get special
privileges?"
"Why should I get stuck behind the other preteens my age just because my stupid
body isn't changing?" she countered, dimly aware of the strangeness of that
argument. "I'll be stuck with girls a year or even two younger than me by the
time I get to school."
"You're complaining about an extra year of teekay? What kind of stupid furhead
are you, anyway?"
"I'm not complaining about that," she snapped. "I—oh, grack," she sighed, giving
up. She'd never been good at keeping her reasoning clear in an argument. "Daryl...
please help me?"
His face softened a little. "I don't know, Lisa," he said, running his fingers
over the hairs on his chin. "I'm awfully busy here—a lot of schoolwork, and I'm
trying to earn some extra points on the work crews." He grimaced. "At least that's
one thing you won't have to worry about after Transition. You've probably earned
enough points to go straight through medical training if you want. I wish I hadn't
messed around so much when I was a preteen."
"Any way I could help?"
"Don't I wish." He hesitated. "But maybe there's something you could do for me."
"What?"
He licked his lips. "Would you... give me a ride?"
"Sure. Where to?"
"Just... around."
She got it then. "You miss flying, don't you?"
"Well, wouldn't you?" he flared, as if ashamed to admit such a desire.
"Yes," she said quietly. "I'm sure I will." Standing up, she offered her hand.
He hesitated, glanced around, and finally took it; and together they rose into
the sky.
It was, at the same time, one of the greatest and one of the saddest flights
Lisa had ever made. Even with her teekay wrapped around his entire body—which
she knew from girlhood experience damped the instinctive fear of falling—he
clung tightly to her hand the whole time. Drawing on her memories of flights
they'd taken when he was her preteen overseer, she tried to duplicate the aerial
maneuvers he had seemed to enjoy the most... but whenever she snatched a glance
at his face she saw no pleasure there, just a frozen mask that could have fit a
Nine trying not to be afraid or a Six trying not to cry. She tried everything
she could think of, but his face never changed, and she finally gave up and
returned them to the park.
For a long moment afterward he just stood there, staring off somewhere past her
right shoulder. "Daryl, are you all right?" she whispered anxiously.
He stirred, brought his eyes back to focus. "Yeah," he said. He took a deep
breath, let it out as if expelling a bad smell with it. "Thanks."
"It wasn't very good, was it?" she said. "I'm sorry; I did the best I could."
"I know. It wasn't your fault." He looked at his watch. "Come on, we'd better
start back. I can't afford to lose points by being late."
They started back toward Lee Intro, Daryl once more taking her hand. "If you'll
tell me what went wrong, maybe I can do better next time," Lisa said, a bit
hesitantly.
"There won't be a next time," he told her, staring straight ahead. "It's... not
the same as flying by yourself. But it's too much like it."
"Oh," she said, not understanding at all.
They didn't speak again until they were in sight of the school. "You really want
to learn reading?" he asked.
"Very much," she nodded. "And I can't do it alone. I need your help."
"All right," he said decisively. "Come back on Saturday—I'll meet you in the
park at nine o'clock. Don't let anyone see you fly, okay?"
"Sure." Her heart was beating faster with the surprise of his answer; she'd
expected he would turn her down after that disastrous flight. "I—thank you,
Daryl. I don't know how I can ever pay you back."
"Maybe we can figure something out later," he said, his voice sounding too
casual.
"Sure," she said, getting the feeling she was missing something significant.
"Good. I'll see you Saturday, then."
They had reached the outside door now. Daryl stopped and turned to face her. "Good
night, Lisa," he said; and with the briefest hesitation leaned down and kissed
her awkwardly on the lips. Before she could recover from her surprise he was
gone.
For a moment she stared at the door, feeling the tingle of his kiss on her lips.
What was that all about? she wondered. She'd heard about things like that from
some of the other preteens, but the whole idea had always seemed silly and even
a little bit repulsive to her.
Still... Turning, she headed down the sidewalk in the direction of the Paris
Introductory School Daryl had mentioned. If suffering through a few scratchy
kisses was the price she had to pay to learn reading, she was willing to do so.
She just hoped that was all he wanted; the rumors about what came after kissing
were positively grisly.
Two blocks later, well out of sight of Lee Intro, she lifted from the ground and
headed for home.
Chapter 8
"I speak the Truth," the Prophet Omega said solemnly, hands raised palm outward
to the group of kids sitting cross-legged in the sun-drenched glen.
"The Truth," they repeated in unison.
"Search your souls for that which is impure," Omega said. He stole a glance
upward as a small shadow passed over them: four more kids arriving, from the
direction of Tweenriver and Ridge Harbor. "Replace the impure with the Truth."
"The Truth."
"To remember my words is to learn; to learn is to grow; to grow is to rise above
Transition. The Truth shall set you free."
"The Truth."
"Meditate, all of you, on the Truth."
"The Truth," they repeated one last time and fell silent, their heads bowed.
Omega brought his hands together, checked his watch. He'd timed things well;
there would be just enough time to turn the initiates back over to an acolyte
and get back to the tabernacle. "Amen," he intoned.
"Amen."
There was a rustling as the kids got to their feet and glanced around,
surreptitiously easing the kinks out of their muscles. Omega looked beyond the
circle and nodded, and the preteen acolyte standing silently in the shadows came
forward. "Heirs of the Truth," she said, her voice causing them to turn. "You
have glimpsed the future as it can be, the inner power that can survive even the
dark evil of Transition. Now you must show your sincerity, for the deeds of the
body mirror the Truth in the soul—"
Omega didn't wait to hear the rest of the spiel but slipped away through the
trees to the side of the glen and began working his way back up the small ridge
that separated Initiate Grove from the main part of the site. He could trust
Camila to do a good job; unlike some of the other senior acolytes, she was
genuinely and uncynically sold on the work ethic he preached, and was therefore
the best person to sell it to new converts.
He stopped for a moment as he topped the rise, ostensibly adjusting his royal
blue robe but actually admiring his handiwork. By anyone's standards it was an
impressive sight. Nestled halfway up one of the most majestic peaks in this part
of the Tessellate Mountains, the site of the future Temple of Truth was a raw
wound in the tree-covered stone. Flitting around it were perhaps two hundred
kids, teeking chunks of the stone out of the mountainside and taking it to a
dump site two ridges away where it wouldn't mar the natural beauty of the valley
below. They were working with a will, digging out the chunks as if their future
happiness depended on it. The work ethic is such a useful tool, he thought with
satisfaction.
The tabernacle—a large tent divided by internal partitions into various smaller
rooms—was set up almost directly beneath the temple site. Omega had ordered it
put there as a mark of trust in his Followers' skill with the loose boulders
overhead, a little touch that had encouraged them to be careful to catch even
the gravel the digging generated. Omega's quarters were in the tabernacle's rear,
accessible through either the main part of the tent or a private entrance.
Entering via the latter, he quickly changed from his blue robe to a dazzling
white one and donned an elaborately embroidered, gilt-edged stole that had once
belonged to a genuine priest. Exactly on time, he stepped out into the main
meeting room.
A small crowd of kids waited for him there, grouped near the far end under the
watchful eyes of two senior acolytes. Omega raised a hand in the Sign of Truth
and intoned a few appropriate words of blessing before walking over to the "confessional,"
two chairs facing each other surrounded by a gauzy curtain.
Senior Acolyte Axel Schu was waiting there for him. "Good afternoon, O Prophet
Omega," he said, the slightest twitch of his lip showing how seriously he took
the title. "A full quota of confessors for you today, mostly from Ridge Harbor
and Barona."
Omega nodded. Saturdays were always like this, as kids who were too far away to
come on weekday evenings flocked in by the dozens. Of course, the extra workers
were good to have, but having to spend a full three hours in confession was a
pain in the butt and usually a waste of time besides. "Fine," he told Axel.
Stepping into the gauze booth, he settled himself in the fancier of the two
chairs and composed his brain and face for the task ahead.
It wasn't really anything like work, of course—he'd seen to that when he'd set
the whole thing up—and the first four confessions went by as smoothly as pur?ed
oatmeal. Unlike the standard Catholic confession, Omega's concerned itself less
with personal shortcomings and more with the way the world around the confessor
either demonstrated or denied the "Truth" he taught. That particular emphasis
was always harmless and occasionally netted him a nugget or two of useful
information.
Today turned out to be one of those times.
The fifth confessor—a police righthand from Ridge Harbor—had hardly begun when
he dropped a small bombshell into his monologue: "...and they think a fagin has
kidnapped him."
Jerking his mind back to full attention, Omega quickly replayed his short-term
memory. A child taken from a park in broad daylight? Unbelievable... and
dangerous. "It is evil to steal children away, to hide them from those who may
show them the Truth," he put in solemnly. "Do the police know who is responsible
for such a foul act?"
The preteen shook his head. "Detective First Tirrell is still talking to people
who knew him."
Tirrell. Great. Omega felt a gentle shiver work its way up his back. Putting
Tirrell in charge meant Ridge Harbor was deadly serious about getting this fagin...
and he knew from experience how often intense investigations turned up the wrong
thing entirely. So far his cult had largely escaped official notice, and it
would be the height of unfairness for him to get caught in a net meant for
someone else. He would have to find some way to caution his pupils to be extra
discreet without having to tell them why it was necessary.
The rest of the righthand's confession was routine and uninteresting, and Omega
listened with half an ear until he had finished. "You must strive to maintain
the Truth within yourself," he said as the preteen bowed his head for the cult's
version of absolution. "And as the Truth requires you to work for your own
growth, it also requires you to seek out those who are in need of the Truth's
power; those who fear for their future." He paused and then deviated slightly
from the usual script. "And he who must now be fearing the most is the child,
Colin Brimmer. You must seek to learn all you can of the case and bring such
knowledge to me. Together, the Truth within us will deliver him."
"Yes, O Prophet," the other said. Bowing deeply, he left the confessional.
After all, Omega thought as he watched the preteen's indistinct figure heading
for the door, every potential danger is also a potential opportunity. If he
could locate this fagin before the police did, the other's kids would likely
have been well drilled in obedience and discipline—prime candidates for
conversion to his cult.
And if the fagin turned out to be a newcomer to the game and Colin his first
recruit? Omega smiled grimly. In that case his best bet would probably be to
blow the whistle and get the case closed before any of the heat spilled over
onto him. Such a thing was normally unthinkable, but Omega had no sympathy for a
fagin who was so brazenly obvious in his acquisitions. And such an amateur would
probably have no way of retaliating against him, anyway.
The next confessor was outside the booth now. "Enter," Omega said.
"Oh, yes, I remember her very well," Tasha Chen said, peering at the copy of the
hospital record sheet Tirrell had handed her. "Miribel Oriana. Had her baby all
alone—no husband or friend in for support. Had a boy, didn't she?—oh, yes, there
it is. Three point-two kilos—yes, I remember him being small." She gave the
paper back to the detective. "What do you want to know about her?"
"Everything you can remember, Mrs. Chen," Tirrell said. "We're especially
interested in any visitors she may have had while she was in the hospital,
anyone who may have asked about her, or any names she may have mentioned."
"Whumph!" The woman made a face. "That's all, is it? You don't want shoe size or
favorite hobbies, too?"
Tirrell smiled politely; the comment might have been humorous if he hadn't heard
a hundred variants of it in the past week and a half. "I know; after five years
it's pretty hard to remember details about a patient you had for two days. But
it's very important that you try."
Mrs. Chen's eyes narrowed, suddenly thoughtful. "Does this have anything to do
with the kidnapping down in Ridge Harbor two weeks ago?"
"Miribel Oriana's son was the one taken," Tirrell said, ignoring Tonio's
startled look. The police weren't releasing that information to the public, but
Tirrell had had enough experience with people of Mrs. Chen's type to know that
beating around the bush would be a waste of time.
"I see." The thoughtful look remained. "Well, as it happens, Detective, I do
remember a visitor Ms. Oriana had the morning after the baby was born. He went
in and talked to her for a few minutes and then just walked straight out without
stopping to chat with any of us who were on duty."
"Any idea what they talked about?"
"No, but I remember she seemed upset when I went in afterwards. She nearly
snapped my head off over something completely trivial."
Tirrell made a note. "You have a good memory," he told her.
She colored slightly. "As I said, she was a rather unusual case."
"True. Do you remember anything of the man's appearance?"
"Not a thing. Sorry."
"Any idea as to his relationship with her—friend, relative, husband?"
"None whatsoever."
"Did you ever see either Ms. Oriana or the man again?"
"Not that I remember. Of course, I was only at the hospital another few months
before coming here and setting up my clinic. I haven't been back to Ridge Harbor
more than a dozen times since then. Perhaps one of the other nurses could help
you, or Dr. Kruse—"
"We've already talked to all of them," Tirrell interrupted, closing his notebook
and standing up. "Thank you for your time, Mrs. Chen, and if anything else
should occur to you, please call me. The number's on the card I gave you."
"Of course. Good luck, Detective; I hope you catch this man."
"Well, that was as pleasant a way as any to waste an hour or two," Tonio
commented when they were once again driving along the coastal road that joined
Cavendish and Ridge Harbor. "Is that the whole list, then?"
"Of the hospital people, yes," Tirrell said, inhaling deeply of the salt-laden
air coming through the car windows. Having spent the first half of his life in
the mining town of Plat City, he hadn't yet acquired the native coastlander's
indifference to the smell of sea air. "And don't knock Mrs. Chen's contributions—her
story meshes very neatly with everything else we've got on Miribel's mysterious
visitor."
Tonio shrugged. "Which is not a whole lot. Average height and build, nothing
remarkable in appearance, and stayed just long enough to have an argument."
"Which is an interesting point all in itself," Tirrell said. "If he was
interested enough to visit her in the hospital, why didn't he at least take an
extra minute to go see the baby in the nursery?"
"Um... okay, why?"
"My first-blush guess is that he didn't want to be seen by any more people than
necessary, which automatically suggests he had something to hide."
"If he's our fagin, hanging around nurseries would be a dangerous thing for him
to do at any time," Tonio suggested. "If the staff suspected he was picking out
future prospects, they'd have the police on him in nothing flat."
"True. But with Miribel's collusion he'd have had a perfectly reasonable excuse
to do so in this case," Tirrell said, scratching his chin. "That may be a strike
against him having anything to do with our fagin." He stared through the
windshield, keeping the car on the road by pure reflex, as he tried to get all
the facts to jell into something that would hold water. Dimly, he realized Tonio
was talking to him. "Sorry—what'd you say?"
"I said we're back to start again," the righthand said with the tone of
exaggerated patience preteens often seemed to use when they felt they were being
unjustly ignored. "Or have you changed your mind about one of the hospital
people being involved?"
"No, not unless one of the background checks turns up something." Tirrell shook
his head. "Tonio, this just doesn't make any sense. Look. The kidnapper—Oliver—almost
certainly knew Colin's birthday. If we rule out the hospital staff and various
records keepers, we're left with Colin's mother, her hospital visitor, and
someone close to the Brimmers as Oliver's possible informant. Most of the
Brimmers' friends are above suspicion, and Ms. Oriana might as well have fallen
off the planet on her way out of the hospital for all the traces we can find of
her. That leaves her visitor, and we both agree the brevity of his walk-on
appearance is at least mildly suspicious. But if he is Oliver or Oliver's
informant, why didn't he at least case the nursery while he had the chance? Even
worse, if he was Colin's father, why didn't he petition for custody of the child
sometime in the past five years? He probably could have gotten him and dispensed
with the kidnapping entirely."
"But then how would the fagin have gotten him?" Tonio asked.
"Dad could have handed Colin over to Oliver and disappeared somewhere," Tirrell
shrugged. "Or they could have set up a fake kidnapping that would have been just
as plausible and infinitely safer than the real thing. But even if we can
somehow hammer all of that into a reasonable theory, we're still stuck with your
old question: why would a fagin bother with a child as small as Colin in the
first place?"
Tirrell ran out of words and shut up, and for a long moment they drove in
silence. Ahead, the road branched twice, and Tirrell kept his attention on the
red-and-yellow striped markers that indicated Ridge Harbor. A wrong turn would
wind them up in a farm cluster somewhere instead; hardly fatal, but certainly
embarrassing. "I suppose it doesn't help to assume there's no fagin involved at
all, and that Colin's father simply decided he wanted his son back?" Tonio
suggested hesitantly.
"If you do, you also have to assume the father is crazy," Tirrell said. "The
average adult can't discipline a kid with teekay—why do you think the hive
system was set up in the first place?"
"Then I give up," Tonio said, with a touch of exasperation. "Maybe he is crazy—then
all of it could make sense."
"Maybe. But I doubt it." He glanced sideways at the preteen. "You ever been to
Barona, partner?"
Tonio frowned at him. "Yeah, we went to see the university there once. Why?"
"Because that's where we're going next. Colin's mother was from Barona, his
father was probably likewise, and the kidnapper was almost certainly not a Ridge
Harbor resident—all those Saturday visits, remember?"
"Okay, but why go to Barona ourselves? The police there can handle that part of
it better than we can."
"Maybe," Tirrell grunted, "maybe not. Besides, there's not much left for us to
do here. We'll check with Alverez as soon as we get back and see if he can
wangle us a temporary transfer."
Tonio shrugged. "You're the boss. I just hope it won't be a complete waste of
time."
Tirrell smiled grimly. "Somehow, I don't think there's much chance of that."
Across the room Sheelah was sitting in front of the wardrobe mirror, amusing
herself by rearranging her hair into a completely outrageous and elaborate mass
that wouldn't have lasted half a second without teekay support. Lying on her bed,
Lisa watched her roommate with an absorption that owed less to real interest
than to simple fatigue. "I like that one," she told Sheelah as the other's hair
drifted into a confused-looking bubble surrounding her head. "You can call it
the Frolova Light-Socket Special."
Sheelah made a face in the mirror and teeked a pair of dirty socks in Lisa's
direction. "If I were you, I wouldn't make any cracks about personal appearance,"
she said. "That batling nest of yours looks like it hasn't been brushed in a
week."
"I just brushed it this morning, when you were in the bathroom," Lisa objected
mildly.
"Well, it doesn't look like it." Swiveling around, Sheelah gave Lisa's head a
closer scrutiny. "I'm not kidding, Lisa. If you don't get to work on that mess,
some of those snarls may have to be cut out." She glanced over at Lisa's dresser,
teeked the hairbrush lying there over to land on the bed. "Get busy; I want to
see some improvement by the time I get back from my shower."
"Yes, Senior Sheelah," Lisa said dryly, levering herself up on one elbow.
"Never mind the sarcasm—just brush." Slipping on her robe, Sheelah teeked a
towel to her opened hand and left the room.
Sighing, Lisa sat up and began to run the brush through her hair. It was a mess,
she realized, wincing as a particularly large tangle tried to take a piece of
scalp out with it. Normally, she took at least passing interest in her
appearance... but these days there were more important things on her mind.
She glanced at the closed door, then reached under her pillow for the flat
object hidden there. Sheelah wouldn't be back for at least fifteen minutes, and
there was no sense in wasting the privacy. Opening the book Daryl had given her,
she turned past the last section they'd worked through together. The man is
walking, she read, sounding the words out carefully. The man is ca—cahri—carrying—the
man is carrying a—She studied the picture with a frown. Box? Box, probably.
Slowly, she worked her way down the page as, unnoticed, the hand holding her
hairbrush came to a quiet halt.
Chapter 9
The secretary in the university's Physiology Department was rather young and
quite attractive, with a set to her jaw that Tirrell took as evidence of an
uphill battle to prove she was competent as well as decorative. Tirrell himself
had no doubts on that score; she'd looked at his badge without batting an eye,
informed her boss of his unexpected visitor, and calmly gotten on the phone to
do a little appointment juggling. Watching her covertly as he and Tonio took
seats near her desk, Tirrell fantasized stealing her away to Ridge Harbor for a
few weeks to straighten out the paperwork mess down at customs.
The inner office door opened and a balding man strode briskly out. "Detective
Tirrell? I'm Dr. Ramsden—head of the department. Won't you come in?"
"You've got a clear half hour, Dr. Ramsden," the secretary murmured as Tirrell
and Tonio stepped past her. "I can get you more if you need it."
"Thank you, Meri," Ramsden said and closed the door. "Won't you sit down?"
Tirrell settled into the single chair in front of Ramsden's desk; Tonio teeked a
second over from under the window and joined him. "Dr. Ramsden, this is Tonio,
my righthand," Tirrell said when the scientist was back in his own chair. "We're
investigating the Colin Brimmer kidnapping in Ridge Harbor last month."
Ramsden nodded. "Yes, I heard about that. A real tragedy. How may I help you?"
Tirrell pulled out his well-worn artist's drawings and pushed them across the
desk. "We're looking for a man who may look something like one of these. Do they
strike any bells?"
Ramsden's eyes shifted between the drawings. "Not really. Are they all supposed
to be the same man?"
"Yes. He was wearing a wig and false beard at the time, unfortunately, which is
why the hair and facial shape vary so much. They're our artist's best guesses."
Ramsden shrugged. "If the hair is in doubt, I probably know a dozen men who
could conceivably be drawn like that."
Tirrell nodded. "All right, then, how about her?" he asked, handing the other
the picture of Miribel Oriana Barona's driver's license files had provided.
Ramsden frowned at the photo for a long minute. "She looks vaguely familiar, but
I can't for the life of me say why. Did she ever work in my department?"
"No, she used to work at a coffee shop a couple of blocks away—the Redeye."
Which was why, he didn't add, he and Tonio were wading through the various
university departments this week. Someone must have known the woman, and her
restaurant's clientele was as good a place to look as any.
But Ramsden was shaking his head. "No, I haven't been in the Redeye for at least
fifteen years—I came down with flu there the day after I got my doctorate, and
the decor has made me feel queasy ever since. You sure she never worked here?"
Tirrell felt a small stirring of hope. If Ramsden wasn't just imagining things,
this could be the first lead they'd had in five weeks. "Not absolutely sure, no,
but none of the records we've found mention the university."
Ramsden picked up his phone and punched a button. "Meri, would you check
employment records for a—" he looked up, and Tirrell supplied the name—"Miribel
Oriana? Better go back at least ten years. Yes, go ahead; we can fill out the
proper authorization forms afterward. Thank you."
He hung up. "We'll know in a few minutes, Detective. Is there anything else I
can do for you while we're waiting?"
"Yes," Tirrell said, pulling out his notebook. "You can give me the names of
those dozen men you mentioned earlier."
The secretary's report arrived a few minutes later: no one named Miribel Oriana
had ever worked in the department. "Meri said she'll check with the university's
central records next, see if she might have worked somewhere else on campus,"
Ramsden added as he hung up the phone.
"Thank you," Tirrell said. Probably a waste of time, but long shots were
occasionally worth the effort. "In the meantime, I'd like to talk to the men
whose names you gave me."
"Certainly," the other nodded, getting to his feet. "Actually, only five of them
work here—the rest are personal friends or colleagues. But you're welcome to
talk to the four who are here this afternoon."
"Is the fifth one sick?" Tirrell asked as he and Tonio also stood up.
"On vacation," Ramsden said, gesturing to the door. "Took off June seventh and
won't be back for about six months."
Tirrell glanced at Tonio, saw his own sudden interest mirrored there. One week
exactly before the kidnapping... and gone now for six months? "You have a very
generous vacation policy here," he said as casually as possible.
"Oh, Matt Jarvis is a special case," Ramsden smiled. "Hasn't had any time off in
nearly five years and we finally decided enough was enough. The rules require a
certain amount of vacation time per year, you know. Besides, we can't risk him
getting a nervous breakdown."
"Not if it's the Matthew Jarvis you're referring to," Tirrell agreed.
"It certainly is," the other acknowledged with understandable pride.
"You know this guy, Stan?" Tonio spoke up.
"Only by reputation," Tirrell told him. "He's done a great deal of the
quantitative work on the teekay ability—designed the brain and metabolism test
they use at your hive to judge a new kid's teekay and to predict Transition time."
"He's also made great strides in understanding the glandular changes at both
onset and Transition," Ramsden added, "not to mention his pioneering work with
chemical perception-alteration, glandular disease and dysfunction, and hormone-based
medical treatment."
"No wonder he hasn't had time for a vacation," Tonio murmured.
"I hope he at least has weekends off," Tirrell put in, picking up on Tonio's
lead-in.
"Oh, I understand there have been Saturdays when you could find his lab locked
up," Ramsden shrugged. "There haven't been many of them, though."
"I'll bet," Tirrell murmured. "Perhaps we could take a look at his lab later,
after I've seen the other four men. And I'd appreciate it, by the way, if you'd
keep the specific case we're working on to yourself for the time being. There's
no need for anyone else to know, and publicity can sometimes be harmful to this
kind of investigation."
Ramsden nodded. "I understand."
The four meetings went quickly; as Tirrell had expected, none of the men bore
any real resemblance to Oliver's sketched face. All denied knowledge of anyone
named Miribel Oriana, and only one thought he recognized her picture. Tirrell
made a note for the Barona police to check their alibis for the day of the
kidnapping, but that was pure by-the-book reflex, and he didn't expect anything
to come of it. Ramsden seemed a bit embarrassed—Tirrell sensed he'd had visions
of minor fame as the man who'd provided the case's first solid clue—but the
detective assured him that chasing dead-end leads was all part of the job.
Looking only marginally consoled, Ramsden led them upstairs to Matthew Jarvis's
lab.
Tirrell had reasonably expected "lab" to be a singular noun, but in this case it
turned out to be decidedly plural. Jarvis presided over a fourth-floor complex
that included two labs, an office, a preparation room, and a small menagerie of
caged animals. "Very impressive," Tirrell said after one of Jarvis's assistants
gave them a brief look at the facilities. "I begin to understand how Dr. Jarvis
can handle five different projects at once."
The woman, Cam Mbar, smiled. "Actually, he was handling five projects at once
long before the department gave him this much room. He just gets all of them
finished faster this way."
"What are all these animals for?" Tonio asked, drifting sideways through the air
as he scanned the rows of cages with obvious fascination.
"They're used in various experiments," Ramsden told him. "If we're working with
a new drug, say, we have to test it on animals to make sure it'll be safe for
people to use."
"What happens if it's not?"
"Well, we do more testing and research to try and—"
"I mean what happens to the animal," Tonio interrupted, still gazing into the
cages.
Ramsden exchanged a quick glance with Cam. "Well... usually the animal dies, I'm
afraid."
Slowly, the preteen settled back to the floor and stepped back to Tirrell's side,
his face set into an expression that was simultaneously hard and blank. Forcing
his eyes back to Cam, Tirrell broke the awkward silence. "I wonder if we could
go to the doctor's office now and ask you a few questions, Ms. Mbar."
"Certainly," she nodded with evident relief. Tirrell glanced once at Tonio's
face as they all filed out of the animal room, but the other's expression hadn't
changed. The righthand's reaction worried Tirrell a bit, and he made a mental
note to ask about it later. The office was considerably smaller than Ramsden's
had been, but once Cam had sat down at the cluttered desk and Tonio had drifted
up over everyone's head, there was enough room for everyone to breathe
simultaneously. "Have you ever seen this woman before?" Tirrell asked Cam,
handing her the picture of Miribel Oriana.
Cam gazed at it, shook her head. "No. Sorry."
"Okay. Do you happen to have a picture of Dr. Jarvis available?"
She blinked at the request. "Uh... I think there's one on the jacket of his
latest book." She scanned the bookshelves. "That's one—end of the shelf, gray
cover." She pointed past Ramsden.
"Tonio?" Tirrell said, and the book slid out and flew into the detective's hands.
The picture was on the front inside cover, and he studied it for a long moment
in silence. It could be Oliver's face, he decided; but, then again, the
description they had was so limited that nothing conclusive could be drawn from
it.
"Cam? Louden? Anyone home?" a voice said from outside in one of the labs.
"In here, Dr. Somerset," Cam called.
A bluff, friendly looking face peered around the door jamb. "Whoops. Didn't
realize you were having a party here. I just brought in the latest prostaglandin
test results." He stepped in and leaned past Tirrell and Ramsden to hand Cam a
piece of paper. As she took it, his head twisted sideways, and he gestured to
the photo still lying on the desk in front of her. "Where'd that come from?"
Tirrell had caught the head movement and was already picking up the photo and
turning it right side up. "Do you recognize this woman, Doctor?" he asked.
"Sure—Matt was going out with her a few years ago." He focused on Tirrell's face.
"Why do you ask, Mr.—?"
"Tirrell, Detective First Tirrell of Ridge Harbor." Tirrell's heart was doing
rapid flip-flops in the center of his chest. "Do you remember how long ago this
was?"
"Uh..." Somerset hesitated, looking questioningly at Ramsden.
"Tell him anything you can, Kelby," the other affirmed. "This concerns a very
serious matter, and I've promised the department's full cooperation. Detective,
that must be why she looked familiar to me—I must have seen her in the building
with Matt."
Somerset still looked uncertain. "Is Matt in some kind of trouble?" he asked.
Tirrell hesitated a split second, decided to give the most favorable
interpretation that wasn't an outright lie. "At the moment, we're just trying to
locate this woman or find out as much about her as we can."
"Well, I doubt that Matt would be much help with that," Somerset said, still
sounding reluctant. "I haven't seen her around for at least... oh, at least five
years; probably closer to six."
"I see. I understand Dr. Jarvis is on vacation at the moment. Do you know where
he is?"
"Sure—he's out at his cabin."
"Where's that?"
Somerset shrugged. "I don't know. Out in the woods somewhere. Cam, do you know?"
The woman shook her head. "I was thinking it was somewhere due north of here,
east of Banat perhaps. He's got a radiophone up there, though."
Somerset nodded. "Yes, I've called him a couple of times since he left."
"You what?" Ramsden snapped. "Blast it, Kelby, he's supposed to be on vacation
out there."
"Funny, that's what he said," Somerset said blandly. He looked back at Tirrell.
"I'm sure he wouldn't mind coming back for a few hours to talk to you, Detective.
I can get a radiophone link from the phone here, if you'd like."
"No, that's all right," Tirrell said, his mind racing. "There's no need yet to
interrupt his vacation. It's possible we can get all the information we need
from other sources, especially if Dr. Jarvis hasn't seen Ms. Oriana in several
years. I would, however, like to ask you and Ms. Mbar some questions about Dr.
Jarvis's recent work, if I may."
"What sort of questions?" Ramsden asked guardedly. "I don't mean to be rude,
Detective, but you'll understand that some of the work here has important
commercial applications, and we can't afford premature disclosure of sensitive
details."
"I don't expect to need any sensitive details, and any I do will stay with me,"
Tirrell told him. "But it may very well prove vital for me to know of the
existence of such details. I'm afraid I'm not at liberty to say more right now."
For a moment the others mulled that over, while Tirrell crossed his fingers and
prayed for Tonio to keep his questions to himself. "Well..." Somerset said,
glancing at Ramsden, "of course we'll be happy to cooperate as much as possible."
He paused, but Ramsden didn't interrupt, and he continued, "I have an important
appointment in five minutes, but I could probably cancel it if absolutely
necessary."
Tirrell shook his head. "No, you can go ahead. Ms. Mbar can give me all the help
I'll need for a while. Just come back as soon as you can and don't mention any
of this to anyone else." He shifted his gaze. "That applies to you and your
secretary, too, Dr. Ramsden. Thank you for your time and help; I'll let you know
if I need any further assistance."
Ramsden nodded and, correctly interpreting the comment as a dismissal, squeezed
past Somerset and disappeared. "I'll be back in about an hour," Somerset said
and followed his colleague.
"If you don't mind, Detective," Cam said, rising from her chair, "I have to get
something out of the autoclave before we begin. It'll only take a minute."
"Go ahead." Tirrell nodded, pressing himself back against the wall to let her by.
Tonio dropped back to the floor as she left, took a quick look out the door, and
turned to face the detective.
"You going to let me in on this game?" he asked in a low voice. "What does
Jarvis's recent work have to do with anything?"
"If he's like most scientists I've known, he'll have all his lab book entries
dated," Tirrell said. "Ramsden said he was often here on Saturdays; if we can
prove he wasn't here on the days Colin's sitter and playmates remember seeing
Oliver in Ridge Harbor, we may be able to persuade the Barona police to
authorize our using direction finders to locate Jarvis's convenient little
hideaway."
Tonio frowned. "Why do we need to persuade them? He's a material witness or
something, isn't he?"
"Not really—all we know is that someone else says Jarvis once knew Oriana. That
justifies our calling him and asking him to come in for questioning, but if he
is involved in the kidnapping, that would tip him off and might even spook him
into deeper hiding. And if Colin is still with him..." He left the sentence
unfinished.
An odd look flickered across Tonio's face, but before Tirrell could ask about it,
he heard the sound of returning footsteps. A moment later Cam appeared with a
half-dozen thick binders. "Here are Dr. Jarvis's lab books, Detective," she said,
sidling past him back to the desk chair. "What would you like to know?"
Tirrell glanced back at Tonio, but the preteen seemed all right. I'll ask him
about it later, the detective decided, turning his attention back to Cam. "Let's
start with the first of March," he told her, "and look at which Saturdays Dr.
Jarvis was working."
The session took nearly an hour and a half, and by the time Tirrell and Tonio
left, Barona's four o'clock rush hour was already in progress. Fortunately, the
city building wasn't too far from the university campus, and they arrived with
Tirrell's temper still in good shape. Passing the front desk and the loungelike
duty room, they went up the stairs to the third floor; but instead of going to
the cracker-box office the Barona police had assigned them, Tirrell went to
another office a few doors down.
Hob Paxton, Detective Second of Barona, was not amused by the report. "Do you
realize who you're talking about, Tirrell? Matthew Jarvis. Probably Barona's
greatest claim to fame. I can't let you go invading his privacy on the basis of
some dates in some lab books."
"Oh, come on." Tirrell brought a finger down hard on the notebook resting in
front of the other. "Every single day that we know Colin's kidnapper was in
Ridge Harbor Jarvis was out of his lab—and they were the only Saturdays he was
out. What more do you want?"
"Evidence that he was in Ridge Harbor on those days would help a lot."
"All right," Tirrell said. "Get me a records-check authorization and I'll try
and find out when he charged up his car around the critical weekends."
Paxton shook his head. "That's almost as bad as the radiophone trace. Forget it.
Besides, all that could get you is how many kilometers he drove, not where he
went."
"It wouldn't even get you that much if he recharged at the other end of any long
trips," Weylin Ellery, Paxton's righthand, put in.
"If he was spying on Colin Brimmer, he wouldn't risk leaving a record of his
presence that way," Tirrell said shortly. His dislike of Weylin had begun about
five minutes after their first meeting and was still growing like a healthy weed.
The preteen combined a subtle self-righteousness with the irritating air of semi-private
amusement kids in secret hive clubs often displayed to the rest of the world.
"Well, it's a moot question, anyway," Paxton said. "We simply can't do anything
like that without more proof, Tirrell."
Lips pressed tightly together, Tirrell got to his feet.
"Perhaps we should go see Chief Li directly about this."
Paxton's brow darkened just a bit. "If you want to do that there's no way I can
stop you; but I can tell you right now the answer'll be the same," he said
coolly. "I don't know how you do things out east, though, but in Barona a
visiting policeman usually doesn't threaten to go over his liaison's head."
"Out east we're more interested in solving crimes than in carving out political
hierarchies," Tirrell countered. "Thanks for your time." Turning, he stalked out
of the room, Tonio on his heels.
"What do we do now?" the righthand asked when they were behind the closed door
of their own office.
"We're going to find Jarvis ourselves," Tirrell said, still fuming. Even if he
built that cabin with his own hands, he had to buy the materials somewhere, and
he may have dropped enough clues along the way to give us a rough idea of where
he is. Once we've got that we can scour the area on foot if we have to."
"You're really sure he's got Colin, aren't you," Tonio said, that odd look on
his face again.
"I'm eighty percent convinced of it," Tirrell said. "In a couple of days that
number may go up." He tapped the book he'd borrowed from Cam. "I want you to
take this picture of Jarvis back to Ridge Harbor tonight. You'll ask Macvey to
put a beard, glasses, and gray hair on it and then show it to Colin's sitter,
and you'll also show it as it is to the hospital people who remember Oriana's
visitor. Better make the picture part of a lineup in both cases—Macvey will know
how to handle it."
"Okay." Tonio took the book, gazed at and through the picture. "Stan... what
would Jarvis want with Colin? I mean, there's no reason for him to have set up a
six-month vacation if he was giving Colin to a fagin, is there?"
Tirrell shook his head. "I can't think of one. I frankly don't know."
"Do you suppose he's doing some sort of experiment on him? Like they do on all
those little animals?"
Tirrell studied the other's face. "That really got to you, didn't it?" he asked.
The preteen shrugged uncomfortably. "I used to go to the library and watch
animals like those playing around in their cages," he said. "I didn't know
people did things like... that... to them."
"It has to be done," Tirrell said, trying to remember his own reaction to that
revelation when he was in school. But it was buried too deeply. "There are lots
of things we have to do to animals to live. All the meat we eat comes from
animals; so does leather and furs—"
"I know all that," Tonio interrupted impatiently. "I'm not a child. It's just
that... cows and trehhosts aren't so small and friendly looking. Or so
defenseless."
"I understand." Tirrell let the silence hang in the air a few seconds, and then
gestured minutely toward the book. "I'd like that picture in Macvey's hands as
soon as possible."
Tonio looked up and managed a faint smile. "Okay, I get the hint. You want me to
phone the results to you or just fly them back?"
"Better hand-deliver them. Paxton's point about Jarvis being a civic landmark is
well taken. I don't want to risk any leaks until we've got a solid case. There's
that twenty percent chance he could be innocent, after all."
"Right." Sliding the jacket off the book, Tonio carefully flattened the paper
and buttoned it inside his shirt. "See you in a couple of days," he said and
disappeared out the door. Swiveling his chair to face the window, Tirrell gazed
out, and a minute later saw his righthand rising rapidly into the eastern sky.
But he's not innocent, the detective told himself. One way or another, Jarvis is
involved. And that certainty made something very unpleasant crawl around in the
pit of his stomach... because he had no answer for Tonio's question.
What the hell did Jarvis want Colin for, anyway?
All the logic Tirrell was trying so hard to build into his case tottered
dangerously around that point. For a moment he wondered if Tonio had been right,
if Jarvis was Colin's father and simply wanted some time with his son. But
Jarvis was surely smart enough to have tried legal channels before resorting to
kidnapping if that was his goal. No, it had to be something else entirely... and
two facts abruptly clicked together in Tirrell's brain.
Jarvis was an endocrinologist, who had done extensive work with the glandular
role in teekay.
Colin was at the age where teekay was just starting to become significant.
Tirrell shuddered as the picture of small animals in cages flicked through his
mind. Picking up the phone directory, he turned to the business section and
began making lists of builders, building supply stores, and renters of building
equipment.
Chapter 10
As usual, Lisa dropped to the sidewalk a good four blocks away from the Lee
Intro School. It was nearly six o'clock, an hour past sundown, and even with the
streetlights shining brightly she had no problem finding a doorway dark enough
for her to surreptitiously stuff the two wads of tissues into the training bra
she'd borrowed from Sheelah's dresser. Daryl had always seemed nervous about
being seen with her until she'd hit upon this way to make herself look older. It
had helped, but only for a while, and over the last couple of weeks he'd started
acting a little funny again. Distant, sort of. Hopefully, though, the few drops
of perfume she'd managed to scrounge would help bring him back around. Sniffing
at her wrists, she checked to make sure the flight hadn't blown the scent away.
Daryl was waiting by their usual bench when she arrived, turning the latest book
nervously end over end. Playfully, she used her teekay to freeze it suddenly in
midair. His eyes bulged for a split second before he looked up at her with
obvious irritation. "Knock it off, Lisa," he hissed.
"Hello, Daryl," she said demurely, releasing the book.
"Hi," he grumbled. "You have the other one with you? Good—give it here. All
right, now, this one shouldn't have any new words that you can't get from the
pictures; if there are any you can't figure out, mark them and we'll talk on
Friday. Okay?" He took a step back toward the school.
"Wait a second," Lisa said, puzzled and alarmed. "What's the rush? Anything
wrong?"
"Of course not," he said, a little too quickly. "I just can't stay out here all
night."
"All night? It's only—
"Lisa, I've got to go," he interrupted brusquely, and for a second she was a kid
again, standing in front of her preteen overseer. "I'll see you on Friday; don't
be late."
Numbly, she watched as he strode back toward Lee Intro, his figure alternately
clear and indistinct as he passed under the row of streetlights. The abruptness
of his manner had scared her down to her toes—something was wrong, and she had
no idea what it could be. Had he been caught passing her books? After her
library experience she could easily imagine such a thing's getting him in
trouble. Perhaps someone had been watching tonight's meeting—maybe that was why
he'd left so quickly. Frantically, she looked around, but she couldn't see
anyone.
Or else...
Daryl was nearly a block away by now. Carefully, trying to match his speed, Lisa
set off after him, a new suspicion growing in her mind. He passed Lee Intro
without pausing and continued on the three blocks to the Paris Introductory
School. He went in the front door while Lisa, not wanting to hang around in
plain sight, found a dark tree midway between two streetlights and flew up into
it. She didn't have long to wait; a moment later Daryl reemerged, accompanied by
a teen woman, and together they headed toward the commercial area near the two
schools. Their voices carried distinctly in the still air, and though Lisa
couldn't catch many of the words, it was clear they were having a good time.
They passed under a light, giving Lisa a glimpse of the teen's long blonde hair,
and she noticed for the first time that they were holding hands as they walked.
Laughing and chattering, they rounded a corner and disappeared from sight.
A moment later Lisa was high overhead, streaking toward Barona's northern power
station and trying to make some sense out of the jumble of emotions chasing each
other through her mind. It was a relief, of course, to have her worst fears
proved wrong... and yet, at the same time, the real reason for Daryl's behavior
had her so mad she could hardly see straight. How dare he treat her like some
pestering kid and then sneak off to be with some stupid teen woman? He was
acting just like one of those preteens who belonged to secret clubs and wouldn't
say anything about them to outsiders. He could simply have told her he had a
date—she would have understood. It was the way he'd dumped her that was so
infuriating.
Wasn't it?
Even with the cool wind whipping past, she felt the rush of heat that rose to
her face. She had absolutely no interest in Daryl as anything except a teacher—none
at all. Was it her pride that had been bruised so badly, the fact that Daryl's
interest could switch so easily to someone else? Because she wasn't jealous.
Really. Wasn't.
Abruptly, she reached up her sweater and angrily ripped the tissues out of her
bra, flinging them as far as she could away from her. No more pretending to be
something she wasn't for anyone.
She'd planned on spending at least half an hour going over parts of the new book
with Daryl and was consequently some forty-five minutes early for her shift at
the power station. For a moment she considered waiting outside, but there really
weren't any places nearby that had both the privacy and light she needed to read.
Leaving her book on the power station roof near one of the skylights, she went
inside.
The adult supervisor didn't seem surprised to see her so soon. "Lisa Duncan," he
nodded, marking something on his clipboard. "You're sure racking up the extra
points these days. This is, what, the fourth time in as many weeks you've signed
for nighttime power duty? You must be planning to go into science or medicine or
something."
"Extra points are nice to have," she said noncommittally. "Should I go ahead and
start now or wait until I'm supposed to?"
"Whichever." The man peered through the square of glass set into one of the
office's doors. "Charl's doing okay, I think, but he'd probably appreciate a
little help. If you start now you get to quit early, too."
"Okay." Nodding to him, Lisa teeked open the door and walked into the big room.
The north power station, the newest of Barona's three, had been built with each
of its four flywheels in a separate room, which was the reason Lisa had signed
specifically to work here. Charl, a preteen from a different hive, was slouched
in a chair near the flywheel's side, gazing at the spinning wheel with an
unblinking expression that was both tired and somewhat resentful. Lisa knew his
type instantly: he'd probably fooled around most of his life, losing points for
disobedience and never volunteering for the extra work that could make them up.
Now, with Transition bearing down on him, he was trying desperately to make up
for lost time. Teeking over a chair for herself, she sat down a few meters away
from him and got to work.
He left an hour later, never having acknowledged Lisa's presence by so much as a
glance. That was fine with her; still smarting from the whole thing with Daryl,
she wasn't much in the mood for conversation.
One of the technicians on duty came in a few minutes later to check some
readings, followed almost immediately by the supervisor, who was checking
something else. Lisa waited until they were gone, and then, still watching the
flywheel, flew up to the ceiling skylight and opened it. Reaching out, she
picked up her book and dropped back to her chair, glancing once at the office
door to make sure she hadn't been seen. The Story of Our Trip to Tigris, the
book's cover said. Settling back into her seat, Lisa opened it and held it out
at nearly arm's length, an awkward position for reading but the only one she'd
found that also let her see the flywheel well enough to continue teeking it. The
need to keep some of her attention on her work cut her reading speed
considerably and made it necessary to put off all writing exercises until later,
but she didn't mind. There were very few jobs where she had the necessary
privacy to do any reading at all, and fewer still where she could earn extra
points at the same time. And those points were becoming increasingly important
to her as even the very simple books Daryl had given her hinted at facts and
ideas which she had never before heard of. There were a lot of unknowns out
there, she was beginning to realize, and the more schooling she could get the
better would be her chances of learning about them.
And so she sat and read, learning for the first time how the huge flying ships
had first brought people to the world. So completely did the book and flywheel
hold her attention that she never even noticed the technician who got three
steps into the room before seeing her and beating a silent retreat... nor the
supervisor who stood at the window for several minutes afterward with a grim
expression on his face.
Through the gauze curtain surrounding the two chairs, the tabernacle's candles
were blurry globes of light, flickering like uneasy spirits with every passing
breeze. The effect always reminded Omega of a particularly gruesome horror story
he'd been frightened by back when he was a kid, one reason he generally didn't
take confessions at night. But any rule had its exceptions.
"Speak, young Heir of Truth," he nodded at the shadowy figure across from him.
Weylin Ellery was still a little breathless from his sixty-kilometer flight
south—though teeking didn't require any real muscular effort, it wasn't easy to
breathe with the air hitting your face at eighty kilometers an hour. "O Prophet,
I bring news of Detective First Tirrell and his investigation." He paused for a
deep breath. "He's been trying to find people who knew Colin Brimmer's mother,
and today he told us he thinks Matthew Jarvis might have kidnapped him."
Omega frowned in the darkness. "Doctor Matthew Jarvis? The endocrinologist?"
"I guess so. He's a scientist, anyway, at the university.
"Did Tirrell give any reason for this suspicion?"
"Nothing that Hob—Hob Paxton—thought was any good. Jarvis's lab books show he
wasn't working the days Tirrell says the kidnapper was in Ridge Harbor, and he's
also out in the woods somewhere on vacation. Tirrell wanted to try and find him—some
trick with his radiophone—but Hob told him the department wouldn't let him."
Omega was silent a moment. "Has Detective Paxton questioned you at all about why
you asked him if you could be Tirrell's liaison?"
"No, sir. He swallowed the story about me wanting the chance to work with
someone from the seaside. He's not too smart, sometimes."
Omega nodded, thinking hard. Could it be that Paxton had swallowed that line but
that Tirrell hadn't? In that case this whole thing with Jarvis might be nothing
but a decoy designed to lull him, Omega, into a false sense of security. But, no,
that was too subtle even for Tirrell. And anyway, why drag a name as big as
Jarvis's into it?—besides which, Omega's information indicated that the few
police departments who'd even heard of the Heirs or Truth thought it was just
another of the secret clubs that grew like weeds among preteens. No, Tirrell
couldn't be gunning for him... and that made Weylin's story even more intriguing,
because whatever else was said about Tirrell, no one had ever accused him of
having bad instincts. If Tirrell thought Jarvis was involved, he probably was.
Which led immediately to the question, Why? "Did Tirrell mention a motive Jarvis
might have had?" he asked the righthand.
"Not to us, sir. I think he was mad at Hob for not letting him do the radiophone
trick."
"You have done well to tell me this," Omega said. It was time to bring the
confession to an end; he'd gotten about all he could out of Weylin for the
moment and the preteen had to get back to his hive before lights-out. "Strive to
bring peace between Hob and Tirrell, so that you can learn more about what
Tirrell is doing. Remember that the man who has Colin, whether scientist or not,
is evil; and those of us who serve the Truth must free the boy from his grasp."
A few minutes later he watched from the entrance to the tabernacle as Weylin
rose swiftly into the night sky and disappeared among the stars. For a moment he
lingered, his eyes picking out the constellations as he thought about this new
twist. Was there, then, no fagin involved at all?—or was Jarvis simply acting as
agent for someone else? That was a particularly intriguing thought, one that
might make it worth reopening communications with some of his old friends. If
someone had found a way to bribe, threaten, or blackmail leading citizens that
effectively, the technique might be worth learning.
No. Better to wait a while, at least until Weylin could pump Tirrell for a
little more information. After all, he had a good thing going here already, and
it would be foolish to risk someone else's muscling in on him.
Smiling in the direction of the temple site, Omega glanced once more at the
stars and went back inside.
Chapter 11
"...the fourth... the fifth... and the seventh," Cam Mbar said, closing the last
of the eight lab books and settling back with a quiet sigh that somehow
expressed just how wasteful of time she considered this. "Dr. Jarvis left on the
seventh, so there are no more entries," she added.
Tirrell nodded as he finished making little triangles around the dates she'd
read off. "That's all the lab books you have?"
"Weren't they enough?" she asked dryly. "I could go get last year's, if you'd
like."
"That won't be necessary," Tirrell said, looking over his calendar with growing
interest. It had been a long-shot hunch all the way, but it had paid off. "And
you confirm he's been here every weekday since the beginning of the year?"
"Every one of them—and most of the days last year, too," she confirmed tiredly.
"If you're about to suggest he doesn't deserve such a long vacation—"
"Nothing of the sort," Tirrell assured her. "You might be interested in taking a
look at this, though." Turning the calendar around, he slid it across the desk
toward her. "The circles are entries he made in his hibernation studies book,
the squares are his pituitary studies, the x's his work on that hormone I can't
pronounce, the plus signs his Romo's syndrome cure, and the triangles the work
with pre-teekay children."
Cam glanced at the paper, an annoyed frown spreading across her face. "You must
not have been paying very good attention to me, Detective," she said. "There are
at least half a dozen days in May alone that I remember that you don't have
marked."
Tirrell shook his head. "I marked every date you read off. But go ahead—check it
yourself."
Cam gave him a strange look. Then, clamping her jaw, she picked up the first lab
book and leafed through it. Tirrell sat back, letting her take her time. It took
several minutes, and when she finally looked back up her irritation had been
replaced by puzzlement. "But I remember him working here these days," she
insisted.
"I'm sure you do," Tirrell nodded, "and I'm not doubting your word. It would
seem, though, that you're missing at least one of the doctor's lab books."
"But these are always kept in a locked drawer—" She stopped suddenly. "You think
it was stolen?"
"Not really. I think Dr. Jarvis has it with him."
She opened her mouth, closed it again. "But he never takes his books out of the
lab," she objected weakly.
Tirrell didn't bother trying to argue the point; she was certainly intelligent
enough to see that he was making sense. "Do you have any idea what else he was
working on, besides these?" he asked instead, waving at the stack of books.
"No... not really." She still looked troubled, as if she were betraying a
confidence. "A lot of time he worked alone, or gave me routine sorts of tests to
run. We'd all sit down together on Nultday morning and discuss the work he
wanted to get done for the week, and I never heard him mention any project but
these. Maybe he told one of the other assistants about it, though."
"I doubt it." Tirrell pondered a moment. Until Tonio got back from Ridge Harbor,
he still wouldn't have anything Paxton would be willing to move on. But with a
little ingenuity, perhaps he could circumvent the need to see Jarvis's project
proposals or any other official records. "I'd like you to dig out all the supply
and equipment requisition forms you can find for the past nine or ten months.
Who's the best endocrinologist here after Dr. Jarvis?"
"Dr. Somerset," the woman said without hesitation.
"I'd like you to ask him to join us, too, if you would. We're going to try and
figure out what exactly this special project is."
Somerset, though not especially enthusiastic about their chances, was
nevertheless willing to help. Jarvis, fortunately, was the methodical sort who
had kept copies of all his requisitions neatly filed in chronological order; but
even so, it took Cam and Somerset the rest of the day to sort through them all.
Tirrell, sitting off to one side, listened quietly and cultivated his patience.
Finally, at four-fifteen, Somerset put down his pencil and returned the last
piece of paper to the pile. "I don't know, Detective," he said, pushing back his
chair and stretching. "It's pretty obvious now that Matt did have something
going on the side—there are drugs here that I know we haven't used on any of the
other projects. But as to what that other thing is, I really can't tell you."
"Make an educated guess," Tirrell said. "Surely you can do that."
"I'm sure I can. But I'm not sure I should." Somerset eyed the detective
thoughtfully. "After all, this is Matt's private work, and without an official
police request, my telling you anything at all puts me on rather thin legal ice.
You understand what I'm saying?"
"Perfectly," Tirrell nodded, forcing his voice to remain calm and reasonable. "At
the same time, I'm sure you understand that in a police investigation time can
be critically important. Of all of us here I'm probably the one most familiar
with the laws concerning privacy—that's the main reason I asked Ms. Mbar to read
me the dates in the lab books, instead of looking through them myself. If you'd
prefer to wait the couple of days it'll take to get proper authorization, that
is of course your right. But it would make things a lot easier if you could give
me at least some idea of what Dr. Jarvis was doing."
He held his breath as Somerset and Cam exchanged glances, but they didn't call
his bluff, at least not directly. "Why don't we call Dr. Jarvis and ask him
about it?" Cam suggested. "I don't think even Dr, Ramsden could object to
interrupting him for this."
"I don't think that would be a good idea," Tirrell shook his head, mind racing.
The last thing he could afford was someone tipping off Jarvis that they knew he'd
been running a secret project. At best, it would give him time to hide or
destroy anything he didn't want seen; at worst, it could spook him into dropping
into a hole so deep they might never find him. But it was clear he couldn't
voice such thoughts here. "Radiophone conversations are by their nature more
vulnerable to eavesdropping than regular phone calls," he said, choosing his
words carefully. "If the wrong person heard what you said there could be real
trouble."
Vague intimations had worked once before, but this time Somerset wasn't giving
in quite so easily. "What sort of trouble?" he asked stubbornly. "You said
yesterday you were trying to find this Oriana woman, but today you seem a lot
more interested in Matt and his work. If we're going to help you, I think we're
entitled to know what's going on."
Tirrell took a deep breath. Somerset unfortunately had a point. "All right.
There's a possibility that Miribel Oriana is blackmailing Dr. Jarvis. Knowing
what he's been working on may help us identify who's involved." Which was, the
detective decided, as misleading a set of true statements as he'd ever heard.
And it had the desired effect. Somerset's expression ran the complete gamut from
surprise to anger to determination; Cam's got stuck somewhere in the vicinity of
outraged shock. "You'll understand now," Tirrell continued, "why I can't risk
broadcasting any hint of my progress over the airwaves. In this game, the less
your opponent knows of what you're doing, the better your chances of nailing him."
"Of course," Somerset nodded firmly. "All right. Basically, it looks like Matt
was doing something involving the maturation process. Some of these drugs"—he
indicated his list—"are known to slow down various aspects of puberty in
earthstock lab animals. Others are synthetic androgens—male sex hormones—and
some rather hard to isolate pituitary hormones, all of which seem to play a part
in growth and puberty. Um... there are a couple of carriers here, too—those are
relatively inert chemicals that can bond loosely to two or more complex
molecules at a time. They're used when you want to get a drug to a specific but
inaccessible area—the islets of the pancreas, for example—without flooding the
whole system. If you choose the carrier's grabber properly, you can get the
whole thing to link up with, say, the glucagon molecules in the islets' alpha
cells. The drug then drops off and begins its work, while the carrier-grabber
combination either disintegrates or also drops off, leaving the glucagon
molecule undamaged."
Tirrell had caught about one word in five of all that, but the essence made it
through the jargon. "Would this method also be useful if you wanted to get a
drug within range of something spread through the whole body?" he asked
carefully. "Those growth hormones, say?"
"Yes," Cam spoke up. "Dr. Jarvis has been doing that in some of his induced-hibernation
work—using carriers to seek out thyroxin in the blood."
"I didn't know that," Somerset frowned.
She shrugged. "He said it was just an experiment, but it seemed to work pretty
well."
Growth and puberty studies, several months for work without interruption... and
Colin Brimmer, a boy whose teekay was just starting its rise. Something in the
pit of Tirrell's stomach began a slow tumble. "Tell me," he said without
thinking, "is it still accepted theory that the physical changes at puberty are
what bring on Transition?"
The other two suddenly looked thoughtful, and Tirrell cursed his carelessness.
He should have saved the question for later, when they wouldn't have been so
quick to follow his line of thought. "Well," Somerset said slowly, "it's not
really that simple. Transition does occur sometime during puberty, but it's not
a direct result of the sex hormone activity—otherwise childhood castration
should eliminate it. There's a theory that even with the testes removed the
adrenal cortex puts out enough testosterone to trigger Transition, but that's
never been proved." He shrugged. "But why would Matt be so secretive about
working on something like that? Every endocrinologist on Tigris has taken a shot
at figuring out what starts Transition. Matter of fact, he and I did some work
on that four years ago."
"What did you learn?"
"Nothing really useful. We were able to extend the B and M curves—that's brain
size and metabolism rate—all the way up to Transition, but that's about all.
Matt got interested in artificial hibernation after that and we put it aside."
"I see." Tirrell turned to Cam. "Would you go and see if you can find Dr. Jarvis's
lab book for that period, please?"
"If you'd like." She looked at Somerset, eyebrows raised.
"It'll be December and Lucember of three-oh-three and January of three-oh-four,"
the other told her.
Cam nodded and left. "There's really not much in that notebook worth looking at,"
Somerset told Tirrell.
"I'm mainly interested in whether the book is here or not," the detective told
him. "It seems rather odd that Dr. Jarvis would suddenly give up on something as
potentially valuable as teekay research in favor of artificial hibernation."
Somerset smiled. "You underestimate hibernation's value, Detective. For certain
operations being able to slow down the patient's metabolism drastically could
make the difference between life and death. And if we ever recover the space
technology we had before the Lost Generation and want to go looking for other
survivors of the Expansion, some form of hibernation will be vital." He waved a
hand. "Besides, as I said, Transition research is a pretty crowded field these
days. Even more so than teekay work generally. You have to understand that by
the time teekay first appeared on Tigris the viral DNA that triggered it had had
four generations to ensconce itself in our genetic structure—and that all the
original physiological baseline records were destroyed in the Lost Generation.
What that means is that we're working essentially blind: we know what human
biochemistry is like now, but we don't know where in the system the critical
changes occurred. That makes for a pretty big target for medical science
generally, but for endocrinologists the only really practical starting point is
Transition."
"And Dr. Jarvis doesn't like following the pack?"
"Not when the pack is nosing uselessly around a locked door, no. But if anyone
ever comes up with the key to that door, odds are it'll be Matthew Jarvis."
"Um," Tirrell grunted, and for a few minutes there was silence. Somerset glanced
once at his watch, and Tirrell realized with a start that it was approaching
five o'clock. He'd have to end this session soon and let the others get home. He
was beginning to wonder if Cam had unilaterally made that decision when she
finally returned.
"There's nothing for that period in any of the file drawers," she told Somerset.
"I looked through the books for at least a year on either side of the months you
gave me, and there's nothing at all on Transition B and M."
"Uh-huh." Somerset looked at Tirrell. "Well, you called it, Detective, but it
doesn't make any sense. Why would a blackmailer want that particular book? The B
and M curves we did can be found in every book on teekay published in the past
three years."
"It does seem odd," Tirrell lied. It was pretty obvious to him that Jarvis had
seen something while doing the study and had hurried to quit before his coworker
could also pick up on it. Did the work involve any new techniques or anything?"
"Not really. The basic method was the one Matt came up with ten years ago. We
just had to figure out a way to compensate for the wild fluctuations puberty
causes in most of the useful test parameters. Matt found a statistical gimmick
we could use by following a group of preteens through Transition, backtracking
from their adult parameters, and—well, I won't bore you with the details.
Suffice it to say that we simply came up with a statistical trick which is of no
particular commercial value. It's also been published, by the way."
Tirrell nodded, pursing his lips. "All right. One more quick question and I'll
let you both go. I gather you had direct access to the preteens you did this
study with. Did you also work directly with the children in the more recent
tests? As opposed to letting someone else take the raw data, I mean."
"No, we worked with them right here," Cam said, frowning. "Why?"
"Just curious," Tirrell shrugged. "Well, I very much appreciate your time and
help in this, both of you. I hope I won't have to interrupt your work again, and
I'll again ask that you keep all of this to yourselves for now."
"You're welcome," Somerset said as they all stood up. "Please don't hesitate to
call us again if there's anything else we can do."
"You'll be the first," Tirrell promised. "Good night."
Chapter 12
"No, bring that end over the other one," Jarvis said. Sitting cross-legged on
the moist ground, he indicated with his fingers the way the knot should be tied.
Carefully, Colin did as instructed, teeking the end of the rope through its last
two convolutions and out through the far side of the knot. "Good," Jarvis nodded,
glancing surreptitiously at his watch. Thirty-five seconds to form the knot,
subtract maybe five for hesitation and uncertainties.... He would have to check
that against the B and M tables when they got back to the cabin, but it looked
like Colin's teekay dexterity was about where it was supposed to be. That was
good; nothing drastic should be happening for a long time yet.
"Now pull this tight?" Colin asked.
Jarvis nodded. "Yes, but not too tight or you'll put too much strain on the
smaller branches."
Colin sucked his lip in concentration... and a moment later a handmade lean-to
was standing proudly beneath the lowest branches of the conetree.
"Yay!" the boy crowed excitedly, clapping his hands. "It worked! Can I try it?"
"Sure, go ahead." Jarvis watched as Colin crawled carefully under the thick mesh
of branches leaning at a forty-five-degree angle to the ground. A new pang slid
through his chest like a knife as he once again reminded himself that Colin
might someday have to use these outdoor skills for actual survival. If society
overreacted—as it easily could—Colin could become an overnight outcast.
"Can I sleep here tonight, Matthew? Can I, huh?"
"I'm afraid not," Jarvis said, smiling despite his gloomy thoughts at the sight
of Colin stretched out on the leaf-and-moss rug they'd laid out under the lean-to.
"Maybe in a couple of weeks we'll go on a long hike, though, and then we'll
sleep out like this every night."
"Why can't we go now?" Colin asked.
"Because you haven't learned enough woodlore yet," Jarvis explained. "You need
to know how to catch animals for food first, for one thing."
"Okay." The boy scrambled out of the lean-to, coming within an ace of bringing
the whole structure down in the process. "How do you catch animals?"
"We'll work on that some other day," Jarvis said firmly. It was already
midafternoon, and he had no intention of starting such a topic without a full
day ahead of them. Besides, he'd determined two days ago that he needed some
information from his office, and he'd put off making that call long enough. "Right
now I want you to show me you remember the knots I taught you. Then we'll go
home and you can play until it's time for supper. Let's start with a half hitch;
and I want you to tie it both by hand and with teekay."
"Okay," Colin said with the theatrical sigh he did so well. Teeking over a piece
of rope, he got busy.
It was nearly four o'clock when Jarvis finally sat down at his desk and reached
for the radiophone. For a moment he paused, checking his notes, pens, and paper
and confirming that Colin was visible through the window, playing happily and
showing no signs that he would be bursting into the cabin at the wrong time.
Picking up the handset, the scientist punched in the operator code and then his
office phone number.
Cam Mbar answered on the fifth ring. "Dr. Jarvis's office."
"This is a surprise," Jarvis said lightly. "I used to sneak off work at three
when my boss was out of town."
"Dr. Jarvis!" Cam said, her voice unexpectedly intense. "Are you all right?"
Jarvis frowned. "Of course. Why shouldn't I be?"
"Uh..." Cam audibly struggled for control. "No reason," she said after a few
seconds, her tone now exaggeratedly casual. "I just wasn't expecting you to call."
"I see," Jarvis said as something prickly seemed to settle into his neck. "I
need some numbers from the second to the last of our hibernation-studies
notebooks. Could you get that for me?"
"Sure. You want me to bring it to you? Just tell me where—"
"No, that's okay," he said hastily. "There's only one table I need; you can just
read it over the phone."
"Oh." She sounded vaguely disappointed. "All right. I've got it; what do you
need?"
The prickly thing on Jarvis's neck dug its barbs in a bit deeper. The cabinet
where old lab books were locked wasn't within reach of any of the lab's phones...
and yet Cam had found it instantly and without having to put down the handset.
What would that book have been doing out at four in the afternoon?
"Dr. Jarvis?"
"Uh, yes. Um... about page eighty there are some figures on metabolism rate
versus brain electrical activity...."
Cam found the place and read off the table, but Jarvis hardly heard the numbers
as his hand dutifully took them down. Cam was the stereotypical unflappable
scientist type—Jarvis had seen her spill hydrochloric acid down the front of her
lab coat without getting as excited as she'd sounded a few minutes ago.
Instinctively, his gaze flicked to Colin, who was examining a large dragonmite
struggling helplessly in the boy's teekay grip. Had someone seen him putting
Colin in his car back in Ridge Harbor and taken down the license plate? But
surely the police would have long since found and raided his hiding place if
that were the case. Wouldn't they?
His hand was sitting motionless on the desktop, and with a start he realized Cam
had finished her recitation. "Thanks," he said, hoping the silence hadn't
dragged on too long. "Uh... how are things going?"
"Pretty good. We've been getting some good pituitary data the last week or two.
Maybe you can come by and see it sometime soon."
"Perhaps. Well, keep busy. I'll probably check in again later. Good-bye." He
dropped the handset into its cradle, barely hearing Cam's own good-bye as he did
so.
For a long minute afterward he stared at the radiophone, gripping the arms of
his chair tightly as beads of sweat gathered on his forehead. Cam's tone of
voice, the notebook sitting out for no good reason, her attempt to find out
where he was—it was too much to pass off as coincidence. Clearly, someone had
been snooping around the lab, trying to find out what he was up to. And that
someone couldn't have persuaded Cam to help him without some kind of evidence
that Jarvis had indeed kidnapped Colin Brimmer.
So the police were on to him. He'd known they would be, eventually—the trail
through Colin's mother Miribel was all too clear. The real question now was
whether they'd had the inevitable radio direction finders running as he talked
to Cam. If so, his experiment was about to come to an abrupt end. If not... well,
he might still have enough time.
With an effort, he pushed himself out of the chair. The chances that the police
had had everything ready were probably slim. From now on, though, use of the
radiophone was out—it might, in fact, be safest to disable the instrument, lest
Colin accidentally turn it on while playing inside.
Stepping to the window, Jarvis gazed out at the small boy, now standing under
one of the longer branches of the nearest conetree and trying to jump high
enough to catch hold of it. What will they do to you, Colin? he wondered. Human
society has always hated those who were different, especially those who were
truly superior in some way. How will you respond to that hatred?
There was no way to answer that question—not yet, anyway. After a minute Jarvis
sighed and moved away from the window. Whenever the police came, he would be
ready... but right now, it was time to start cooking supper.
Hob Paxton shook his head as he again leafed through the report Tonio had flown
in from Ridge Harbor and peered at the five almost-identical photos. "I wouldn't
have believed it," he said. "She really picked Jarvis's photo out of this lineup?"
"Three times straight," Tonio told him with obvious satisfaction. "It was the
eyes and cheekbones, she said, and the fake beard didn't hide those features."
"Maybe she was reacting to the retouching on the other pictures," Weylin Ellery
suggested from the corner. "Hypnotized people notice details like that."
Tirrell shook his head. "Our artist knows his job. The copy that still looks
like Jarvis has touch-up lines over the originals."
"All right." Paxton tossed the stack of paper onto his desk and leaned back in
his chair. "But evidence obtained under hypnosis isn't admissible—you know that."
"Of course. But it should be good enough to get those radiophone direction
finders I wanted two days ago."
Paxton's expression was that of a man whose shoes were too tight. "Yeah. Yeah, I'll
talk to the chief about it." But he made no move toward the phone. "I don't know,
though—the whole thing's ridiculous. Why would Matthew Jarvis, of all people, go
out and kidnap someone? Or are you going to tell me he's popped his stopper?"
"No, I don't think so," Tirrell said slowly. "I think he's doing some sort of
experiment out there, something he doesn't want anyone to know about."
Weylin chuckled. "You make him sound like one of those crazy scientists you see
sometimes in hive monster movies," he said. "I quit believing those when I was
ten."
Tonio turned irritably toward the other preteen, but Tirrell spoke up before his
righthand could say anything. "Of course he's not crazy; I almost wish it were
that simple. I think it's probably much worse—that he's stumbled onto something
so explosive he doesn't even want hints of it leaking out."
"Like what?" Paxton snorted.
Tirrell hesitated. It wasn't a theory he wanted to toss around too freely,
especially if it turned out to be true. But Paxton was still dragging his feet
on Tirrell's radiophone detector request. Perhaps a good shaking up would help.
"I think Jarvis is fiddling with the Transition point," he said bluntly. "He's
stockpiled a supply of growth and puberty hormones; he's apparently taken
several critical lab books into hiding with him; and if he's got Colin Brimmer
with him, he's got a human test subject to work on. And if we don't get busy and
find him, he could knock the props out from under the whole society."
"Holy Mother," Paxton muttered, forehead corrugating into an intense frown. "You
think he might find a way to knock out teekay entirely?"
"Or push it past puberty, or make it stronger, or add telepathy or heaven knows
what to the ability," Tirrell countered. "How the hell should I know what he's
up to? But we'd better find out, and fast."
"Yeah." Paxton brought his feet back to the floor with a crash and picked up the
papers Tonio had brought. "Let's go see Chief Li. If we hurry we can probably
get your direction finders set up by Saturday night. That fast enough for you?"
Tirrell nodded as he and Tonio stood and let Paxton walk between them to the
office door. "Let's hope so," he said as they fell into step behind the other
detective. Now, perhaps, they'd make some real progress.
Chapter 13
With a flourish, Gavra Norward signed the last piece of paper and dropped it
into the box on her desk. Leaning back, she permitted herself a tired smile as
she glanced at her watch. Four o'clock Friday—the end of a long day at the end
of a long week; and by some combination of luck and skill all of the hive's
paperwork was finished and she had the rest of the evening free. It was hard to
believe; in her twenty years as Girls' Senior at Dayspring she'd had perhaps two
dozen such Fridays, despite a solemn promise to herself to leave that evening
free. Someone will probably throw up at dinner, she told herself with whimsical
pseudo-cynicism. Maybe I should leave now and forget to take a beeper.
She was in the process of stowing her pens and note pads in their desk drawer
when someone knocked on her open door. Looking up, she saw Allan Gould,
Dayspring's Director, peering around the jamb. "Got a minute, Gavra?"
Gavra sighed inwardly. Good-bye, Friday night, she told herself. Aloud, she said,
"Of course."
Gould stepped into the office, and only then did Gavra realize the Director wasn't
alone. A small, balding man entered on his heels, closing the door behind him.
Gould gestured at him as the two men sat down in front of the Senior's desk. "Gavra,
this is Raife Jung, assistant Men's Senior at the Lee Introductory School across
town. Gavra Norward, our Girls' Senior."
They exchanged nods. "What can I do for you?" Gavra asked.
"I'm afraid we're here on rather serious business," Jung said, his tone and
manner more than a shade on the pompous side. Opening a small folder, he
extracted three photos and slid them across the desk. "I believe you will
recognize both the preteen and what she is doing."
The pictures, obviously taken at one of Barona's power stations, were of only
fair quality, but even so Gavra had no trouble identifying Lisa Duncan. And she
was holding—"Is that a book?"
"It is indeed," Jung said. "Actually, there are two different books shown:
lessons seven and eight of Walker's Elementary Reading. The photos were taken
Nultday and Wednesday of this week."
Gavra impaled Gould with her eyes. "And you waited until now to tell me?"
Gould shrugged uncomfortably. "We wanted to have all the facts before we said
anything. One of the technicians at the power station spotted Lisa reading a
book with the Lee Intro logo on it a week ago Wednesday. He contacted me, I
contacted Mr. Jung, and it turned out the evening door checker remembered a
Daryl Kellerman leaving that evening with a book. We followed him this Wednesday
and observed the exchange."
Gavra returned her attention to the photos, struggling to adjust her mind to
this sudden revelation and to fight down the chill it caused within her. Of all
her preteens Lisa was probably the last one she would have suspected of
something this insidious... and yet, in retrospect, it fit Lisa's personality
remarkably well. She'd always tended to fight her battles with brains and skill
instead of with brute force; and Transition, after all, was a preteen's biggest
battle. And for Lisa, unlike some of the others, it would be an intensely
private one, as well. The flicker of paranoia within her damped out and she
looked back up at Jung. "All right," she said. "So what do you want me to do
about it?"
Jung blinked in obvious surprise. "I want Duncan punished, of course. She should
be told in no uncertain terms that this sort of activity is not allowed, and
then be docked some points or have some privileges taken away. And we want the
book back."
Gavra glanced at Gould. His expression was as set in concrete as Jung's. The
specters of the past were formidable shapers of both opinion and policy; and
their influence, as she'd just found out, wasn't totally lost even on those who
should know better.
All the more reason, she thought suddenly, to inject some logic into this. And
damn the torpedoes. "I'm sorry, Mr. Jung," she said quietly, "but I cannot
punish someone who hasn't broken any rules."
Jung's eyes saucered in astonishment and he actually sputtered. "Broken any
rules?" he finally managed. "Just what do you call—"
"Dayspring Hive has no rule that forbids kids and preteens to read," she
interrupted him. "For that matter, I defy you to show me any law—on city or
Tigrin books—that makes reading illegal."
"What about the Education Code?" Jung shot back. "Or the Uniform Library Use
Acts?"
"Those specify who can teach reading and what books may be lent to whom," she
said. "The burden in both cases is on the adult, not the kid. I'm sure you can
make a case against Daryl Kellerman—" probably already have, she added to
herself—"but Lisa is legally blameless."
There was a moment of silence as Jung seemed to fall back and regroup. Gould
stepped in to fill the gap. "Don't you think, though, that letting Lisa get away
with something like this will at the very least set a bad precedent?"
"For whom?" she countered. "From the evidence you've shown me Lisa seems to be
keeping all this well under wraps. In fact, I'd go so far as to say that
punishing her would set a more disastrous example. You'd be surprised how many
kids will knock themselves out to try anything that they've been specifically
told not to do."
"All right," Jung said irritably. "What do you propose we do, then?"
"Nothing, aside from the obvious. You'll want to transfer Daryl Kellerman to
another school, of course, to break things off where they are."
"We've already done that," Jung said. "But never mind Kellerman. I want to hear
your idea of what to do with Duncan."
"I already told you: nothing," Gavra said. "She's not likely to be able to find
another tutor in the few months she's got left before Transition. She'll start
school reading above her level, but you're stuck with that anyway."
"Ms. Norward." Jung's voice dripped bits of ice. "You don't seem to realize the
potential problems this situation presents. Ever since the Lost Generation the
stability of society on Tigris has depended on the adults retaining exclusive
control of knowledge. Exclusive control. The kids already have most of the
physical power; if they were allowed to learn all the ways to use that power,
the entire system could collapse into anarchy."
I'm familiar with the facts and arguments," Gavra said stiffly, annoyed at being
lectured. "And I'd like to remind you—both of you—that I'm more familiar with
the actual psychology of these kids than either of you. Most of them are totally
uninterested in starting into the perceived drudgery of school before it's
forced on them. Lisa is an exceptional case. Even if she wanted to set up the
sort of secret reading lessons I imagine you're worried about, she'd get few if
any preteens to join her."
"Oh, of course," Jung said sarcastically. "Naturally, you know better than the
men and women who laid down these guidelines."
"They were living within memory of the Lost Generation's chaos," Gould murmured,
unexpectedly coming to Gavra's support. "The two-tiered society's been stable
for nearly two centuries now, with the kids' position clearly defined for them.
That kind of tradition's hard to break."
"Besides which, kids aren't just small adults, no matter what responsibilities
and power they have," Gavra added. "They generally lack the discipline to pass
up an immediate pleasure in favor of a more distant one—otherwise you'd have a
lot more preteens working to earn extra points than actually do so. Most would
rather spend as much time as possible flying or otherwise having fun, especially
as they get closer to Transition."
"Spare me the psychology review," Jung said acidly... but there was a note of
resignation in his voice, and Gavra knew she'd won. Temporarily, anyway. "What
about the Walker book she still has? Or do you want to argue about that, too?"
"We'll do our best to get it back," Gavra told him. "But again, I don't want to
make a major fuss over taking it away from her."
"As you choose. But remember that the book is the property of Lee Intro—and if
we don't get it back soon, we would be within the law to bring theft charges
against Duncan."
"Understood," Gavra said tiredly. The charge wouldn't stick for ten minutes, but
she didn't want to put Lisa through that kind of trauma, and Jung obviously knew
it. "I'll get you the damn book."
"Good." Jung got to his feet, shifted his glare from Gavra to Gould and back
again. "Well. You've both been rather less than cooperative—I hope you're
properly satisfied. I think you should know that I intend to go directly to the
police from here and give them the whole story."
"Go right ahead," Gavra nodded. She'd anticipated this gambit, and while it
sounded impressive, there really wasn't a lot the police could or would do at
this stage except circulate Lisa's name and photo among the officers. "It'll be
good for them to have the background in case some sort of problem does develop,"
she added, hoping her admission of such a possibility would mollify Jung
somewhat.
It had little if any of the desired effect. Nodding stiffly to her, his mouth a
tightly compressed line, Jung left the room. Gould threw her a glance too quick
to interpret and hurried after him.
Sighing, Gavra got to her feet and followed the same path... but only as far as
the outer office and the file cabinets therein. Unlocking the proper one, she
began sorting through the D's. Jung might be back later, but for the moment he
was at least reasonably convinced that Lisa wasn't going to put her newly
acquired skill to a dangerous use.
Now all Gavra had to do was convince herself of the same thing.
Withdrawing the thick file labeled Lisa Duncan, she glanced at her watch. She
could do a quick survey of the preteen's record in the half hour that remained
before dinner time. And for the more careful study that would be required...
well, she had all evening.
Grumbling under her breath, Gavra tucked the file under her arm and trudged back
into her office.
The wind rustling the trees had, over the past hour, changed from a pleasant,
soothing sound to one filled with foreboding. Twisting her wrist toward the
nearest streetlight, Lisa peered at her watch for probably the tenth time in the
hour she'd been waiting in the little park. Three minutes after seven. Daryl was
over an hour late.
Getting up from the bench, Lisa began to pace restlessly, her eyes probing the
inky shadows that writhed like wounded animals as the trees swayed. Her emotions
had already passed from annoyance to anger to concern, and were beginning to
edge into genuine panic. After six weeks of regular thrice-weekly meetings, he
couldn't have simply forgotten to show up, and as the minutes ticked slowly by
her imagination generated increasingly terrifying reasons for his absence.
She checked her watch. Five after seven.
And suddenly she could stand it no longer. Glancing around her one last time,
she flew quickly to the top of the nearest tree and wedged her book securely
between two branches. Then, dropping back to the ground, she headed off at a
rapid walk.
There were a fair number of pedestrians out—it was Friday evening, after all—and
Lisa did her best to check the faces she passed. But neither Daryl nor the
blonde woman she'd seen him with that once passed by her; and a few minutes
later she was standing in front of the squat shape of Lee Intro.
For a moment she hesitated, her mind flashing back to her nervousness the first
evening she'd walked up to that door and realizing dimly that what she was about
to do could land her in real trouble. But concern for Daryl pushed aside all
other considerations. Resolutely, she strode forward; but this time, instead of
entering, she turned sideways at the door and disappeared behind the decorative
bushes lining the walls. Keeping low, she circled around toward the rear of the
building.
She had long ago found out from Daryl which of the rear-facing second-floor
windows was his. The line of bushes continued around the side of the building
and a couple of meters along the rear wall, allowing her to get within eyesight
of his room without coming into the open. At that point, though, two problems
immediately presented themselves. Like the courtyard back at Dayspring, the area
behind Lee Intro was set up as a recreational area, and under the bright
floodlights a good twenty teens were running about in what seemed to be a two-dimensional
version of raiders. In addition, as nearly as she could tell from the angle she
was at, Daryl's window was closed and, presumably, locked.
Lisa's hands were trembling with both tension and an ever-increasing sense of
urgency as she looked around her. Obviously, with nearly two dozen teens
throwing and kicking a ball nearby, there was no way she was going to get to
Daryl's window without being seen. The floodlights—perhaps if she teeked out the
power lines at the light posts' bases and plunged the rec area in darkness? But
that would leave dangerous cables loose where someone might accidentally touch
them... besides which, the thought of doing that much damage—even for something
this important—grated against her hive training.
She was still trying to figure out a plan when inspiration and opportunity
dropped simultaneously into her lap. One of the teens, trying to get rid of the
ball before he was tackled, gave the twenty-centimeter sphere a tremendous kick
in the direction of the school building... and even as it was still rising, Lisa
had it in a firm teekay grip, adding just a shade more lift and range and giving
it the slightest bit of sideways guidance until, with a horrendous crash, it
disappeared squarely through one of the first-floor windows.
Some things, at least, did not change with Transition. The teens stood rooted in
horror for a split second and then took off madly in all directions. Within
seconds, the rec area was deserted.
Lisa was at Daryl's window before the sound of running feet had faded into the
night breeze. The room was dark, but the curtains were still open, and enough
light was scattering in from the rec area for her to see that both beds were
empty. She teeked tentatively at the window; it was, as she'd guessed, locked.
It would have been easy enough to break it, but the noise would bring people
there much too quickly. But there might be another way, if the adults who would
surely be coming to investigate that broken window held off for another minute.
With a quick glance behind her, Lisa turned back to the window and teeked the
top drawer out of the nearest dresser. Moving it close to the window, she gave
its contents a quick scan. She was in luck; setting down the drawer, she teeked
out a small hand mirror and brought it up to hover next to the window's lock.
Like most locks, this one was shielded from outside view as a routine precaution
against teekay opening. But with the mirror Lisa could see enough of the lock's
works; and as the outside door beneath her slammed open the window slid up and
she slipped inside.
Heart pounding in her ears, she peeked back out the window. Four or five older
teens and adults were in the rec area, but none of them was looking up toward
her. Quickly, she replaced the dresser drawer and closed both window and
curtains. Switching on the light, she made sure the door was locked. Then,
feeling excruciatingly vulnerable, she began looking around the room.
Having only the vaguest idea what she was looking for, she stumbled on the vital
clue purely by accident. Taped to the wall by each of the two desks was a piece
of paper divided up into rectangles, with days of the week printed across the
top and hours of the day down the left-hand side. Inside the rectangles were
incomprehensible letter-and-number combinations, and it took Lisa a long minute
to realize they were the occupants' class schedules. Wondering if Daryl had
unexpectedly been given a Friday night assignment, she checked both schedules—and
it was only luck that she happened to look at the names on them.
The names were Mart Kolowitz and Ling Spongier.
Lisa's first, horrible thought was that she'd goofed and got the wrong room. But
a heartbeat later she remembered Daryl's mentioning his roommate Mart. So the
room was right. Only—?
She never had a chance to try and figure it out. Even as she stared at Ling's
schedule, the sound of a key in a lock came from the door.
Lisa reacted instantly, throwing herself in a sort of teekay-assisted jump to a
sheltered position by the other desk. Teeking off the light, she ducked down as
the door swung open, throwing a wedge of hall light into the darkness. An
instant later the room was brightly lit once more, and Lisa peeked around the
back of the desk chair to see a tall, dark-haired teen turn back to close the
door. The panel clicked shut, and Lisa pounced.
Her teekay leap landed her practically on his back. One hand touched his left
arm, which she promptly froze in a teekay grip; the other arm snaked around his
right shoulder and came to rest with her hand over his mouth. Simultaneously,
she flicked a glance to the wall and again teeked off the light.
The teen jerked, probably with both shock and fear, but Lisa held him easily.
One leg kicked back inexpertly and was promptly captured in its own invisible
vise. Teeth clenched hard, Lisa waited silently for his struggles to end,
wondering what in blazes she was going to do next. Her attack had been pure
reflex—modeled, no doubt, after the action movies she'd loved as a kid—and now
that she had the other, she had no idea what to do with him.
"Keep quiet," she muttered, making her voice as deep and masculine as she could.
"I'm not going to hurt you."
The other went almost limp. Encouraged, she tried a question. "What's your name?"
She left her fingers on his lips, just in case, but he was either too scared or
too smart to try yelling for help. "Mart Kolowitz," he answered in a husky
whisper. "What do you want?"
"I'm looking for Daryl Kellerman," she said, only then realizing the sinister
interpretation Mart would probably put on the words, given the circumstances. "I'm
a friend of his," she hastened to add, "and I think something might have
happened to him."
"Well, I don't know where he is," Mart said defensively. "His stuff was gone
when I got back from morning classes."
Lisa blinked. That Daryl might have left so abruptly was something that hadn't
occurred to her. "When did you last see him?"
"At breakfast this morning."
"Did he say anything about leaving, or was he angry or upset at all?"
Mart shook his head minutely in the teekay hold. "Nope. Said he'd meet me at
four for a fast 'pong game, even. Didn't show up, though."
"Look, people don't just disappear," she hissed. "Didn't you ask where he'd gone?"
"The floor supervisor just said not to worry about him."
Lisa exhaled slowly through clenched teeth, apprehension churning her stomach.
What could have happened to Daryl that the school would react like this? It was
almost as if—
As if they were trying to pretend Daryl had never existed?
Her thoughts flicked to Daryl's story of Hari's attempted suicide, and to the
way the school had reacted to his questions about his friend. But—No. Daryl
wouldn't do something like that.
"Who are you?" Mart cut into her thoughts. "What do you want with Daryl, anyway?"
His tone was confident, almost insolent, and Lisa realized with a start that she
was running out of time here. Mart's masculine pride was beginning to overcome
his caution, and any minute now he might try something foolish. She could
probably handle any attack he could come up with, but if he raised the alarm and
someone got a good look at her face... "All right," she whispered, "I'm leaving
now. Don't try to turn around until I'm gone. And don't tell anyone I was here."
Maintaining her grip, Lisa glanced around and teeked the curtains aside. With
the extra light from the rec area floodlights she could see Mart clearly enough.
Backing carefully to the window, keeping a teekay hold on the teen's arms and
head, she fumbled blindly for the catch and slid the pane open. Adult voices
were still audible outside, but there was nothing she could do about that except
to hope they wouldn't look up. Reaching up, she smoothed her hair back,
plastering it against her head and shoulders with teekay to disguise its length.
Then, taking a deep breath, she turned and dived out the window.
Concentrating on speed and the necessity of getting her hands up in front of her
face, she misjudged the size of the opening and banged her right knee painfully
against the sill. She gasped as the shock of it made her falter; but before any
of the people grouped around the broken window below could react to the sound
she was above the floodlights and out of sight. Still she climbed, fear adding
impetus to her flight, until the cool mist of a thin cloud layer on her face
jolted her back to reality. With a start, she realized she was a good two or
three kilometers above the now hazy lights of the city.
Exhaling a lungful of air, she let herself coast to a stop, her muscles limp
with relief. She'd done it—had gotten in and out of the school, probably without
being recognized. For the moment, anyway, she was safe.
But how long would that last?
Gazing down at the city far below, she rubbed her sore knee. Daryl had vanished...
and deep down she was sure she knew why. They caught him giving me books, she
thought, the panic beginning to bubble up within her once more. It really is
illegal. They arrested Daryl, and they're going to arrest me, too! I have to run
away!
She stared outward, her eyes picking out the moonlit peaks of the Tessellate
Mountain range, cutting its solemn way southeast across the continent. Beyond
them, much of the territory was still untouched by man....
But a moment later her common sense stubbornly reasserted itself. Mart said
Daryl's things were moved out before lunchtime. If he's in trouble because of
the books, why haven't they already picked me up? I was at the hive at noon and
for supper, too.
Relief washed over her like a hot shower in wintertime, dispelling chills she
hadn't realized were there. And yet... if Daryl hadn't disappeared because of
that, what had happened to him? Had he been injured or perhaps come down with
some kind of sickness, and been moved secretly to a hospital? No, that didn't
make any sense. Had he seen some sort of criminal activity, then, and been
hidden as a witness? Again the thought of Hari's suicide attempt rose into view—
Lisa shook her head hard. There was no sense letting her imagination run away
with her. For now, all she could do would be to retrieve the book she'd left in
the park and go back home. Tomorrow... well, someone had to know where Daryl was.
If she could find that someone and ask the right questions...
Slowly, and then with increasing speed as she left the damp fog of the clouds,
Lisa headed down toward the city. Her chances, she recognized, were poor; but
she had to make the effort. She owed him at least that much.
Especially, a dark voice still whispered at the base of her mind, since the
whole thing could be your fault.
Gritting her teeth, she swooped low to orient herself and then headed for the
park.
Chapter 14
The young acolyte tapped once on the open door to Omega's private tabernacle
quarters. "Senior Acolyte Axel Schu, O Prophet," he fluted, a trace of
nervousness apparent in his face and manner.
"Thank you, young Heir," Omega nodded solemnly. "Let him enter."
The Ten stepped back, and the tall preteen strode in, his eyes still puffy with
sleep above his hive-issue robe. "You sent for me, O Prophet?" he asked. His
voice, at least, was respectful.
"Close the door, Acolyte Schu, and sit down," Omega invited him, waving to the
ornate chair opposite his own.
Axel chose to obey the orders in reverse order, settling himself in the chair
before turning his head and teeking the panel closed. "Normal daytime hours not
long enough for you?" he asked, a little grumpily.
"You didn't give the messenger a hard time, did you?" Omega frowned, recalling
the acolyte's nervousness.
"Whatever I gave him he deserved," Axel said shortly. "I thought being a senior
acolyte was supposed to keep me from being woken up at—" he squinted at the desk
clock—"at two in the gracking morning. I don't stay here on Saturday sleepover
very often; I don't appreciate being interrupted when I do."
"Even when the Prophet of Truth has need of you?" Omega asked softly.
Axel emitted a short bark of a laugh. "Oh, come on—you don't have to pull that
earwash on me. I figured you out months ago."
"Oh, really?" Sitting back comfortably, Omega crossed his legs and eyed the
preteen with interest. "And what exactly did you figure me to be?"
"A complete fake, who's leading a whole bunch of gullible jerks by their noses,"
Axel said promptly, with an air of enjoyment at finally getting to say the words
out loud. "I don't know exactly what you're having us build out here, but if it's
a temple, I'm a furhead."
"I see," Omega nodded noncommittally, a shiver running up his spine in spite of
himself. Axel's hypocrisy was no great revelation, of course, but having his
camouflage verbally ripped away was still an uncomfortable experience. "If you
feel that way, why are you still hanging around?"
"Oh, for—" Axel waved a hand impatiently. "Whatever you wanted me for, let's get
it over with so I can get back to bed, huh?"
Omega remained silent, and after a moment the preteen sighed heavily. "Okay,
okay," he shrugged. "I'm sticking around because I want to learn now you do it.
I'm going to hit Transition one of these days myself, and when it happens I want
to be ready."
"You enjoy having power over people; is that it?"
Axel shrugged again. "Sure. Who doesn't?"
Omega nodded with satisfaction. He'd read the other correctly—and that lust for
personal power would serve quite adequately as a substitute for loyalty. "Good,"
he said. "You'd like to have my verbal power. How would you like to have some
real power, too?"
"What kind of real power do you have in mind?" Axel countered.
"Possibly the ability to delay Transition in anyone you choose," Omega said
softly. "Would that be enough power for you?"
Axel's face went rigid. Slowly, the muscles relaxed and he swallowed carefully.
"Yes," he said, almost calmly. "I think it would." He looked around the room
once, almost as if seeing it for the first time, and then returned his gaze to
Omega. "I don't think there's any chance of me falling asleep on you now—you
want to give me the whole story?"
Omega smiled. "Certainly. I had a visitor a few minutes ago—Weylin Ellery, from
Barona. You know him?"
"Uh... isn't he a police righthand or something?"
"Right. At the moment he's working closely with a Ridge Harbor detective named
Tirrell... and Tirrell thinks the kidnapper they're chasing is doing some
serious experiments with the Transition point." Omega gave the preteen the gist
of Weylin's most recent report, carefully emphasizing certain facts and
speculations and omitting others.
"Holy grack," Axel murmured when Omega had finished. His eyes fairly glowed. "Holy
grack."
"Agreed," Omega nodded, hiding his amusement at the preteen's childlike awe. "The
major problem, of course, is that with their direction finders in place now the
police will probably find them before we could even begin to search the twenty-thousand-odd
square kilometers of forest he could be hiding in."
"Oh." Axel suddenly looked stricken.
"But," Omega continued, "since the police will be mainly concerned with the boy's
safety, they should move in slowly. Since we don't have to worry about that, we
may be able to get the jump on them, provided we're ready to move."
Through half-closed eyes Omega watched Axel's face carefully. This was the make-or-break
point; if the preteen showed any qualms whatsoever over the implication that
Colin Brimmer was expendable, Omega would have to dump him and get someone else
for this job. But Axel merely nodded thoughtfully. "Yeah," he agreed. "But how
will we know when they find them?"
"Weylin has a phone number in Plat City to call when that happens. The man at
that number will radio me here and we'll leave right away." Omega pointed a
finger. "And that's where you come in. We'll need to have at least twenty kids
here every evening from now on. How can we do that?"
Axel frowned. "Well... we've got sixty kids here right now, but Saturday
sleepover is really the only time you can get that many to stay overnight."
"Why? I'd think that if you could get your roommate to cover for you one night a
week, you shouldn't have any trouble getting him to do it other nights, too."
"The problem is timing," Axel said. "Except for the weekends, most of us have to
get up at six and leave for work by about seven. That would mean even kids from
Plat City would have to leave here by five or earlier if they didn't want to be
caught sneaking back into their rooms. Other kids would have to leave even
earlier."
Omega remembered bed checks and work details being easier to duck when he was
younger. "All right, then, how about this? We set up a system in each hive where
we can alert one of the kids and he'll pass the word quickly to all the others.
That way we can make do with only a few here at any one time and still scare up
a sizable force on short notice."
"I guess that'll work," Axel said slowly, doubtfully. He peered at Omega with
narrowed eyes. "You sure everyone'll go along with you on something like this,
though?"
"I'm sure many of them won't," Omega corrected him. "At the service tomorrow—I
mean this morning—I'll give a talk about the 'evil child-snatcher' that'll lay
the groundwork in case we need to get rough later. Part of your job will be to
assemble a group of kids—preferably the older ones—who'll obey any order I give
without question. They'll be our basic troops. Anyone else we'll use up to
whatever point they decide not to cooperate."
"Which brings up the other part of my job, huh?"
"You're not squeamish about pushing people around, are you?" Omega asked mildly.
Axel simply snorted.
"Good," Omega nodded. "Then you might as well go back to bed—you'll want to be
alert enough to watch people's faces at the service."
"Okay." Axel got to his feet and tightened his robe sash. "See you later, O
Prophet," he added with an elaborate bow. Grinning, he left the room.
Omega sat where he was for another moment, gazing at the closed door. Ambitious,
self-serving cynics, he thought. How would we ever accomplish anything without
them? Almost a pity, in a way, that this one would eventually have to be
eliminated, but Omega could already see the seeds of betrayal taking root behind
the preteen's eyes. By the time Jarvis's technique—whatever it was—was in their
hands, Axel would have decided he no longer needed Omega's help and have taken
steps to end their relationship. Omega would simply have to make sure his steps
in that direction were faster.
Sighing, he got up from his chair and went over to his desk. He was dead tired—the
Saturday crowd had been unusually wearing—and he'd had barely an hour of sleep
before Weylin's arrival, but he needed to at least sketch out what he was going
to say to the assembled Heirs of Truth at the morning service. To persuade a
group of generally idealistic kids to violate the most basic laws of their
society for even their spiritual leader was no mean rhetorical task. Still, the
chance to become perhaps the most powerful man on Tigris was certainly worth
some effort and a few hours of lost sleep.
If my words really could be backed up by results! If I really could preach and
then demonstrate some kind of power over Transition whenever I chose. Spiritual
and political leader of Tigris? Why not? Who could possibly oppose me?
For a moment the vision threatened to overwhelm him, rising above his original
paltry ambitions for this game Tike the mountains surrounding the temple site
soared over scrubweed. Master of Tigris. It was headier stuff than he'd ever
before tasted.
But it won't happen unless I get to Jarvis first, he reminded himself firmly.
For a moment he gazed down at the papers on his desk, thinking hard. Tirrell
wasn't likely to be simply sitting around waiting to get a good trace on Jarvis's
phone. He'd be out poking around for leads... and Omega had had firsthand
experience with Tirrell's ability to breathe life into icy-cold trails. If he
did it again now, the police could conceivably have the area around Jarvis's
cabin completely cordoned off before Omega even heard about it—and a full-fledged
battle with the police was the last thing in the world he wanted.
Of course, if he could get hold of Tirrell's notes somehow, the odds would be
even again. Have Weylin steal them, perhaps? No, that would be about as clever
as sending the detective an engraved invitation to the First Annual Matthew
Jarvis Race. And besides, Tirrell would be bound to have an extra copy of his
data tucked away someplace. What Omega really needed was to get a private peek
at the detective's notes.
Send Weylin into Tirrell's office some night with a camera? Risky; cameras small
enough to be easily concealed didn't exist, and trying to sneak a larger one in
past the desk man would be tricky. Teeking the camera in from outside would be
equally hazardous, given the alarms police station windows were invariably
equipped with. If only Weylin could get him in... but the old Yerik Martel
wanted poster was undoubtedly still posted, and even though he didn't resemble
that photo very much anymore, it would still be a stupid chance to take.
With a sigh, Omega put the thought on his mind's back burner. Time enough to
worry about beating out the police after he had a force to beat them out with.
Picking up a pen, he began working out his speech.
Chapter 15
"...and sort of light brown eyes," Lisa said, pausing both for breath and
thought. "I don't know if he's got any scars or birthmarks or anything."
The burly police sergeant smiled briefly as his scratching pen caught up to
where Lisa had finished. "This'll be just fine," he assured her. "You just wait
here and I'll go see if we've got any information on your friend." He gave her a
reassuring smile as he stood up and left the alcove.
Swiveling in her chair, Lisa watched him cross the duty lounge and disappear
through a doorway behind the impassive-faced desk man. Five or six other
policemen were working at desks in the lounge area, and two others were talking
with people in alcoves similar to hers. It was far more relaxed a scene than the
action movies had prepared her for; but despite that, she could almost hear her
thudding heart over the quiet conversational background.
Just coming here had taken a tremendous amount of courage. Now, having given
Daryl's name and description to the police, she felt uncomfortably like a
dragonmite hovering near the edge of a spider web. Despite the fact that Daryl
had disappeared nearly a week ago and Lisa had still not been picked up by any
group of authorities, she couldn't shake the guilty feeling that she and her
books were still somehow responsible. Maybe they just haven't gotten around to
me yet, she thought nervously, watching the door and half expecting the officer
to return with two or three righthands. In her mind's eye she watched herself
undergo the humiliation of being arrested, heard Gavra announce the shameful
news to the rest of the hive that evening at dinner, saw herself put into a cell—alone—still
not knowing what had happened to Daryl....
The door opened and the sergeant came out alone. He said something to the desk
man, then walked back to where Lisa waited. "Well, there's both good news and
bad news," he said as he sat down again. "The good news is that no one matching
your friend's description has turned up dead in the past week, at least nowhere
this side of the Tessellates. The bad news is that we don't have any runaways,
detainees, or hospital unknowns like him, either. I guess we still can't help
you."
Lisa sighed. This had been her last hope. "All right. Thank you anyway."
He gave her a searching look. "Have you talked to the various schools in town?
He must have been enrolled in one of them."
She nodded. "He was at the Lee Introductory School, at least until last Friday.
But he's gone from there now, and no one there will tell me anything about it."
"Maybe he was simply transferred. They do that sometimes."
"Then why won't they tell me that? Every time I call they tell me he's not there,
but they won't say anything more. And why wouldn't he have told me about it
before he left?"
Thoughtfully, the sergeant tapped his teeth with the end of his pen. "Good
questions," he admitted. "I wish I could give you the answers."
"So do I," Lisa sighed, slumping in her seat. The last bit of emotional strength
seemed to have drained out of her, leaving her more fatigued than long work days
and even fights in the hive had ever made her feel.
"You all right?" the sergeant's voice came as if from the far end of a Five's
play tunnel.
She managed a smile. "Yes, I'm fine. Thank you anyway for your help. I have to
get back; it's almost dinner time."
"You're not sick or anything, are you? One of the men could drive you—"
"No. Thank you." Getting to her feet, Lisa nodded and walked past the desk to
the exit.
Outside, she stood on the city building steps and took a deep breath, wondering
what she was going to do next. The police couldn't help her; Lee Intro wouldn't.
She could think of only one more avenue to try, and she would almost rather cut
off a hand than take it. The humiliation of admitting her crimes to the one
adult whose approval she still valued—
Do it for Daryl. If he's in trouble, it may be your fault... and humiliation's
easier to live with than guilt.
Blinking away the dampness in her eyes—they were not tears—Lisa launched herself
into the sky. Tonight, after dinner, she would tell Gavra everything.
"Thirty-eight," Hob Paxton muttered as the radiophone buzzed quietly, indicating
a ring on the phone at the other end of the signal. It buzzed again: "Thirty-nine."
"Hang up," Tirrell said to Cam Mbar, feeling a minor wave of frustration wash
over him. Once again, it seemed, Jarvis was one step ahead of them.
Cam replaced the radiophone handset and turned to Tirrell. "Do you think
something's happened to him?" she asked anxiously.
"No, I think he's probably okay," Tirrell said, automatically soothing. "Maybe
he's working outside or something."
But Cam was too intelligent to accept such reassurance blindly, even when it was
what she obviously wanted. "Has he been working outside every other day this
week, too?" She shook her head. "Something's wrong."
"Well, there's not much we can do about it," Paxton said gruffly. "Not now."
Tirrell threw his liaison an irritated look. Even if Cam was partially
responsible for Jarvis's silence, there was no point making her feel worse than
she already did. "It's also possible he's busy with a project and turned off the
phone so he wouldn't be interrupted," he told her. "Or maybe there's a fault in
his receiver—that does happen, you know."
She nodded heavily. "I hope you're right. If I somehow helped those..." She
visibly searched for an adequate noun, gave up, and fell silent.
"I'm sure everything'll be okay," Tirrell said with more conviction than he felt.
"You might as well go back to the lab—or home, if you'd like," he added, noting
it was after four. "We'll have people standing by both here and with the
direction finders twenty-one hours a day; if Dr. Jarvis contacts you, just press
the button we've put by your phone and then keep him talking as long as you can."
"I understand." Nodding, Cam got to her feet, collected the notes she'd been
planning to ask Jarvis about, and left the room.
"You might as well go, too," Tirrell told the two headphone-equipped men
standing on opposite sides of the huge table map that dominated the center of
the room. "Your relief's due in twenty minutes, and Jarvis wouldn't be able to
reach Ms. Mbar before then, anyway."
"Yes, sir."
Paxton waited until the men had left before asking the obvious question. "You
think Jarvis smelled the trap and ran?"
"That he smelled something seems pretty obvious," Tirrell snorted. "Whatever Cam
said last week when she talked to him apparently made him at least suspicious
enough to stay clear of his phone."
"Or suspicious enough to pack up and run," Paxton mused. "No, that wouldn't be
very smart."
"Especially since we've already postulated his cabin is as secure a place as he's
going to find anywhere near civilization," Tirrell nodded.
"Well, then, we should still have a chance. What about this building contractor
search you've been doing? Any leads?"
Tirrell shrugged. "I've checked with every contractor between here and Rand—no
luck. Either Jarvis did all the work himself—and supply purchases indicated he
at least bought all the materials himself—or else the contractor he hired went
out of business sometime in the last four years."
"Four years." Paxton looked thoughtful. "You have the time any more exact?"
"He seems to have started building in April of three-oh-four, just eleven months
after Colin was born. At least that's when he was buying and moving his
materials."
"Hmm. Three months after he and Somerset quit their Transition studies."
"Right." Tirrell was mildly surprised the other had picked up on that, given how
often other equally simple facts had seemed to slide right past him. Perhaps he
was finally starting to pay genuine attention to the case. "Possibly significant,
but doesn't really tell us anything new."
"Sure," Paxton agreed. "You said he transported all the stuff that same month.
How—rented vehicles?"
"Yes, and that's where most of what little we've got has come from. The mileage
he put on the trucks he used give us an upper limit on how far from Barona the
cabin is."
"Terrific," Paxton said, straightening in his chair. "Why didn't you say so
before?"
"Because it's not an especially useful number," Tirrell countered dryly. "All it
tells us is that he's somewhere within a hundred kilometers of Barona."
"Oh." Paxton looked deflated. "That's not a lot of help."
"Not much, but a little. It means he can't be in the mountains past Rand with a
directional antenna to compensate for the extra distance. Also, the roads around
here are not exactly straight, so doing a careful distance check along them
shrinks the boundaries a fair amount. And, of course, we should be able to
eliminate all the farmland south of the city."
"Also Plat City and the marshes near Banat," Paxton muttered. "Still leaves a
hell of a lot of territory, though—and a fair amount of it in the mountains
south of Plat City. That's going to be an absolute pain to search."
"Yeah." Tirrell hesitated. "There is one other thing that might lead somewhere—heavy
underline on the 'might.' One of the truck rental owners remembers having to
spend six hours scraping rock-mud out of the van's tire tread after Jarvis
returned it—says he debated long and hard about sending the usual bill for the
work and decided against it because Jarvis was such an important figure."
For a moment Paxton's eyes lit up, but the expression was quickly replaced by a
rueful grin. "Damn! For a moment there... but we're talking about April, aren't
we."
Tirrell nodded. "Apparently a lot of the ground around here turns into rock-mud
while the snow cover is melting. I've looked up all the available records and
have a couple of the university's soil specialists listing the main areas where
the stuff is found in the spring. That, plus my map, will at least give me the
most likely places to start looking."
"You're going to start a full-scale search?" Paxton said cautiously. "Now?"
"As soon as that rock-mud data is complete, which is supposed to be this evening.
Why? You have a better idea?"
"Well..." Paxton looked acutely uncomfortable. "Actually, we were wondering if
perhaps we ought to go a bit easy at this point. Until we've got a few more
facts, I mean."
Tirrell searched the other's face. "The 'we,' I take it, is you and Chief Li—and
you're still worried about possible false-arrest charges brought by Barona's
leading scientific light. Right?"
Paxton shrugged helplessly. "Face it, Tirrell; the only solid thing you've got
is that childsitter's identification of Jarvis—and that was under hypnosis.
Everything else really just boils down to hunch and intuition."
"Would you like a list of the people my 'intuition' has helped nail?" Tirrell
said coldly.
"The rules are different when you're picking on a leading light, as you put it.
Always have been, always will be." Paxton shook his head. "I thought the chief
was going to have a coronary when he saw the poster you had distributed to the
area police stations."
"Why? I only identified him as a material witness in the case, and I said
specifically to use extreme discretion in inquiries and contact. Would you
rather risk letting Jarvis walk in and out of Banat without anyone even knowing
we wanted to talk to him?"
"No. It's just that your methods don't consider the political implications. As
an outsider you can maybe get away with that. The rest of us, unfortunately, can't."
Paxton shook his head. "Hell with that now. How big a search crew were you
hoping to use?"
Tirrell grimaced. "Given the circumstances, I guess I'd better not hold my
breath waiting for Li to authorize anything substantial." He paused briefly, but
when Paxton didn't contradict him he continued, "So I guess Tonio and I will
have to do it ourselves. If I can get the map ready, we can start tomorrow
morning. We'll be discreet, of course."
Paxton pursed his lips for a long moment and then sighed. "Well, if you're that
determined... I suppose we might as well make it a foursome. That way it'll only
take half an eternity to finish the job."
"I appreciate the offer," Tirrell told him, a bit surprised the other had
volunteered, given the pressures on him. "But I'd rather you stay here, actually,
just in case Jarvis decides to answer his phone after all."
"Maybe there's another way to do this," Weylin spoke up suddenly.
The other three turned to him. "What's that?" Paxton asked.
"Recruit some unofficial searchers," the righthand said. "I know a bunch of
other preteens who'd be willing to help us—maybe twenty or thirty of them. Give
us each a map and an area to search and we'll have Jarvis found in no time."
"Forget it," Paxton said, shaking his head. "The chief doesn't even want
experienced policemen involved in a full-scale search—imagine how he'd feel
about a bunch of amateurs running around out there."
"They know how to keep their mouths shut—" Weylin began.
"Actually, the idea has some merit," Tirrell cut in, "and we might be able to
try something like it later. But Paxton's right, at least for now."
Weylin made a face. "Well... can I come help you look, anyway?"
"Sorry, but you should probably stay with your partner—he and the chief would
both be furious if an emergency came up and you weren't available. Though I
daresay that in a few days I'll be willing to risk anything to have some extra
help." Tirrell stood up. "Tonio, you and I might as well head over to the
university and see if that rock-mud data is finished yet. Good night; we'll
probably check in with you next Nultday if not sooner."
Five minutes later Tirrell and Tonio had joined the stream of cars jamming
Barona's streets... and Tonio finally let loose with the question Tirrell had
known he would eventually ask. "You aren't really thinking about letting a bunch
of Weylin's friends help hunt down Jarvis, are you?"
"Why not?" the detective asked with a straight face. "Don't you know a few
preteens who'd be simply overjoyed to spend their whole weekend flying between
conetrees out in the forest?"
"Maybe two or three at the most—and I wouldn't trust them to do the job right,"
Tonio snorted. "Maybe you think good righthands hatch in bogs—"
"Oh, no, not at all," Tirrell hastened to assure him. "I know the screening you
had to go through. So why does Weylin think he can dig up thirty qualified
candidates just like that?"
"Because he's pompous and arrogant and thinks he can do anything," Tonio snapped
back.
Tirrell glanced at his righthand with mild surprise; he hadn't realized Tonio
felt that strongly about Weylin. "Arrogant he certainly is," he agreed. "But
arrogant and very stupid? I don't think so. And I'm not positive, but I think
this is the first time he's volunteered any kind of help at all on this case. I
thought it was worth encouraging him a bit on it, just to keep our options open."
There was a short silence from the other seat. "You're sounding suspicious again,"
the preteen said. "You think Weylin's got something sinister in mind?"
"Oh, probably not. He's probably just offering the service of his hive's secret
society or something, hoping they'll find Jarvis and make him look good. But..."
He hunted for words, settled instead for a shrug. "Never mind. Let's just
concentrate on getting that map put together and turn in early. Tomorrow's going
to be a long day."
The facts of the matter did not take long to recite, but with the dryness in her
mouth and tension in her throat, Lisa felt like she had talked for hours by the
time she finished.
"I see," Gavra nodded from across the wide desk, her tone a flat neutral that
was somehow more scary than disapproval or even anger would have been—and much
harder to interpret. "You realize, I'm sure, that what you've done is...
discouraged."
Lisa nodded, a quick bob of her head. "I know that now," she said. "I didn't—I
mean, no one actually said—" She clamped her lips hard against the excuses that
wanted to come out. "I'm willing to accept whatever punishment I have coming to
me," she said instead. "But please help me find out what's happened to Daryl."
Gavra pursed her lips, her eyes seemingly avoiding contact with Lisa's. "Where
is the book you said you still have?"
"Up in my room. Under the dresser."
"Please go and get it. Bring it back in this," she added, rummaging in a drawer
and coming up with a crumpled paper bag. "I don't want anyone to see it."
Silently, Lisa took the bag and left the office. The halls were largely deserted—most
of the girls were either still at dinner or already down in the game rooms—and
she made the round trip in record time.
Gavra was still seated quietly behind her desk when Lisa again entered the
office. Taking the book with a nod, the Senior glanced at the cover and then
leafed through it. Lisa waited tensely in her own chair, almost afraid to
breathe.
"You've read all of this?" Gavra asked at last, her voice cutting into the
uncomfortable silence like blunt scissors. "And understood it?"
"Most of it," Lisa said, not knowing whether to feel pride or guilt. "There are
a few words I didn't know, but I could guess at what they meant from how they
were used."
"From context. That's called understanding from context. Did you keep up with
the writing exercises, too?"
"Some. I was more interested in reading."
Gavra nodded and closed the book, placing it carefully in front of her. For a
moment she stared at it, and then raised her eyes to Lisa's face. "First of all,
Lisa, let me say that I'm very impressed by your achievement. There have been
other kids and preteens who've tried to learn reading on their own, but as far
as I know, no one else has ever made it to this level before."
"Thank you," Lisa managed, her heart pounding in her throat. Other preteens had
done it... but she'd never even heard rumors about them. What had happened to
them?
What's going to happen to me?
"But I'm afraid you're not going to get to brag to anyone about it," Gavra
continued. "From now on you must consider your ability to read a complete and
total secret. Total. If we find out you've told anyone at all, you'll face total
loss of all your hive points and maybe further punishment as well. Do you
understand?"
It took several heartbeats for that to sink in; and when it did, it was like
flying into the cool of an unexpected cloudburst on a stifling July day. The
relief that went rippling through Lisa's body was as intense as the fear it
washed away, and it left her weak and even trembling slightly. "Oh, I—Gavra, I—oh,
yes, I understand completely. I won't tell anyone—I promise. I—oh, Gavra, I was
so afraid I would be—you know."
The barest hint of a smile flickered over Gavra's face. "I understand. But I'm
serious about what'll happen if you tell anyone. Don't forget that."
"I won't. Thank you for—oh!" Halfway to her feet, Lisa abruptly sat down again.
"I almost forgot—Daryl! Can you help me find him now?"
Gavra's face had turned to wood again. "I'm sorry, Lisa, but I think you'd
better forget about Daryl, permanently."
The tension flooded back into Lisa's body with a suddenness that threatened to
bring up her dinner. "What do you mean? What have they done to him?"
"There aren't specific rules against you getting books from a teen; but there
are rules against him giving books to you," Gavra said grimly. "Daryl knew the
rules and has to accept his proper punishment for breaking them."
"No!" The word burst from Lisa's lips like a small thunderclap as a hundred
horrible images crowded into her mind. "No, they can't! It's my fault Daryl did
it—I'm the one who made him give me the books. They should punish me, not him!"
Gavra shook her head. "He knew the rules," she repeated. "In this world you have
to take the responsibility for your actions—your own actions, no one else's. You
may have made the original suggestion, Lisa, but the decision he made was his
own."
Lisa's breath felt like fire in her lungs. "What have they done to him?" she
whispered. "Please tell me. I was his friend."
The Senior frowned. "Are you thinking...? Oh, good heavens, girl—no, no, he's
alive and perfectly well. How could you think otherwise?"
The reassuring words made no impression whatsoever on Lisa's panic. "Where is he?
If he's all right, I should be able to see him."
"I'm afraid that can't be allowed. I'm sorry."
"Then what have they done to him?"
"Nothing, Lisa. Really. I promise."
Slowly, Lisa got to her feet, and for the first time in her life said to Gavra
Norward, "I don't believe you."
Gavra said nothing; but the quiet pain in her eyes made Lisa feel even worse
than she already did. But she forced herself to continue. "I don't know if you're
lying to me or if someone else is lying to you first. But they told Daryl that
Hari was all right, too, after he tried to kill himself." She moved toward the
door.
"Where are you going?" Gavra asked.
"To find Daryl," Lisa said, her vision suddenly blurring. Angrily, she blinked
back the tears, the effort making the soreness in her throat worse. "I have to
know what this—this punishment of his was."
"Lisa, he's all right. They just don't want you and Daryl to see each other
again."
"I'll believe that when I see him." She focused on the doorknob, teeking it
around—
"Lisa. Wait."
The preteen hesitated at the command in Gavra's tone, torn between her
frightening new spirit of rebellion and her instinctive respect for hive
authority. Slowly, she turned back to face the Senior, letting her teekay grip
on the knob dissolve. "What?"
"If you go charging off tonight or miss work tomorrow I'll have no choice but to
report your actions to the police and... certain others. However"—Gavra's eyes
caught Lisa's with unexpected intensity—"as long as you behave reasonably, your
weekend time is your own, and I have no official control over your activities.
You'll have a better chance if you wait until Saturday to do anything about this.
Will you do that?"
Lisa stared at her, indecision churning her stomach. Every muscle in her body
was screaming at her to start the search now—the last thing she wanted was to
sit around worrying for an extra day and a half. But even with her emotions
riding high, the tiny core of common sense within her knew Gavra's suggestion
made sense. If... "You're not going to warn them, are you?" she asked flatly.
Gavra shook her head, and Lisa realized it had all come down to a single, very
simple, choice: would she or would she not trust the woman standing before her.
It was, strangely enough, a remarkably easy decision to make. For all Gavra's
talk of punishment and official duties, Lisa could sense—as she should have
known all along—that the Senior was on her side in this mess. "All right," she
said at last. "Where would you suggest I start looking?"
"I don't know," Gavra said, her voice tinged with relief. "But you might begin
with the intro schools in the nearest towns. All I know is that he's not in
Barona anymore."
"All right." Lisa turned and finished teeking open the door. Halfway through the
opening, she paused and looked back at Gavra. "Thank you," she said.
"Don't worry about him," the Senior advised her quietly. "Search as long as you
like, but don't let panic drive you to do anything foolish. Other people aren't
likely to be sympathetic as I am to what you're doing."
Lisa swallowed, thinking about her little invasion of Lee Intro. Does Gavra know
about that? she wondered. "I'll be careful," she said. Teeking the door closed
behind her, she left the office.
She spent the next two hours in one of the preteen girls' lounges, watching her
thoughts spin in their painful circles and feeling her emotions burn down to an
exhausted ache. Mercifully, none of her friends came by to talk... or perhaps
something in her manner discouraged approach. When the lights-out warning
sounded, she went immediately to her floor's bathroom, completing her bedtime
preparations quickly enough to be out before the main crush arrived. Back in her
room, she gave one-word answers to Sheelah's cheerful queries about her day
until the other took the hint and shut up.
For a long time afterward she lay awake in the darkness, listening to Sheelah's
steady breathing and watching the faint pattern of light the curtains allowed
into the room. Finally, around one-thirty, she fell asleep.
Her dreams were not pleasant ones.
Chapter 16
The six o'clock wake-up buzzer literally blasted Lisa out of bed, startling her
enough to cause an involuntary half-meter teekay bounce into the air. Settling
back to her tangled sheets, she rubbed her eyes and took a deep, ragged breath.
"You okay?" came a cautious voice from the other bed.
Lisa ran a tongue over her lips. Her pounding heart was beginning to recover
from the shock now, but the headache throbbing in time with it was showing no
signs of going away. Her stomach was oddly tender, and her entire body felt like
it had been pulled repeatedly through a wringer. "I'm fine," she told Sheelah
tiredly.
The other preteen was out of bed now, eyeing Lisa with a mixture of suspicion
and concern. "Fine, huh? You look like something a Seven would haul in out of
the rain and ask permission to keep. And you were tossing and moaning half the
night. I think you're coming down with something. You want me to go call the
nurse?"
"No, I'll be okay," Lisa insisted, teeking her clothes over from the chair where
she'd laid them out the previous night. "I didn't sleep well; I'm just tired. Um...
I didn't say anything when I was tossing around, did I?"
Sheelah frowned. "Nothing I could understand. But if you want to talk about it
now, I'm game."
"Talk about what?" Lisa asked, heart starting to speed up again.
"Whatever's bothering you." Sheelah sat down crosslegged on her bed. "Either you're
sick or else you've got one monster of a problem eating away at you. Come on—you
want to tell me what it is?"
For a long moment Lisa was sorely tempted. She wanted to talk about it,
certainly, and from past experience she knew Sheelah could be trusted with even
the most personal of secrets. But Gavra's warning still echoed through her mind,
and she knew it wouldn't be fair to Sheelah to get her involved in this, too. "Thanks,"
she told her roommate, "but this is something I have to work out for myself."
Sheelah's expression said she was unconvinced, but she nodded anyway. "Okay, it's
up to you. But I'm available anytime you change your mind. And I still think you
should go see the nurse."
"Right after breakfast," Lisa promised.
Surprisingly enough—at least to Lisa—she was feeling much better by the time
breakfast was over. The food had helped both her headache and tender stomach,
and the normal morning activities had eased the worst of the kinks out of her
muscles. The hive nurse, as expected, found no evidence of any sickness, and a
few minutes later she was flying with her work crew toward their current
construction site.
Unfortunately, as her physical condition improved, she found her mind
concentrating more and more on Daryl and the awesome task confronting her.
Tigris was a horribly big world for them to hide a single teen in, and the more
she considered that fact, the more hopeless it all seemed. I'm going to find him,
she'd declared confidently to Gavra. Was the Senior even now chuckling at such
foolishness? Her cheeks burned at the thought.
"Hey! Wait up!" a faint voice came through the roar of wind in her ears.
Startled, Lisa turned around to find her five girls lagging nearly ten meters
behind her. Slowing down, she let them catch up.
"What's the hurry?" Beryl asked with the righteous indignation only a Nine could
muster. "You trying for Miss Speed Demon of Three-oh-eight or something?"
"Sorry," Lisa mumbled. "I guess I wasn't paying attention."
"Good way to fly into a building," Beryl said, only partly mollified.
Gritting her teeth, Lisa flew on in silence, furious at herself for getting so
wrapped up in her problems. It would be better once they got to work, she
promised herself; as soon as she had something else demanding her attention, she
would be able to push Daryl back into a corner of her mind for the rest of the
day. At least she hoped she would be able to.
But it turned out not to be that easy. Standing on one of the bare fourteenth-floor
girders of the new building as she directed her girls in lifting and placing new
girders in position, she had a great deal of time where all she had to do was
watch... and try as she might, she was unable to keep her mind on what was
happening. Still, that was more annoying than dangerous. Her crew had been doing
building work together for nearly five months now, and she could trust them to
know what they were doing.
An hour later, that casual assumption was shattered.
It happened without the slightest warning, at least without any that penetrated
Lisa's preoccupation. One moment the heavy girder was resting in midair between
two uprights, Neoma and Rena hovering near its center as welders at each end
blew clouds of sparks into the light breeze—and the next moment there was a yelp
of pain as the heavy steel beam wrenched itself free and plummeted toward the
ground.
Her mind busy with other things, it cost Lisa a fraction of a second to switch
gears... and in that blank moment she did precisely the worst thing she could
possibly have done. Instead of staying where she was and trying to teek from a
solid footing, she jumped off and angled away from the building in an attempt to
get a better view of the falling girder amid the array of steelwork below. It
wasn't until she tried to teek the girder to a halt that she awoke to her
blunder.
The girder was very near the weight limit of her teekay strength, and with its
head start it had built up a great deal of speed. With her entire teekay focused
on the girder, she might have been able to stop it; but while she was also
holding up her own forty kilograms, there wasn't a chance in the world of her
doing so.
She tried anyway, though, her mind working with abnormal speed as she tried
frantically to figure out what to do. Rotation's easier than lifting, she
thought, remembering the power station flywheels, and put part of her effort
into turning the beam to the vertical. Should I let myself fall for a ways and
try to at least soften its landing? But that would be a minor help at best,
because no matter how fast it was going when it hit it would crush whatever was
underneath it. Catching her lower lip between her teeth, Lisa bit down hard as
she threw everything she had into the battle. Where the grack are the others?
she wondered desperately, afraid to shift even a fraction of her attention away
from the girder. Some of them would be busy with their own loads, but surely
Neoma and Rena hadn't both been incapacitated by whatever had happened up there...
had they? Oh, no—please no!
And then, barely fifteen meters above the ground, the girder's downward rush
abruptly slowed. Within ten meters it had halted completely. Hardly daring to
breathe, Lisa teeked it carefully to the side, moving it toward the spot where
the rest of the girders were stacked. Only when it was safely down on its side
did she look over to see Rena and Neoma—the latter clutching her hand—gazing
intently down from their perch. Heaving a shuddering sigh of relief, she shifted
her eyes to the ground where the girder would have landed. The half-dozen mugs
lying by an overturned bench—and the six men drifting cautiously back to
retrieve them—gave silent testimony to the tragedy that had almost happened.
And Lisa began to shake.
The doctor the foreman had summoned laid one final strip of tape in place and
cocked her head slightly as she inspected her handiwork. "Okay, Neoma, that
should do it," she said, nodding. "You'll need to have the Dayspring nurse
change that dressing tonight after she puts more salve on the burn." Pulling a
pen and small pad from her bag, she scribbled briefly on it. Lisa, looking
surreptitiously over her shoulder, found the marks totally incomprehensible. "I
want you to give this to the nurse or your Senior as soon as you get back home,"
the doctor continued, folding the sheet and handing it to the preteen. "It tells
the kind of salve I used, and also the kind of pain pill I gave you."
"Okay." Neoma took the paper with her unbandaged hand and carefully put it in
her pocket. Already her face was taking on an almost dreamy expression. "Can I
go now?"
"Yes, but not by yourself. That medicine is very strong, and you shouldn't try
to fly or do much teeking while you're taking it."
Neoma nodded, accepting that with unusual calmness. Glancing around the silent
group of girls standing at Neoma's shoulder, Lisa gestured to Amadis. "Fly her
home, will you, Amadis? Make sure she gets to Gavra and then come back here."
"Okay." Amadis stepped forward and took Neoma's arm. The doctor nodded, and
together the two preteens headed into the sky.
"Well, if that's all, I'll be going," the doctor said, snapping shut her bag.
"Thanks for coming by," the foreman said, offering her his hand. "Just send the
bill to the company; we'll work out any payment problems directly with Dayspring."
The doctor nodded and headed toward the site exit. Sensing perhaps that the
excitement was over, the group of onlooking men also drifted away to return to
their jobs, leaving the kids and the foreman alone.
"What did you mean by payment problems, Mr. Vassily?" Lisa asked him, a little
suspiciously. "Neoma was doing just what she was supposed to when that spark hit
her. You're not going to claim she was negligent, are you?"
Vassily waved a hand. "Oh, no, don't worry about that—the company'll pay her
medical costs and the standard damage points, all right. I just didn't want the
doc sending Dayspring a duplicate bill—they do that sometimes." He nodded to her.
"How about you? Feeling any better now?"
"I'm fine," she said, caught a little off guard by the question. "Why shouldn't
I be?"
"You were shaking pretty badly when Neoma and Rena came down," he told her, blue
eyes gazing steadily into her face. "First big accident you've ever been this
close to?"
Lisa felt her face turning hot. Had he noticed the boneheaded mistake she'd made
up there? "I guess so," she admitted, hoping desperately he wouldn't say
anything in front of the younger girls—the humiliation would be unbearable. "I've
never seen people almost get killed before."
"But they didn't get hurt—don't forget that," he pointed out. "You girls got it
stopped in time, and nothing even got damaged. Right? So take a deep breath and
forget it, okay?"
Obediently, Lisa inhaled deeply. It didn't help; her stomach was still full of
angry dragonmites. First the thing with Daryl, and now I almost kill someone,
she thought morosely, her anger and shame beginning to give way to a gnawing
fear. Everything's just falling apart around me. What's happening to me?
Vassily's voice cut into her thoughts. "Look, kid, you're not in any shape to go
back up there right now. Take your crew home and come back after lunch if you
feel up to it."
"No!" The word came out with a force that startled even Lisa. "I'll be fine. Let's
get back to work."
Vassily shook his head. "Not till you've had a chance to get over this," he said
bluntly. "Look, I've seen this sort of thing too many times. You go back up
there now and you'll be so anxious to keep watching the load that, first thing
you know, you'll make yourself stop blinking. Then, when your eyes dry out, they'll
water so much you'll risk losing it. No, you go home and come back at one, and
we'll see if you've calmed down enough then. I can have the welders catch up on
the secondary struts."
Lisa dropped her eyes, a painful lump in her throat. "All right," she muttered.
Gesturing to the others, she headed upward, wishing she were dead.
A bit of the setting sun cut through the tall conetrees in the distance, sending
one final ray of brightness into the preteen girls' lounge. Closing her eyes
against it, Lisa pretended she was melting into her chair and wished she could
actually do so. It's the reverse Midas touch, she thought bitterly, remembering
the story tapes she used to listen to. Everything I touch turns to garbage. She'd
done who knew what to Daryl, was destroying her body with lack of sleep, and to
top it off had nearly killed someone at work—and then had had to be sent home
like an oversensitive Seven. The fact that the crew—minus Neoma, of course—had
been able to return to the site and finish out the day's work was meaningless as
far as Lisa was concerned. She'd been humiliated, and Mr. Vassily, her girls,
and Gavra all knew it. Squeezing her eyelids tightly together, she wondered if
she should seriously consider running away.
"Lisa?"
She opened her eyes, blinking away the tears that had collected there. The girl
standing in front of her wasn't one whose name leapt to mind. "Yes?"
The girl—a Ten, probably, Lisa thought—gave her a tentative smile. "Hi. My name's
Camila Paynter. You don't know me very well, but I've noticed you've seemed
upset for the past week or so. I wondered if I could do anything to help."
Lisa shook her head, unreasonably annoyed that Camila had picked up on something
she'd been trying to keep hidden. "Thanks, but I'll be all right."
Camila shrugged slightly. "Sometimes it helps just to talk about your problems,
you know. Maybe with someone older and wiser than yourself."
Lisa snorted. "You?"
"Oh, no." Camila's eyes had taken on a serene, faraway look. "I'm talking about
someone who has reached the heights Man was meant to reach. A man who has
touched the truth and wisdom of the universe—and who loves us enough to share it."
Despite her black mood. Lisa found herself growing mildly interested. There was
genuine conviction beneath Camila's words—an unusual trait in a Ten. "Sounds
awfully impressive. How come I haven't heard of him before?
Camila smiled conspiratorially. "Because the other adults would kill him if they
knew he was teaching us about the Truth after they rejected him. That's why we
meet in secret and only talk about it to each other."
A memory clicked in Lisa's mind: Camila was one of those she'd seen sharing a
hand signal in this same lounge the night she'd first decided to try and learn
reading. "With hand signals and everything, I suppose, like any other secret
club?" she sniffed.
Camila shrugged, not taking offense at the scorn in Lisa's tone. "The signal
helps us identify each other when we're away from the temple site. But the Heirs
of Truth is nothing like those silly clubs," she added. "Why don't you come with
me tomorrow and see? Whatever's bothering you, I know the Prophet Omega can help
you."
"I doubt it." Lisa hesitated, but there was something in Camila's voice that
seemed to break down the barriers Lisa had built for herself. "Someone I know
has disappeared," she said with cautious vagueness, "and I'm worried about what
might have happened to him. He—"
"He?" Camila broke in sharply. "Is he a Five from Ridge Harbor?"
Lisa shrank back a little, startled by the intensity in the other's voice. "No—he's
a teen who used to be here in Dayspring."
"Oh." Camila seemed disappointed, but before Lisa could ask about it she
brightened again. "Well, look—I know for a fact that the Prophet Omega is very
concerned about people who disappear. If you'll come with me tomorrow and tell
him all about it, I'm sure he'll be able to help you."
Lisa sucked on her sore lip, torn by indecision. If she went with Camila, she
would lose valuable time in her search for Daryl. But if this Prophet Omega
really could help... "How could he find Daryl for me?" she asked Camila. "And
where would we have to go to meet him?"
"Oh, he's got lots of ways to find things out," she said confidently. "And the
temple site is only about sixty kilometers from here, up in the mountains."
Shyly, she touched Lisa's hand. "Please come, Lisa. I know the Prophet can help
you... and I think you could learn a great deal from him. About how the Truth in
life and Transition can give you power."
Transition! Lisa felt a shiver run up her back. It was her fear of Transition,
after all, that had pushed her into this whole mess in the first place. The
Truth about Transition... and power over it? It was worth a try; the Prophet
Omega could hardly foul things up more than Lisa had done already by herself.
"All right," she told Camila. "I'll come with you."
Chapter 17
Saturday dawned bright and clear, with strong southerly winds that promised
unusually warm temperatures even for August. Good weather for flying; but
despite that, Lisa—her spirits initially revived by the hope Camila had given
her—felt herself slipping into gloom again as the two preteens headed south
toward the Tessellate Mountains. Second thoughts were beginning to nag at her,
and now with this headwind cutting drastically into the speed they could make,
this trip was going to take even more time than she'd expected away from her
search effort. The universe, she decided glumly, was still out to get her. Lisa
had flown among the lower slopes of the Tessellate Mountains several times in
the past, but such trips had almost always been to the west, toward Rand, where
the peaks were taller and more majestic. Much of the territory Camila led her
over was therefore unfamiliar and, within a very few minutes, began to look
disturbingly alike. "How do you find this place?" she shouted to the other
preteen.
Camila pointed behind them. "We started into the mountains right where the
Nordau River comes out—we passed over an abandoned metal refinery just over the
first ridge, if that helps you." She raised her hand and pointed ahead. "See
those two funny-shaped peaks there—they look like someone took bites out of them?
Stay to the left of those and you fly right into our mountain. We're building
the temple on the eastern slope, where we'll be able to watch the sun rise. Wait'll
you see the model the senior acolytes have made—it's going to be beautiful."
Lisa made some kind of polite reply and drifted away, settling back to her
flying again. Camila had already shown herself more than willing to talk at
length about her club, and Lisa was in no mood to hear how the Heirs of Truth
was doing wonderful things in someone else's life. Not yet, anyway. If this
Prophet Omega helped her find Daryl... well, maybe then she'd be willing to
believe this was more than just another kind of hive club.
The first jolt to her skepticism came as they approached the mountain and began
to circle to the eastern side. Four or five figures could be seen at first
hovering or darting near the slope; but as Lisa and Camila continued circling,
more and more kids came into view until Lisa realized with a shock that there
had to be a good hundred of them working on the temple site. The number
staggered her—she'd envisioned perhaps twenty or thirty members at the most.
Maybe there is something to all of this, she thought, daring to hope again. The
size of the hole the kids were digging into the mountain gave a second, equally
strong jolt. Already it looked deep enough to swallow the fourteen-story
building she was helping build in Barona—and according to Camila it had to be
made still bigger! For the first time Lisa began to understand the excitement
Camila felt for what was happening here.
Coming close, Camila pointed downward. "There's the tabernacle," she said. "You
ready to meet him?"
Lisa looked at the tent nestling casually beneath the jagged rocks being teeked
out of the mountains. Inside that tent was the man who led all of this. "I guess
so," she said. I hope so, she thought.
Arrayed in his white robe and gilt-edged stole, his chair flanked by two senior
acolytes, Omega listened in silence as Camila explained the newcomer's problem.
His first hope—that the "missing friend" she sought was Colin Brimmer—had been
quickly dashed, but he was careful not to show his disappointment. A Prophet of
Truth cares about all people, he reminded himself; and if showing some interest
and making some promises could entice a new member into his fold, it was time
well spent. It made a good break from all these damn confessions, anyway. His
eyes flicked to the silent group of waiting confessors just as another kid
slipped through the meeting room door and joined them.
Camila finished and bowed. "Thank you, Acolyte Paynter," Omega said, nodding his
head in return. Shifting his gaze to the newcomer, he said, "Please come forward,
Seeker Lisa." The preteen took a hesitant step forward and he continued, "The
Truth that dwells in us can locate your friend, wherever he may be. Do you
believe this?"
Lisa licked her lips. "I'm... not sure, sir. I mean... it sounds impossible...."
"It sounds impossible because you do not yet recognize that Truth resides within
you," he chided her gently. "Like your muscles, the use of your inner power must
be trained and exercised. Here, we can train you; but only if you are willing to
put forth the effort."
He stopped, watching closely the play of expressions across her face. Camila had
jumped the gun, he decided; Lisa wasn't quite ready to join up. Still, she was
close. With a little effort they might still manage it.
"Sir..." Lisa began.
"Do not be troubled," Omega put in kindly. "Your friend is certainly uppermost
in your mind right now—that is only natural. When we have found him perhaps you
will let us show you the power Truth can give to your life."
A flicker of surprise was followed immediately by relief, and Omega knew he'd
played it correctly. The casual reading of her thoughts plus the promise of no
pressure had clearly enhanced his credibility in her eyes. "The Truth," he
continued, "knows no bounds, no obstacles. If you will tell me everything you
know about your friend—everything that you and he have done or spoken of
together—the Truth will seek him out."
It was as if a cloud had passed in front of her face. A very dark cloud. "Everything?"
she asked, almost whispering.
"The more you tell me, the faster he will be found," Omega told her, his eyes
taking in her slim, prepubescent body as he wondered about her sudden mood
change. Had they been experimenting with sex? Unlikely... but her friend was a
teen. That might explain both her reticence and the teen's disappearance, if
they'd been caught at it. But she was never going to admit to something like
that out here. "Perhaps you would feel more comfortable if we discussed this in
private," he suggested, rising from his seat and extending a hand in invitation.
"We can go into my private rooms."
She hesitated, then nodded. "All right." She stepped up to him but didn't take
the proffered hand.
Lowering his arm smoothly, Omega nodded to Camila. "Acolyte Paynter, please take
the confessors back to the temple site to continue their service. I shall send
for them when I am ready."
Camila bowed and headed back toward the group by the door. With a reassuring
smile, Omega gestured to Lisa and led the way through the rear curtain of the
meeting room and to the door of his office. Opening it, he ushered her through
and indicated the chair next to his writing desk. "Please sit down, Lisa; I'll
be with you in a moment."
Omega closed the door behind them, then slipped off his stole and hung it
carefully across its hooks. Turning around, he took a step toward the desk—and
froze with astonishment.
Lisa was leaning toward the desk, her head cocked slightly and her gaze on the
copy of the Bhagavad-Gita he'd left propped open while working on his Sunday
talk. Even from the door he could see her eyes tracing a rhythmic left-right
pattern.
She was reading the book!
The first word that came to mind was one he hadn't used since escaping from
Ridge Harbor. Lisa jerked her eyes away from the book with guilty speed, but
fortunately she didn't seem to know what the word meant. Forcing a smile, Omega
continued forward, swiveling his desk chair to face Lisa and then sitting down.
"You are interested in the ancient Scriptures?" he asked her, indicating the
Bhagavad-Gita.
"I... was... just looking at it, sir," the preteen said. Her eyes were wide,
with lines of tension around them, and she seemed to be having trouble breathing.
"I—it has those shiny edges and—"
Lisa," he said sternly. "You cannot lie to the Truth within me. Nor should you
deny such a great ability," he added in gentler tone. Reaching over, he turned
the book to face her. "Please show me how well you can read."
"I can't," she whispered, staring at the book as if it would attack her.
"You must," Omega said, putting all the command he could into his voice. If he
could force a surrender on this point, he sensed, all other resistance could be
broken with relative ease. "I want to help you, Lisa, but if you deny any of
what you are, you will merely hinder the very spirit of Truth which seeks to
free your friend. Come; release your fears to the wind and allow your own Truth
its freedom."
Lisa swallowed hard and dropped her eyes to the desk. Slowly, haltingly, she
began to read aloud.
Omega sat quietly, an eerie feeling of unreality bringing a strange numbness to
his limbs. To sit and listen as an unschooled kid read to him was probably the
last situation he would ever have imagined himself in... and as Lisa's initial
qualms faded and her confidence grew the sense of wonder increased. She was good—damn
good—stumbling over only the most uncommon words and even then sounding them out
correctly half the time. This wasn't a simple case of selfteaching, he realized;
this kid had had help.
Of course.
"That will do," he spoke up, cutting her off in midsentence. "Your friend taught
you well. Is that why he has disappeared?"
For a second her eyes resisted, but then they dropped in defeat. "Yes," she
murmured. "At least, I think so." She looked up at him again, her expression
pleading. "But I didn't mean for any of this to happen—I didn't know anyone
would punish Daryl for lending me his books."
"Of course not," Omega soothed. "What you are seeing is one part of the same
rejection of Truth I have suffered among adults, which is why I have in turn
rejected them. The Truth within you has given you the desire and ability to read,
which they now seek to repress. But the Truth can yet overcome and restore
things to their rightful places. And I say now: it will do so."
Lisa seemed to ponder that for a moment. "Does that mean you're going to help me?"
she asked, a bit timidly.
He gave her his best smile. "Within four days I will deliver to you his location,"
he declared confidently. After all, chances were that Daryl had simply been
reprimanded and transferred to another school somewhere. Once Lisa told him the
teen's original school and last name, it should be a simple matter of having
someone pry the information out of the authorities in the guise of a relative or
interested friend or something.
"You mean that?" Lisa breathed.
"I am a Prophet of Truth," Omega reminded her. "My word will not come to nothing.
But." He raised a finger. "Before I do this for you, you must agree to do
something in return for me."
"Of course," she nodded eagerly. "Anything I can."
"Good." Omega paused, preparing his words carefully. An incredible opportunity
had dropped into his lap with this girl—an incredible opportunity and an equally
incredible risk. He had to be careful now not to scare her off. "The Barona
police—who serve those who would stifle the Truth within you—have in their
possession certain secret papers whose contents I must learn. I would like you
to go into their station tonight and read them for me."
Lisa's eyes went wide. "Break into the city building? Oh, no. No, I couldn't—"
"Peace," he said, cutting her off. "There would be no need to break in; you
would be accompanied by one of my acolytes, who serves also as a righthand there."
"Why can't he steal these things for you, then?" she demanded hotly.
He had a split-second decision to make on how to react, chose to go with gentle
forgiveness. "My young Seeker," he said with a forbearing smile, "I do not steal
from anyone. The papers are the police's, and they will keep them. But unless I
learn what is in them, a young boy who has been stolen from his parents will
remain lost."
"But—" She gestured helplessly. "It would still be wrong."
"Is it wrong to try and rescue a terrified child from an evil man?" Omega asked
gently. "You fear for your friend Daryl, who is—at the very least—able to
understand what is happening to him. Can you imagine how little Colin must feel,
alone and frightened?" He shook his head. "No, the wrong is in those who could
rescue him but will not do so. What I am asking you to do is the response of the
Truth within me. Examine your own heart, Lisa, and you, too, will feel a
yearning to see this child freed of his prison."
For a moment he was afraid he'd piled it on too thick; but it was quickly
apparent he'd touched a nerve. Lisa obviously liked children, and he could see
that his slightly colored version of Colin Brimmer's plight was affecting her
strongly. Time, he judged, to give the screw one last quarter-turn. "Will you do
this, Lisa? Not for me, but for Colin... because you are the only one who can do
this."
Her surrender came in the form of a long sigh. "I... have to think about it."
"Certainly," Omega said, suppressing a triumphant smile. "We would be honored if
you would spend the remainder of the day with us, sharing in our work and
fellowship and perhaps learning more of the freedom Truth gives to us. Later,
when the Heir Ellery arrives, I will give you both more detailed instructions."
He reached over and patted her hand in a warm, Senior-like way. "The Truth will
reward those of us who give unselfishly to others, Lisa. Such is the first law
of the universe." Leaning back, he smiled. "And so now I give to you. Tell me
all you can about Daryl, that we may free him from his bondage."
Trudging through the knee-high bristleweeds, Tirrell rounded the last conetree
to find that, as usual, Tonio had gotten back to the car first. "Well?" he asked
the righthand, sliding gratefully into the driver's seat as the other teeked the
door open for him.
Tonio pointed northwest through the windshield. "There's a patch about three
kilometers away that's thick enough to hide a cabin from the air—conetrees mixed
with some kind of wide tops. No driveway I could see, but the main road's only a
half kilometer or so away, and it looks like you could get a car through."
Tirrell had the map spread across the steering wheel. "Three kilometers
northwest... yeah. About five by road, I'd guess. A little off the edge of the
rock-mud region, actually, but I suppose we ought to check it out." Refolding
the map, he took a quick survey of their surroundings. "I was right back there,
you know; we aren't going to have room to turn around in here. You want me to
get out before you do your stuff?"
The car rocked gently, rose a couple of centimeters, and settled back down. "Yeah,
I think we'll both have to get out," Tonio admitted.
Sighing theatrically, Tirrell swung open the door and climbed back out onto the
muddy grass. Without its passengers, fortunately, the car proved easy for Tonio
to handle, and within a couple of minutes the detective was carefully driving
along their earlier tire tracks toward the narrow backwoods road they'd been
working off of for most of the afternoon.
"I gather you didn't find anything of interest at the last spot?" Tonio asked.
"As a matter of fact, I did," Tirrell told him. "Nice little cabin snuggled up
under the edge of one of the conetrees."
"What?" Tonio spun half around in his seat.
" 'Course, half the roof had rotted out and there were scrub bushes growing in
the living room," Tirrell went on casually. "I figure it's been deserted ten
years or so."
Tonio settled back down. "You rat," he muttered.
Tirrell smiled a bit. "Come on, I deserve the chance to get a good zing in every
once in a while—I'm the one who's been walking his legs off in that soggy ground
for two days, after all."
"Trade you jobs," the preteen offered. "There's a lot more glare up there than
you might think, and staring down at shiny conetree leaves gets awfully hard on
the eyes after a while."
"If you've got a headache, there's aspirin in the first-aid kit," Tirrell said.
Reaching into the storage area behind the seats, he located one of the canteens.
"There's water left to take them with, too," he added, sloshing the canteen
experimentally before handing it over.
"Thanks." Tonio was already rummaging through the first-aid kit. "I sure wish
this was December—we'd have had Jarvis in nothing flat."
Tirrell nodded. Conetrees exchanged their leaves for pinelike needles in
wintertime, cutting down at least a little on the cover Jarvis's cabin would
have. More importantly, though, the steam and smoke from the generator and wood-burning
stove Jarvis had bought would make a pointer visible for kilometers. "Damn
inconsiderate of him not to wait six months to pull this," he commented.
"Maybe that's why he grabbed Colin in June," Tonio suggested.
"Maybe. Of course, there was the whole thing with Colin's fifth birthday, if you'll
remember."
"Oh. Right." The righthand sounded deflated.
Tirrell smiled. Ahead was the road they'd been following, and as he turned the
car onto it he glanced first at his watch and then at the swath of sky visible
above them. "We've got maybe two hours of daylight left, if your eyes can hold
out that long. Show me where this latest patch is, okay?"
Chapter 18
Lisa had always enjoyed evening flights over Barona; but tonight the twinkling
city lights had none of their usual cheerfulness. Instead, they seemed more like
a sea of unwinking eyes staring accusingly up at her. "I can't do this," she
said aloud to the preteen flying beside her.
"Will you relax?" Weylin Ellery snapped impatiently. "The Prophet Omega told us
to do this, right? And he wouldn't tell us to do something we'd get in trouble
for, right? So just take it easy."
The arguments didn't help much. Prophet or no, Lisa couldn't shake the fear that
the Prophet Omega might have forgotten something—surely he couldn't know the
inner workings of Barona's police department, for example. And she and Weylin
were taking all the risks here. "Why do we have to do this?" she said, more to
herself than to Weylin.
"Because some kid named Colin Brimmer was kidnapped last June from Ridge Harbor,"
the other answered anyway. "Tirrell—he's a detective from there—thinks a
scientist has him hidden out in the woods somewhere and is maybe doing some kind
of experiment with him. The Prophet needs to know where his hiding place might
be so we can go and rescue Colin."
Lisa flew for several minutes in silence, letting Weylin's words bounce around
her brain. The Prophet Omega had mentioned Colin's kidnapping, but he hadn't
said anything about any experiment. What sort of thing could this scientist be
doing? It brought to mind the hundred most gruesome monster movies she'd had to
sit through when she was younger. "But if the police are already trying to find
him, why don't we just let them alone?"
"Because the Prophet wants to find him first."
"Why?"
"I don't know," Weylin said with complete unconcern. "Maybe we can do more to
help Colin recover from whatever Jarvis is doing to him. What difference does it
make why?—the Prophet told us to do it."
And that, Lisa realized at last, was all the explanation Weylin would ever need
for anything the Prophet Omega said. It must be nice to have that kind of faith,
she thought, almost wistfully. Even with Gavra she'd never had anything like
absolute trust—she'd always been too aware of her own shortcomings to expect
perfection from anyone else. Maybe someday that would change; but for tonight,
at least, Weylin's faith was going to have to do for both of them.
The windows of the city building were mostly dark and empty as the two preteens
slanted out of the sky to land across the street. The main entrance, itself well
lit, showed bright lights through its inset windows, but aside from that there
were no more than a half-dozen lights visible anywhere.
"Nine o'clock," Weylin said, looking at his watch. "Good. The seven-to-eight
shift overlap could have given us trouble."
Startled, Lisa checked her own wrist. With her mind on so many other things, she'd
completely lost track of the time... and for the first time ever she'd now
missed hive lights-out. Just one more gracking thing gone wrong, she thought
morosely.
"All right, now just stay calm and remember the story the Prophet told us to use,"
Weylin said, taking her arm. "And let me do the talking."
The room beyond the front door seemed larger than it had on Lisa's visit two
days earlier, and the main reception desk looked somehow taller and more massive.
Glancing to both sides as they headed toward the desk, she saw four officers
hunched over desks in the duty lounge and—talking quietly together in a far
corner—an equal number of preteen righthands. The sight of them made her stomach
tighten; if there was any trouble, she and Weylin would be nailed like
dragonmites in tar before they got three meters.
"You're out awfully late, Weylin," the desk man commented as they approached. "What's
up?"
Weylin gestured to Lisa. "Ran across something that couldn't wait till morning.
My friend here is an ex-member of that burglary ring Hob and I were working on
before Tirrell tied us up with his kidnapping case."
The officer's eyebrows went up. "I didn't realize there were kids involved with
that one. Shee-double-it." He looked at Lisa. "Tell me, was there an adult in
charge of this group, uh—?"
"Kathi," Lisa supplied through dry lips. "Yes, there's a man telling everyone
what to do."
"Damn fagins," the other growled bitterly. His gaze hardened and shifted, giving
Lisa the eerie sensation of something hateful standing directly behind her. "Do
you know this man's name, Kathi?"
Before Lisa could answer, Weylin cut in. "It isn't one that sounded familiar. I'm
taking her upstairs to look through the suspects' album Hob and I worked up—it'll
be faster than going through the complete roguery down here."
Okay." The officer's eyes flicked to the duty lounge. "Palmer?"
"I'd rather do this alone, if that's okay," Weylin said quickly. Lowering his
voice, he added, "Uniformed officers make Kathi a little nervous, if you
understand."
The other hesitated, then shrugged. "Well... all right." Reaching under the
desktop, he pulled out a key and handed it over. "Make it fast, though—you're
not really supposed to be alone upstairs when you're off shift."
"I know. We won't be long." Taking Lisa's arm again, Weylin led her behind the
desk and toward a door flanked on both sides by pieces of paper with people's
faces on them. As they got closer, she saw that beneath each photo were several
lines of words. "What are those?" she whispered, pointing.
"Pictures of people we're supposed to be watching out for," he whispered back. "We
go through here." He teeked open the door and stepped through.
Lisa started to follow... and abruptly stopped. "Wait a second," she said,
frowning at the photo that had caught her eye.
"Come on," Weylin hissed, looking back at her.
Ignoring him, she stepped closer to the picture. Yes... yes, she decided; it was
him. Lowering her eyes to the words below, she read with a growing sense of
excitement.
Weylin was beside her again, pulling her arm with a grip that looked gentle but
had teekay strength behind it. "Come on," he growled in her ear. "You trying to
get us caught?"
"This is Dr. Jarvis—that scientist!" she told him, standing firm and nodding
toward the picture.
"Not so loud! You're not supposed to have anything to do with him, remember?"
"But I saw him, Weylin, driving toward Rand back in June," she whispered. "He
said he was taking his nephew home—" She inhaled sharply as it suddenly hit her
who the sleeping child must have been. "I saw Colin too!"
"Later!" he hissed, pulling harder. "Let's get upstairs before someone wonders
what we're doing here."
Reluctantly, she let him draw her along, eyes flicking across the other pictures
as they again walked toward the doorway. One other face seemed vaguely familiar,
but before she had a chance to read more than the man's name, they were through
the opening and Weylin had teeked the door firmly shut.
"Okay," he said, taking a deep breath as he glanced around the deserted corridor.
"The office is on the third floor; stairway's over there. Come on."
Abandoning the floor, he flew to the stairway and threaded his way up the open
space in the middle. Lisa followed, and a moment later they were standing
outside a door marked with the name "Stanford Tirrell—Detective First." She
teeked the knob experimentally, discovered it was locked. "Now what? she
whispered.
Weylin had produced something that looked like a meter-long strand of limp
spaghetti with a combination penlight and eyepiece at one end. "Watch for
company," he said tightly and dropped onto his back by the door. Putting the
eyepiece to one eye, he teeked the strand's free end under the door.
Or, rather, tried to. "Grack," he muttered as the line refused to go. Wriggling
a finger under the door, he felt around for a moment, and Lisa heard the muffled
sound of heavy fabric tearing. "Rug was in the way," he grunted. He tried the
strand again, and this time it slithered through the gap with ease. He sent
perhaps half a meter under and then leaned his head back against the jamb, a
look of intense concentration on his face.
"What is that thing?" Lisa asked, afraid of disturbing him but fascinated by
what he was doing.
"A spy-scope," he said distractedly. "Sends light along the glass filaments to
what I'm looking at and then back to me."
"What are you—?" She broke off, startled, at the click that came from the
doorknob.
"Opening the lock, of course," Weylin said with an air of nervous satisfaction
as he scrambled to his feet, yanking the spy-scope out from under the door.
Sending quick glances both ways down the hall, he teeked the door open and all
but pushed Lisa through into the darkened office. A second later he crowded in
beside her, teeking the door shut and the lights on.
"Don't touch anything with your fingers," he warned her as she blinked in the
sudden brightness. "That stuff they do with fingerprints in detective movies
really works."
Her eyes adapted, Lisa looked around the office. Two chairs, a cluttered desk, a
combination bookcase/file cabinet, and a large piece of paper she finally
identified as a map taped to one wall were all the room contained. "What am I
supposed to do?" she whispered.
"Whatever the Prophet told you to," he said. "I was just supposed to get you in."
Swallowing, Lisa moved to the desk and began studying the papers lying there.
Everything that talks about Matthew Jarvis's cabin, the Prophet had said; but
everything on the desk seemed to be about that. She'd be here all night if she
tried to read all of it. Gritting her teeth, she read a few lines from each of
the papers, hoping to find the most useful information quickly. One pile seemed
to be from companies that had sold things to Jarvis several years ago; another
sheet was covered with some kind of writing she couldn't read. Near the center
of the desk was a large booklike folder with the words Soil Types of the Barona-Banat
Region written on the cover. Teeking quickly through the pages, she found a
section that consisted of short entries, each with several words and phrases
followed by letters and numbers. Some of the entries were circled in red, and
she stared at one for a long minute, sounding out the unfamiliar words and
trying to figure out the letters and numbers that followed them. "Do you know
what these mean?" she asked Weylin hopefully, teeking the folder up for him to
see.
His ear pressed to the door, the righthand shook his head impatiently. "What're
you asking me for?" he snapped. "You're supposed to be the one who knows what to
do. And you'd better hurry—someone's bound to check on us eventually."
Lisa's heart was pounding. Calm down, she told herself. Don't panic. The numbers
have to mean something. Her eyes swept the room again... and fell on the wall
map. The words at the top—Barona University Geological Survey Map Number One—were
largely meaningless to her; but as she looked closer she saw for the first time
that a series of faint lines in both directions divided the whole map into small
boxes. A string of numbers ran down the left side, a row of letters and double
letters across the top, both in the same light brown as the lines. Lisa stared
at them for several seconds, feeling she was on the edge of understanding
something... and suddenly it clicked. Glancing back to the desk, she teeked the
folder over to her and turned to one of the circled entries. The word location
was near the top, followed by four letter-number combinations. With growing
excitement, she found the points on the map where the lettered and numbered
lines of each set met, and discovered they formed a sort of squashed square just
a little ways from a blob labeled BANAT. Oh, of course—Banat, she realized as
she sounded out the word. The second entry had five letter-number sets, which
formed a shape near the first.
"Lisa—"
"Shh!" she cut Weylin off.
BARONA was easy to find: a good-sized blot in the lower center of the map. He
was on the road to Rand that night, she remembered, her eyes searching the paper
and sounding out the words there. Rand... Rand... there it was, finally, way off
to the left. If the circled folder entries were indeed the places the police
thought Jarvis might be, then all she needed to do now was find all those with—she
glanced at the top and side—letters A through N and numbers thirty to fifty.
Turning her attention back to the folder, she began to flip through the pages.
There was one, and another—
And without warning Weylin flew back from the door. "Someone coming!" he hissed,
darting to the ceiling and teeking off the light. Lisa had just enough time to
make a grab for the folder in the sudden darkness before the door swung open and
a silhouetted figure stepped into the room. He was reaching for the light switch
when his head was slammed violently against the door jamb.
Lisa gasped in sympathetic pain as the figure collapsed to the floor. "Weylin!
You—?"
"Shut up!" the other snapped. The limp figure of the policeman floated into the
room and the door again swung shut; and as the last bit of hallway light was cut
off the room's lights came back on.
"Is he dead?" Lisa whispered in horror, her eyes glued to the crumpled body. Her
stomach wanted badly to be sick.
"I don't think so," Weylin answered tightly, making no move to find out. "We've
got to get out of here—if no one heard that thump, they'll still come looking
for him soon. Hurry and finish up, will you?"
Lisa ignored him. Gingerly, she knelt by the policeman, wondering what to do. In
the movies someone always felt the person's neck, but she had no idea what that
was supposed to prove. The side of his head where he'd been hit was becoming
matted with oozing blood; she wondered if she should try and stop the bleeding.
"Forget him, Lisa," Weylin growled. "He's all right. Can't you see he's
breathing?"
He was right; she'd been so rattled she hadn't even noticed. "Thank heaven," she
breathed.
"Never mind that—we're still in trouble. You'd better get out of here right now."
"But I haven't finished yet—"
"I can't help that. Get out of here and go tell the Prophet what happened." He
looked over at the window and frowned in concentration.
"What about you?"
"I'll stay and cover for you. Don't worry; the Prophet told me how to handle
something like this." There was a loud click and the window slid halfway open. "Go.
And don't get caught."
Swallowing, Lisa nodded and slid out through the narrow gap. The night air was a
quiet splash of reality, like the feel of her pillow when she woke up after a
bad dream. But this nightmare wasn't going to go away. Dropping to just above
streetlight level, she flew swiftly toward the building across the street,
heading for its protective shadows. As she rounded the corner a sudden impulse
made her glance behind her—
Just in time to see three righthands lift from the city building entrance and
head in her direction.
Chapter 19
There was no time for thought, no time for Lisa to consider the possibly lethal
consequences of her actions. The guilty fear exploding inside her mind drowned
out everything else... and a second later she was shooting down the alleyway
between buildings at top speed, the nearest wall barely thirty centimeters from
her shoulder. Emerging, she flashed over the next street and dodged between two
more buildings. A flicker of teekay brushed at her legs as she disappeared into
the relative darkness, and with a surge of panic she pushed her speed even
higher.
She very nearly piled herself into a streetlight two blocks later, and the shock
of that finally jolted her conscious mind into realizing the incredible danger
she was in. Gasping for breath, her eyes swimming with tears from the eighty-kilometer-per-hour
wind in her face, she was avoiding obstacles by sheer luck. Blinking furiously,
she managed to locate the darker shades of another alley ahead and to her right;
ducking into it, she came to a stop, pressing herself against the darker of the
two buildings. The air felt almost hot in her throat as she gulped it in.
Rubbing her aching eyes with the heels of her hands, she looked back the way she
had come, wondering if she had lost the righthands.
High overhead, three slowly moving figures caught her eye.
Pressing herself tighter against the wall, Lisa watched the drifting righthands
with a crushing sense of defeat. Of course they hadn't been crazy enough to try
and match her terrified flight; at three-to-one odds all they needed to do was
get someplace where they could see her and then just teek her in. If she hadn't
stopped to catch her breath they'd probably have picked up her movement and
nailed her by now.
Strangely enough, the panic of a few minutes earlier was gone, leaving Lisa more
clearheaded than she'd been since entering the city building. It's just like
hide-and-search, she told herself, and you know how to play that game. Keeping
the rest of her body motionless, she looked carefully around her. With
streetlights blazing all over the city, there were no shadows really dark enough
to hide in for long. All three righthands were still visible in front of her; if
she could get to the building at the other side of her alleyway, she would be
completely hidden from them, at least for the moment. But the movement might
attract their attention... and hiding wasn't a real solution, anyway. For all
she knew the rest of Barona's righthands might be flying in at any time to do a
complete search of the area. No, her only chance was to get out of the city as
fast as possible.
Or to get back to the hive.
She frowned suddenly. With Weylin's command echoing through her mind, the
thought of going home hadn't occurred to her before. But Dayspring was a lot
closer than the temple site and certainly easier to find in the middle of the
night. If Sheelah was there to open a window for her—and if she hadn't reported
her absence to Gavra—
Without warning, Lisa was yanked away from the wall and pulled upward.
She acted instinctively, not fighting the motion directly but teeking herself
sideways to it. The pull wavered a bit as the darkness and her unexpected action
apparently interfered with the righthands' view of her. Wavered just enough—and
as she all but slammed into the building across the alley their teekay grip was
abruptly cut off. An instant later Lisa had dropped nearly to the pavement and
was skimming the wall as she shot back in the direction she'd come from.
One of the righthands managed to get overhead before she reached the corner, but
it was instantly clear that he'd expected her to continue moving away from the
city building and was thus in the wrong place, far to her rear. His tentative
grip on her was again cut off as she swung around the edge of her building.
Counting two seconds, she came to a sudden stop and reversed direction, flying
alongside the building and ducking once more into the alley. The righthand,
racing over the rooftops to intercept her, was again taken by surprise, and got
even less of a hold on her this time before she was out of his sight. She
reached the end of the alley without difficulty and shot across the next street
at full speed. A cross street led off a few meters ahead and to her left;
shifting direction, she headed down it, again hugging the buildings along one
side. Several recessed doorways whipped by, and on sudden impulse she stopped
short and ducked into one of them. Pressing back into the shadows, blinking away
the latest flood of tears, she breathed deeply and wondered if her move had been
seen.
If it had, the fact was not immediately apparent. Faintly, she could hear voices
calling to one another overhead, and though she couldn't make out the words the
tone sounded more frustrated than triumphant. They'd seen her head down the
street, she guessed, but had then lost her. If they now split up, leaving one to
search the block while the other two went on—
The conversation ended. Heart pounding, Lisa eased forward and risked a look
upward. One of the tiny figures was disappearing over the rooftops in the
direction she'd been going; the other two were dropping rapidly toward the
ground, apparently heading for opposite ends of the block where she was hiding.
Head pressed against the cold stone of the doorway, Lisa froze, afraid to move
the short distance back into the deeper shadows and knowing such an effort would
be wasted anyway. A careful search would find her instantly... and while she
might have been able to out-teek a single righthand, there was no way she'd be
able to handle two at once. Her eyes shifted back and forth, searching the
brightly lit street for inspiration. But there was nothing there; no weapons,
nothing to distract them with, nothing that would give her cover for an escape.
One of the righthands was drifting along at street level a block away now, and
she could see his head turning back and forth as he moved slowly away from her
down the street. So they weren't sure which of the two blocks she might have
vanished into... but that was little comfort. The second righthand had
disappeared off to her left and was presumably working his way down the block
toward her hiding place. She had maybe half a minute before he hauled her out
into the light and together the two of them teeked her like a wounded catling
back to the city building—
And with the inspiration of having nothing at all to lose, she closed one eye
and reached out to one of the streetlights halfway down the next block, teeking
the bulb forward as hard as she could.
The faint tinkle of broken glass reached her a half second after the light went
dark. Blinking at the purple blob that temporarily blinded her, she switched
eyes and shattered the next light in line. With both eyes blocked by purple her
third attempt was unsuccessful, but an instant later it proved to be unnecessary,
anyway. With a swish of wind the righthand who'd been searching her block shot
past, his full attention on the patch of darkness from which their quarry was
presumably trying to escape. An instant after that Lisa was heading the other
way, keeping close to the wall and hoping desperately she could make it around
the corner before they realized they'd been tricked.
No shouts or teekay grips reached her before she made her turn. Ten blocks and
two direction changes later, she paused to cautiously poke her head over the
edge of a roof. Off in the distance she could pick out two faint figures
circling over the area she'd just left; a third was tracing what seemed to be an
ever-expanding spiral around the same place. Slipping back to streetlight level,
Lisa continued on, hugging the buildings and flying as swiftly as she dared. A
few more blocks, she told herself over and over. Just a few more blocks and you'll
be safe. Safe... but for how long?
She didn't let herself think about that.
The twin towers of Dayspring were even darker than the city building had been,
without a single light showing anywhere. Under other circumstances Lisa might
have found the view a little creepy, but at the moment she had far too many
other things on her mind to even notice. Keeping to all the shadows she could,
with half her attention on the sky and buildings behind her, she flew up to her
window, hoping fervently she'd be able to get in.
But that problem, at least, had already been solved. For the first time since
they'd become roommates, Sheelah had gone to bed with the curtains wide open...
and looking closer, Lisa realized the window was open a crack, its lock
unfastened. Without hesitation she teeked it open the rest of the way and
slipped inside, closing it quietly behind her.
"Lisa?" The soft voice coming from Sheelah's bed was alert, without a trace of
sleepiness in it.
"Yes," Lisa whispered. She teeked the curtains closed, pulling them the last
couple of centimeters by hand as they cut off most of the light from the street.
"It's okay; go to sleep."
Her answer was a creak of springs as Sheelah flew out of bed. "Watch your eyes,"
her voice warned from near the door, and the room suddenly blazed with light.
Lisa squinted momentarily against the glare; and as her eyes adjusted she saw
with some surprise that Sheelah was fully clothed. "Why aren't you ready for bed?"
"I thought I might have to go out looking for you," Sheelah told her. "What
happened to you, anyway? Are you all right?"
"Oh, terrific." Lisa walked to her bed and sat down heavily. "Did you report me?"
"Well... not really." Sheelah's mouth puckered into a grimace. "But I went to
Gavra half an hour before lights-out and told her you'd been gone all day. I was
worried about you."
"What did she say?"
"That you were off doing something private that I gather I'm not supposed to ask
questions about. She said you'd be okay."
Lisa nodded and closed her eyes. If Gavra told the police she'd been out late...
but at the moment she was too drained emotionally to even care. "Thanks for
waiting up," she told Sheelah. "You'd better get to bed."
The other hesitated for a second, then stepped over and sat down beside Lisa. "You're
in some kind of trouble, aren't you?" she asked gently. "How about letting me in
on it?"
Lisa shook her head as fresh tears blurred her vision. "I've gotten enough
people in trouble already," she mumbled through a tight throat.
"So what's one more?" Sheelah countered, the lightness of the words in sharp
contrast to the solemnity in her face. "Come on, Lisa—telling each other our
troubles is what best friends are for."
And suddenly all the tension, fear, frustration, and anger turned to water and
came pouring out; and leaning into the warmth of Sheelah's shoulder, she began
to cry, sobbing with an intensity of anguish and loneliness she hadn't felt
since the day after her fifth birthday, the day her parents had brought her to
the hive and left her....
And later, after all that remained of the tears were damp shirts and aching eyes,
Lisa told her all about it.
"Palmer was just barely conscious when the ambulance took him away, but he was
able to tell us what happened," Officer Carylson said tightly as he and Tirrell
walked down the hall toward the detective's office. "He was headed for Hob
Paxton's office to see if Weylin was having any trouble with his informant when
he noticed light coming from under your office door and went over to investigate.
By the time he opened the door the room was dark, and the next thing he knew he
was waking up with two parameds kneeling over him."
"No idea what hit him, huh?" Tirrell asked, just to get the question out of the
way.
"He didn't, no, but we know it had to be the kid Weylin brought in. You can see
a dent in the doorjamb where she must have teeked his head into it."
Tirrell nodded. They'd reached the office now and the detective paused for a
moment outside, taking it all in. "Anything been touched?"
"Nothing but the door—and Palmer, of course. We wanted to let you look things
over before we sent in a shakedown squad."
"Thanks. Shakedown'll probably be useless anyway—if she was smart she wouldn't
have touched anything."
"True. Nothing to lose by trying, though."
Tirrell nodded again. His eyes lingered on the torn-up section of rug by the
door, on the open window, and on the soil-types listing on the floor by the
survey map. Stepping carefully into the room, he did a quick mental inventory of
his desktop papers. Nothing seemed to be missing, at least nothing of any
importance. "How did she get by Weylin?" he asked over his shoulder.
"He said he let her into Paxton's office and she immediately clobbered him with
something. We found an ashtray off in the corner with a trace of blood on it."
"Was he unconscious when you found him?"
"Just coming to," Carylson said. "Mad as hell, too—wanted to go right out with
the others and look for her, headache and all. I had to order him into the
ambulance."
Squatting down, Tirrell lifted one end of the soil-types folder with a pen and
peered at the edge where the pages met the binding. If any of them had been torn
out, it had been done one at a time and far between; he could see no obvious
gaps. "How long did it take you to get someone up here after the open-window
alarm went off?"
"Half a minute, tops. And we were onto the kid outside sooner than that."
"So there wasn't any time to bring a camera in through the open window," Tirrell
concluded, more to himself than to the other.
"Camera?"
Letting the folder back down, Tirrell stood up. "This was a very slick job,
Carylson. The torn-up rug means a spy-scope or some kind of fancy mirror setup
was used to get the lock open; the fact the righthands lost her implies a
preplanned escape route—and all this after knowing enough about one of Paxton's
cases to sucker Weylin into getting her inside. Slick operators usually get what
they go after. But if she didn't physically take anything out of here and didn't
use a camera, then what did she get?"
"Maybe she broke into your office by mistake, thinking it was someone else's,"
Carylson suggested.
Tirrell shook his head. "According to your numbers, if she clobbered Weylin
right away, she had nearly twenty minutes alone up here. Even if it took her
five to open the door, figuring out she was in the wrong place shouldn't have
taken the other fifteen." He looked around the office again. "I guess you might
as well wake up the shakedown squad," he said, moving toward the door. "Maybe
they can read things differently than I—"
He froze right at the doorway, his mind spinning furiously as he tried to track
down the thought that had suddenly brushed him on the shoulder. Carylson, who
had already taken three steps down the hall, hurried back. "What is it?" he
asked.
Stepping back to his desk, Tirrell opened the bottom drawer and pulled out a
thick stack of paper. All the interdepartmental memos, notices, and low-priority
info sheets—the sort of paper that was usually skimmed once and then relegated
to wastebaskets or taken home as fireplace kindling. Setting the pile on his
desk, Tirrell leafed quickly through it. "Would you describe the girl again?" he
asked Carylson, pulling out the sheet he wanted.
"About a meter sixty, slender build—probably somewhere short of forty-five
kilograms—dark off-shoulder-length hair, dark eyes, maybe thirteen years old,"
the other said, frowning at the paper in Tirrell's hand. "You have something?"
"Take a look," Tirrell said, handing the sheet over. "The picture at bottom
right."
Carylson glared at the paper as if it had just insulted his mother. "I'll be
damned," he growled. "That's her, all right." His eyes shifted to the top of the
sheet. "And I read this damn thing when it came out, too."
"Uh-huh." Tirrell took the sheet back, feeling cold inside. Lisa Duncan, 14, of
Dayspring Hive, he read silently. Has learned to read and write, proficiency
unknown. Level 10. So that was why she hadn't bothered to take anything from the
office—for her the soil-types listing would have been just a dangerous nuisance
to carry. How very convenient for someone to have had her available... and there
was just one person who might be interested in his progress who also had the
chutzpah and the skill to set something like this up.
"I think we can safely bump her up a few levels now, don't you?" Carylson cut
into his thoughts. "Say, to level one?"
Tirrell tuned back in. "Put an all-points pickup out on her? Don't be silly—we
can't afford to let anyone know we're on to her." He thought a moment. "All
right. Seal my office until the shakedown squad can go through it—you might as
well leave that till morning; there's no hurry now. Let me come down to the desk
with you and use your phone for a couple of calls." Without waiting for a reply
he headed off down the hall.
Carylson hurried to catch up. "Shouldn't we at least move her up to level eight?
If someone spots her they should at least call it in."
"Can't risk it—we don't know what sort of surveillance system we're up against."
But if Jarvis thought his preteen spy had gotten away with her little escapade,
he and Tonio might just be able to pick her up quietly. Then, if he could
establish a link between them, he might be able to use the threat of an
accessory to kidnapping charge to force cooperation from her. And then—
Tirrell blanked the chain of thought from his mind. First things first, he
reminded himself sternly. A call to the Skylight Hive to get Tonio awake and
over here, another call to Cam Mbar to find out if Lisa Duncan had ever worked
as a test subject on one of Jarvis's experiments, and then a quiet midnight
visit to Dayspring.
It was likely to be a busy night.
"I still think you should go to Gavra right now with all of this," Sheelah said,
looking unnaturally stiff as she sat crosslegged on Lisa's bed. "She might be
able to help you."
Sitting next to her roommate, hunched over the pad of drawing paper on her lap,
Lisa carefully finished the word she was on before laying down her colored
pencil and straightening up. "I wish I could," she said, rubbing the fingers of
her writing hand. "But I don't think she could do anything for me without
getting into trouble herself. And if she calls the police, I don't know what'll
happen to Daryl. My only chance is to hope the Prophet Omega can tell me where
he is before anyone knows I was the one who was with Weylin tonight."
"Suppose Weylin tells the police himself?" Sheelah countered. "I don't trust him,
Lisa—him or this Prophet Omega. If he really cared about you he should've helped
you without making you do him a favor first. And what makes you think he can
find Daryl, anyway?"
Lisa shrugged helplessly. "Everybody else out there seems to think he can do
whatever he says he can. Besides, no one else had been willing to help me. What
have I got to lose by letting him try?"
"That's a pretty dumb question from someone who's in as big a downdraft as you
are," Sheelah said sourly. She paused, and in a more understanding tone said, "You
kind of like Daryl, don't you?"
"Not the way you mean," Lisa told her, shaking her head. "I mean, he's a nice
enough guy, but not for—you know. But I've got to find him. It's my fault he's
in whatever trouble he's in; don't you see? If they've got him in jail or
something..." She left the sentence unfinished.
"And if they have, then what? Break him out like they're always doing in the
movies? You'll really get in trouble for something crazy like that."
Lisa's laugh was more like a painful cough. "More trouble than I'm already in?"
Sheelah grimaced and fell silent. Picking up her pencil again, Lisa returned her
attention to the paper. Writing was much harder work for her than reading had
ever been. Somehow, the letters never seemed to come out looking quite like
those in the books, and many of the words wound up looking wrong, even though
she usually couldn't tell why. She wished now she had spent more time on the
writing lessons in Daryl's books instead of hurrying to get on to more reading.
But it was too late to make up for her laziness now. Doggedly, she kept at it,
trying to ignore the vision hovering before her eyes of fifty police righthands
hurtling toward Dayspring.
But no one had burst into the room by the time she finally finished. "All right,"
she said, laying down the pencil with relief and folding the paper twice before
handing it to Sheelah. "Give this to Gavra in the morning—not before, understand?
If she asks you about it, you don't know anything. You've got to promise me that—I
don't want you to lose all your points, too."
Sheelah took the paper gingerly, a dubious look on her face. "I still don't see
what good a note will do."
"It'll tell her I'm all right but won't give her a chance to stop me," Lisa said.
Teeking off the room lights, she went to the window and opened the curtains
enough to peek out. "If I talked to her in person or used the phone, she'd have
to call the police or get in trouble herself for not calling them."
"She won't have a chance to give you any advice, either," Sheelah pointed out.
She signed loudly. "All right, I'll give her the note. Any righthands out there?"
"I don't see any." Opening the curtains wider, Lisa slid the window up and
glanced back into the darkened room. "Don't forget, you don't know anything.
Okay?"
"Yeah." The shadow that was Sheelah stepped forward and touched Lisa's arm. "Watch
yourself, Lisa, and be careful."
"I will." Taking a deep breath, Lisa slipped out the window and dropped quickly
toward the ground. Keeping low, with an eye out for searching righthands, she
headed south.
Chapter 20
Dayspring Hive was a towering collection of uniformly dark windows as Tirrell
pulled the car silently to the curb and gently opened his door. "Don't slam it,"
he cautioned Tonio as the righthand slid out his side of the vehicle. "Sounds
carry pretty well at night."
The preteen nodded and swung the door to with a barely audible click. "You want
me to wait out here and watch?" he whispered.
Tirrell shook his head. "There's no way you could cover the whole building by
yourself. Let's try the battering-ram approach first and see if we can get to
her before she knows we're here."
Still, the detective kept an eye skyward as they headed up the long walkway to
the main entrance.
The outer door was unlocked. Opening it and stepping through, Tirrell found
himself in a glassed-in vestibule whose inner door turned out to be locked. In
the larger entrance hall beyond, a young adult was sitting at a small desk, a
solitaire hand laid out in front of her. Looking up at the visitors, she leaned
toward a small microphone. "May I help you?" she said pleasantly, her voice
coming through an intercom grille in the vestibule ceiling.
Tirrell held his badge up to the glass. "Police," he said. "I want to see both
your Director and your Girls' Senior right away."
Eyes bulging slightly, the woman nodded and groped at the far side of her desk.
With a snick the inner door popped open a centimeter or two, and as Tirrell
pulled it open, she reached for her phone.
They arrived almost simultaneously from opposite directions a few minutes later—the
man in robe and slippers, the woman still dressed. Tirrell wondered why she'd
still be up, decided to hold the question for later.
"Detective?" the man asked as he approached, as if there could be any doubt. "I'm
Director Allan Gould. What seems to be the problem?"
"I'm Detective First Tirrell," Tirrell identified himself formally. "One of your
kids broke into my office at the city building an hour ago and assaulted a
police officer. We're here to pick her up."
"What?" Gould's jaw sagged.
"Who?" the woman asked.
Tirrell shifted his attention to her. "You're the Girls' Senior?"
"Yes; Gavra Norward. Whom are you accusing?"
"It's hardly a simple accusation—one of the officers who saw her enter the
station has already tentatively identified her from her picture. Her name's Lisa
Duncan."
Something flickered over Gavra's face, something that didn't look altogether
surprised. "Are you absolutely sure it was Lisa?" she asked, her voice strangely
tight.
"That's what we're here to find out," Tirrell said. "Would you take us to her
room, please?"
Gavra held his eyes a fraction of a second, then turned to the young woman at
the desk. "Has Lisa come in since you've been here?"
The other was already running a finger down a long list in front of her. "Not
since the doors were locked at eight-thirty," she said, shaking her head.
"You knew she was out?" Tirrell asked, watching Gavra's face closely.
"I knew she'd missed the eight-thirty sign-in," the Senior replied without
hesitation. "She's never missed lights-out before, though, so I had no reason to
suspect she'd be late this time."
"Uh-huh." Or else had suspicions and carefully avoided any direct knowledge. "I'd
like to check her room for myself, if you don't mind."
Gavra glanced past him at Tonio, opened her mouth as if to object to his
presence on the girls' side, then abruptly turned and headed back the way she'd
come without saying anything. Tirrell fell into step beside her, Tonio following
close behind.
The twin towers started three floors above street level, rising above the hive's
common areas, and Lisa's room was five more flights up the girls' tower itself.
Tirrell pushed the pace, with the result that both he and Gavra were breathing a
bit heavily by the time they started down the hallway. Tonio, of course, showed
no strain at all from the trip.
Gavra led the way to one of the doors about halfway down the left-hand corridor.
"This is it," she said in a soft voice which tried very hard to disguise its
tension. "May I knock before you go barging in? Knocking is a hive privacy rule."
Tirrell hesitated, then nodded. "All right, but don't wait for an answer before
opening the door."
Gavra grimaced, but turned back to the door without comment and rapped gently on
the panel. Twisting the knob, she pushed the door open and stepped inside. "Lisa?
Sheelah? It's Gavra," she announced quietly as Tirrell flicked on the light and
took a long step past her into the room.
It was, unfortunately, an anticlimax. One of the two beds was clearly empty; in
the other a tousle-haired girl, startled awake, was half sitting up with an arm
thrown protectively over her eyes. "What—" she gasped.
"It's all right, Sheelah; it's Gavra and a police detective," the Senior said
quickly.
"The police?" Still squinting, the girl lowered her arm and peered in Tirrell's
direction. "Why is—oh!" She broke off, and her sheet suddenly jumped to chin
level.
Beside him, Tirrell heard a sort of embarrassed gulp from Tonio. "Maybe I should
wait in the hall," the righthand suggested.
Tirrell's eyes had already completed their sweep of the room without finding any
place even an undersized preteen like Lisa could be hiding. "All right," he told
Tonio. "But stay close."
"Right." The other took a breath and got out fast.
Turning his attention to the girl now sitting straight up in bed, the detective
gave her his most reassuring smile. It didn't help; above the sheet her
expression remained wary. And she's wide-awake, he noted suddenly. A fast waker?
Or wasn't she asleep at all? "Please don't be alarmed, Sheelah," he said. "I'd
just like to ask you a few questions, if I may. Have you seen your roommate Lisa
this evening?"
The girl's expression didn't change. "No," she said. "She left this morning and
I haven't seen her since then."
"Do you know where she might have gone?"
"No."
"Did she leave with anyone else?"
"I don't know."
"I see." Tirrell glanced at the curtained window. "It's been over an hour now
since lights-out. Any chance she could have sneaked in and out during that time?"
"The window's locked. You can check if you want."
"I'll take your word for it." Tirrell studied her thoughtfully. "You're
certainly taking this calmly, Sheelah. Aren't you even worried about what might
have happened to Lisa?"
For the first time Sheelah seemed uncertain. "Lisa can take care of herself,"
she muttered, looking at the floor.
"Maybe she can, but maybe not," Tirrell said. "The fact is, Lisa is in a great
deal of trouble—and running is only going to make it worse. You'd be doing her a
favor by telling me where she's gone."
Sheelah's eyes snapped back up to the detective, guilty surprise plastered
across her face. "I don't know what you're talking—"
"Sheelah, Tirrell cut her off quietly, gesturing at Lisa's bed. "You don't have
to look very closely at that blanket to see that two people have been sitting on
it—and I remember enough of hive housekeeping standards to know Lisa wouldn't
have left it like that in the morning. You let her in, sometime in the past half-hour
or so, you sat on her bed together and talked, and then she took off looking for
a place to hide. True?"
Sheelah's gaze was back on the floor, her throat making swallowing motions. In
the silence Gavra stepped forward and sat down on the edge of the girl's bed. "Sheelah,
is he right?" she asked gently.
The preteen closed her eyes and drew a shuddering breath, but otherwise remained
silent. "Look," Tirrell said after a moment, "we know you're trying to protect
her, but you're only making things worse for both of you. Aiding a fugitive,
especially one who's committed assault, could—"
"Lisa didn't hurt that policeman!" Sheelah flared with a sudden fire that took
Tirrell by surprise. "It was that other guy—Weylin something. He did it."
"So Lisa did come here," Gavra said, her voice tightening. "Why didn't you—?"
"Wait a second," Tirrell interrupted. "What makes you think Weylin was involved?
He wasn't even in the same room at the time."
Sheelah's expression was pure puzzlement, without a trace of guile in it. "Yes,
he was. He took Lisa there to... look at some things."
Tirrell stared at the girl for a long second, his brain adjusting to this
unexpected revelation. It could be a lie, of course, Lisa trying to cover up
what she had done. But the more he thought about it the more sense it made.
Weylin had the necessary skill to use a spy-scope, and faking an attack on
himself took nothing but determination and chutzpah. Belatedly, now, Hob Paxton's
idle comment several weeks back about how Weylin had nagged him into requesting
the liaison job took on a new significance. If Weylin had been spying for Jarvis
all this time, then it was no wonder the scientist had outmaneuvered them at
every turn—and in that case Lisa might simply have been recruited on some
pretext for this specific job. If she had no especial loyalty to Jarvis she
would make a good witness against him... if she could be found.
Gavra was speaking again. "What was she supposed to look at, Sheelah?"
The preteen shook her head. "I don't know, exactly. This Omega guy who sent her
said it had something to do with a child who'd been kidnapped."
Gavra looked up at Tirrell, startled. But the detective nodded. "No, she's right—I
am working on a kidnap case. I think Lisa was after our list of the kidnapper's
possible locations. How much she got, I don't know."
"But why would anyone be interested in something like that?" Gavra asked. "It
doesn't make any sense."
"It does if the man who sent her is also the kidnapper," Tirrell said bluntly.
Sheelah's eyes widened. "You mean... but Lisa said Omega was a prophet."
"Prophet, my foot," Tirrell growled. "He's a coldblooded kidnapper who thought
nothing of snatching a five-year-old boy for—well, never mind." The detective
had no intention of going into the whole story. "The point is, he's just using
Lisa to find out how close we are to him. Once she's served her purpose, there's
no telling what he'll do to make sure she can't tell us anything about his
hideout."
This time Gavra's eyes went wide, too. "You mean he might... kill her?"
"He already faces charges of kidnapping and possibly of suborning a police
righthand, depending on what we find out about Weylin," Tirrell pointed out. "I'd
rather get to Lisa before we find out just how far he's prepared to go."
But Sheelah's face had gone rigid again. "You don't believe me, do you? You
still think Lisa hit that policeman, and you're making up this whole thing about
Lisa being used just so I'll tell you where she's gone. Well, I won't."
Clamping his teeth together, Tirrell counted to ten, cursing his loose tongue.
Of course he wasn't going to pass final judgment on Weylin on Sheelah's
unsupported word, but he hadn't intended for the girl to know that. "Sheelah—"
"No! You don't want to help Lisa, so just go away." Flopping down onto her back,
Sheelah turned sideways to face the wall.
"All right, this has gone far enough," Gavra said, her voice abruptly hard. "Sheelah,
this isn't some kind of game. If there's any chance at all Lisa's in danger, you
owe it to her to tell Detective Tirrell everything he wants to know. You'll
regret it the rest of your life if something happens to her that you could have
helped prevent."
Sheelah said nothing, but Tirrell could see her body shaking with quiet sobbing
under the sheet. Studying the back of her head, he decided that threats against
her hive points would probably be a waste of time. "All right, Sheelah," he
sighed. "We'll find her ourselves—and maybe prove Weylin's guilt or innocence in
the process."
"How are you going to do that?" Gavra frowned.
"I'm going to call headquarters and tell them we've picked up Lisa and are
bringing her in," Tirrell told her, watching Sheelah. The preteen was still
facing the wall, but her shaking had stopped. If you can convince her you mean
this—and can convince yourself it'll work—"I'll tell them that you, Ms. Norward,
have told her not to say anything until she's formally charged, and that they
should therefore call the hospital and have Weylin come back to the city
building to make a positive identification of her."
"But you don't have Lisa."
"No, but Weylin won't know that—and if Sheelah's version is the truth, he'll
know that the minute Lisa starts to talk his little charade will disintegrate.
With any luck, when he runs he'll head straight to his boss's hideout." Tirrell
nodded to Sheelah, who had now turned halfway back toward him. "Sheelah, if you
can at least tell us which general direction Lisa went, it'll help us pick up
Weylin's trail when he takes off."
Sheelah pursed her lips tightly. "South," she said at last.
"Thanks." Tirrell looked back at Gavra. "I noticed a phone at the other end of
the hall. Can I get an outside line on it?"
"Yes—just punch one first. Can you find your own way out? I'd like to talk to
Sheelah for a moment."
"No problem. Sheelah, whatever you might feel about it now, you did the right
thing to tell us what you did. Thank you." Nodding once to Gavra, Tirrell left
the room, closing the door behind him.
Tonio was hovering in the middle of the hall, his expression reminiscent of an
approaching thunderstorm. "That lousy, rotten, batling eater!" he hissed.
"I gather you were listening in," Tirrell nodded. "Good. You think you'll be
able to follow Weylin if he runs for it? Quietly, I mean, without being noticed."
"No problem." Though his expression said he'd rather teek Weylin into something
solid.
"Okay. I want you to get going right away and find a good spot to watch the
south side of Mercy Hospital from. Stop by the car first and grab a portacom—the
private, not the broad-band; I don't want Weylin listening in if he thought to
take a broad-band with him. Weylin or anyone else, for that matter."
"You're not going to tell the other police what we're doing?"
"Not yet. If Jarvis got to Weylin he might have gotten to one of the others, too,
or even to some of the officers. For the moment, it's just going to be you and
me on this. If and when Weylin leads us to Jarvis we'll think about how to get
some help. Get going; I'll give you a few minutes to get in position before I
make my call. I'll head out on the Plat City road when I'm done—give me a call
when you've got a clear direction."
"Right." Taking off down the hallway, Tonio vanished into the stairwell.
Checking his watch, Tirrell followed more slowly, bypassing the stairs and
stopping finally beside the phone fastened chest-high on the wall. How on Tigris
did Jarvis get Weylin in on this? he wondered, staring at and through the phone.
What could he have promised him in exchange for information? Or was he instead
using some kind of blackmail? Or—and the sudden thought was sobering—has he come
up with a genuinely foolproof method of mind control? The concept was not as
farfetched as most people preferred to think; hypnotic drugs came disturbingly
close as it was... and Jarvis had presumably kept Colin Brimmer under some kind
of control these past two months.
There was a footfall behind him, and Tirrell turned to see Gavra Norward
approaching, a piece of paper in her hand. "Something?" he asked.
She held out the paper. "Lisa left a note for me," she said steadily, watching
his face. "I convinced Sheelah you should see it."
"I know about Lisa," he nodded, taking the paper. The message was short, its
painfully blocky letters done in some kind of soft blue pencil. But the words,
if not the meaning, were clear enough:
Gavra i am al rite. I hav gone to see the profit omaga. He and the other kids
wil find Daril for me if Waylin and i got wat he wanted us to. Plese dont wory
il be al rite i did it to help Daril. Lisa.
" 'Daril'?"
"Daryl Kellerman was the teen who taught her to read," Gavra explained. "He's
just been transferred from Barona to an intro school in Cavendish, but I've been
forbidden to tell her where he is, and she's gotten it into her head that
something terrible's been done to him."
"Damn," Tirrell swore gently. He reread the note, a small feeling of uneasiness
nagging at the back of his mind. Who in hell were these other kids Lisa was
talking about? Colin and Weylin? Or was something else entirely going on out
there? A fagin operation? Ridiculous—world-famous scientists don't become fagins.
"Is something wrong?" Gavra asked, frowning.
Tirrell refocused on her face. "A lot is wrong—and I'm not sure anymore I
understand all of it," he growled. "I'd like to keep this, if you don't mind."
Gavra nodded. "If you think it'll help you find Lisa." She hesitated. "You know,
I think I've persuaded Sheelah to trust you a little. I'd like to think that
trust will be honored."
"Saving one preteen's respect for authority is pretty low on my priorities list
right now," Tirrell said shortly. "I'll see what I can do, but if it turns out
Lisa deserves getting the book thrown at her, then that's what's going to happen."
Surprisingly, Gavra smiled tightly. " 'The book.' Your choice of words is
appropriate, Detective." The smile faded and she nodded. "I understand. Good
luck." Turning, she walked back down the hall toward Sheelah's room.
Probably going to prepare her to expect the worst, Tirrell decided morosely.
Jarvis, I think I'm starting to hate you.
Checking his watch, he turned back and reached for the phone.
Chapter 21
By day, the Tessellate Mountains south of Barona had been as unfamiliar as the
buildings of a strange city; but by night, they might just as well have been
from another planet. Coasting to a stop for probably the hundredth time since
crossing the Nordau River, Lisa gazed out across the shadowy landscape before
her, trying to find anything that looked familiar while at the same time
fighting down the panic that seemed to have lodged permanently in her throat.
The stars blazed brilliantly down from a cloudless sky, and Akkad, the larger of
the two moons, was still up, but all of the light seemed to hinder more than it
helped. The shadows the moon created were sharp and very dark, confusing the
shapes of the mountains and sometimes hiding the smaller peaks completely. The
handful of snow-covered mountains were easy enough to identify as such, but
except for the slopes nearest her at any given time, Lisa found conetree forests,
scrubweed, and bare rock to be virtually indistinguishable.
Just ahead and a little to her right were a pair of mountains that might be the
ones Camila had pointed out to her that morning—yesterday morning, now; it was a
good half hour past ten. If they were the right peaks, she remembered, she
needed to pass them on the left. If they weren't... well, in that case, she was
probably lost already. Swallowing her fear, she picked up speed again.
So intent was she on the landscape ahead that she failed to see the figure
angling down toward her from overhead; failed to notice him, in fact, until his
soft voice jolted her into a four-meter swerve to the side. "Weylin? That you?"
the voice called.
Heart abruptly pounding, Lisa leveled out, rolling in midair to see who it was.
"No, it's Lisa Duncan," she told him, trying to pierce the shadows hiding his
face. "Who are you?"
"Senior Acolyte Axel Schu," he said. "The Prophet sent me out here to watch for
you. Where's Weylin?"
"The police almost caught us," she told him, a wave of relief at having a guide
almost covering up her other worries. "I don't know if Weylin got away or not."
For a moment they flew together in silence. "Well..." Axel said at last. "Did
you at least get the stuff the Prophet wanted?"
"I don't know," Lisa sighed. "I hope so."
"A little more to the left here," Axel said as they rounded a craggy peak. "I
guess you'll find out soon enough," he added, pointing to a glistening cone
directly in front of them. "That's our mountain. The Prophet's waiting for you."
"All right," Lisa said, matching his increase in speed. The Prophet's waiting.
Somehow, that thought wasn't as comforting as she'd expected it to be.
"Still going due south?" Tirrell said into his car's microphone, fighting the
wheel with one hand as he bounced over the dusty farmland road.
"Still south," Tonio's voice confirmed.
"Damn," Tirrell muttered to himself. The road he was on was forcing him ever
more eastward, toward the central part of the Barona-Nordau farming area, and
there hadn't been a right-hand turnoff for a kilometer or two. "How close are
you to the mountains?" he asked.
"A few kilometers, maybe—not very far. Weylin's still pretty high; I don't think
he's going to land anytime soon."
Tirrell scooped up his map with his mike hand, but it was pure reflex; already
he was letting the car coast to a stop. "This isn't going to work, Tonio—there's
no fast way for me to get back to you by car. You'd better come and get me
before he gets into the mountains and we lose him for sure."
"Okay. I think I can see your lights back there. Blink them once... right. I'll
be there in a flash."
Pulling off onto the soft dirt at the edge of the road, Tirrell collected his
map, flashlight, and jacket and climbed out of the car, leaving the headlights
on. Ahead, he could see the barest outline of the Tessellate Mountains as they
jutted up to block the stars. A hell of a place to be playing nighttime hide-and-search,
he thought uneasily, putting on his jacket and stuffing the map into a pocket. A
million places Weylin could instantly lose them if he even so much as suspected
he was being followed—and a million more places where Jarvis's cabin could be
hidden. For a moment he considered sliding back into the car and sending for
reinforcements, or at least another few trackers. But he resisted the temptation.
Until he knew exactly how Jarvis had suborned Weylin it was better to have one
righthand he could trust than fifty he wasn't sure of.
He sensed, rather than saw, the dark object arcing toward him from the southwest,
and acted with the sure movements of past experience. Ducking slightly, he
reached through the car window and doused the lights; simultaneously, he flicked
on his flashlight and pointed it at himself from arm's length. Instantly, the
still night air became a hurricane in his face as he was abruptly teeked upward
at high speed. Squeezing his eyes shut, he brought up his free arm for extra
protection and waited for the wind to ease a bit. A moment later it did just
that, and he opened his eyes to slits just in time to reach out and clasp Tonio's
outstretched hand. "Good job," he complimented the righthand, flicking off his
light and putting it away. "Can you get us back to Weylin before he gets lost in
the mountains?"
Already they were heading back the way Tonio had come. "Just watch me," the
preteen called over the wind and doubled his speed.
The techniques of breathing in fast flight, once learned, were never forgotten,
and Tirrell had the extra advantage of not really needing to watch where they
were going. He spent most of those first few minutes with his head turned to the
side, windward eye closed tightly and the other open just a crack, breathing
through the side of his mouth. Every few breaths he would take a quick look
forward, just to keep some idea of their position. Tonio, of course, had to do
that a lot more often.
They had been flying for perhaps ten minutes when Tonio abruptly brought them to
almost a complete halt. "There he is!" the preteen said, pointing.
Tirrell swiped at his eyes and scanned the area ahead. Sure enough, a dimly lit
speck could just be seen tracing a path above the first real mountains of the
range. "Looks like he's slowed down some," Tonio commented. "Probably figures he's
safe now and doesn't want to miss any turns."
"Neither do we," Tirrell told him with grim satisfaction. "Stay low and back and
let's follow him in."
Tonio nodded and they started moving again. Ignoring the conetree tops brushing
at his feet, Tirrell kept his eyes solidly fixed on Weylin. This was one game of
hide-and-search he was not going to lose.
The tabernacle was quiet and dark, but the Prophet Omega was indeed waiting for
them. "Lisa; I'm pleased to see you again," he said with a warm smile as Axel
ushered her into the office she'd talked to the Prophet in before. The Prophet
had changed since then from his white robe to a plainer blue one, but he looked
no less impressive for all that. "Come sit by me and tell me all of the evening's
events. Acolyte Schu, please wait outside."
Slowly, Lisa walked forward and sat down in the indicated chair by the Prophet's
desk. Something was nagging at her, but she couldn't for the life of her figure
out what it was. "Don't you already know?" she asked him. "I mean, you told me
you had the Truth inside you—"
"Truth and knowledge are not identical," he told her, his tone that of a preteen
lecturing a Seven. "Truth is more like wisdom, the ability to distinguish right
from wrong. Else why would I have asked you to seek knowledge of the boy Colin
for me? Now, begin."
Haltingly—the memory was still painful—Lisa told him everything that had
happened from the time she and Weylin entered the city building to the time she
escaped from the searching righthands. More from fear of the Prophet's
disapproval than anything else, she skipped completely over her trip to the hive
and everything that happened there. "So then I came back here to tell you what I
could," she concluded. "Are you going to do anything to help Weylin?"
"Acolyte Weylin is in no danger if he followed my instructions," the Prophet
said, a slight frown creasing his forehead. "Tell me, did you have trouble
finding your way here?"
"Oh, yes," Lisa said, shivering slightly at the memory. "I was afraid I'd get
completely lost and have to spend the night out there by myself."
The frown vanished. "That explains the time, then," he said. Before Lisa could
ask what he meant, the Prophet picked up a large packet of paper from a corner
of his desk and unfolded it into what turned out to be a duplicate of the map on
Tirrell's office wall. "Now, Lisa," he said, spreading the paper across the
center of the desk, "show me exactly where the circled areas are."
"Well..." Lisa swallowed. "I only found a couple in the right part of the map
before the—before I had to leave." She found the letters and numbers she
remembered and pointed out the spots.
"What do you mean, 'the right part'?" he asked. "Did the papers talk about that?"
"Oh! No—I forgot to tell you. There was a picture of Dr. Jarvis by the door
downstairs in the city building—I'm not exactly sure what the pictures were for—"
"They're photos of people wanted by the police," the Prophet told her. "Go on."
"Well, I remembered seeing him. He was driving toward Rand one night last June.
And he had a little boy with him who he said was his nephew, but I think it must
have really been Colin."
"You talked to him? Jarvis, I mean?"
"Yes. I thought he might be having some trouble, driving between cities at night,
so I stopped to ask if he was all right."
The Prophet muttered something under his breath and jabbed at the map. "Show me
where," he ordered. "The exact spot."
She looked at it in bewilderment. "But... how do I—"
"You've flown over that road lots of times, haven't you? Well, each turn and
bend shows up here as a curve in the line. Come on; I need to know."
But I wasn't flying along the road that night. Gritting her teeth, she leaned
over the map, trying to think. She'd cut off parts of two curves catching up
with the car, had stopped it on a smooth stretch, and had watched the car curve
a little to the left as it left. "I think it was maybe about here," she said at
last, her finger tracing a two-centimeter section of the line.
The Prophet brushed her hand aside and made a circle there with a pen. "Good.
Now, let's see how far that is from Barona...." With a small disk-shaped device
he carefully traced along the line back into the shape labeled BARONA. Glancing
at the device's side, he scribbled a number by the circle. "Lisa," he said,
looking up with a smile, "I am even more certain now that it was the Truth that
guided you to me."
"You mean I... did all right?" she asked cautiously.
"You did wonderfully," he nodded, still smiling. "You see, I already know the
boy Colin is being held within a hundred kilometers of Barona. You saw him at a
point nearly eighty kilometers away, which means you have narrowed tremendously
the area we must search. That plus these—" he touched the two spots she'd first
given him—"gives me hope that we will soon have Colin freed from his satanic
captor; possibly before this day is over. And for allowing the Truth to work
through you, your own desire shall surely be granted."
"You'll find Daryl for me." It wasn't until the words were out that Lisa
realized she'd made a statement instead of asking a question. In that moment she
suddenly understood why Weylin had been able to trust this man so completely.
Looking into his eyes, feeling the warmth of his pleasure at her accomplishment,
she felt as if she had finally found something she hadn't even known she'd lost.
Somehow, it made everything that she'd gone through worthwhile.
The Prophet nodded solemnly. "I give you my word—"
Abruptly, he broke off, his eyes shifting toward the door. Soft voices could be
heard coming from outside the room; but even as Lisa strained her ears, the door
swung open—
And Weylin Ellery strode into the room.
"Weylin!" Lisa exclaimed with delight. "I was afraid you'd—"
"How'd you get away from Tirrell?" Weylin interrupted her coldly.
"From who? I went out the window—"
"Tirrell called from your hive—said he'd caught you," Weylin bit out. "Wanted me
to go back to the city building to identify you."
"And you ran?" the Prophet asked sharply. Lisa glanced back at him, startled by
the sudden change in his manner.
"Of course I did," Weylin said, his belligerent tone cooling some under the
Prophet's gaze. "I figured she wouldn't know enough to shut up and let me do the
talking."
"In other words, Tirrell set up a trap for you and you flew straight into it,"
the Prophet snapped. "At the very least he knows you've got something to hide
over what happened tonight—and at the worst he had you followed and now knows
exactly where we are!"
Weylin actually cringed. "No—no, I'm sure I wasn't followed. I got out too fast
and made sure no one was behind me." His eyes swiveled to Lisa, turning angry
again. "But why would Tirrell have done something like that in the first place?"
"Why indeed?" The Prophet looked at Lisa, too, his earlier warmth gone without a
trace. His eyes were cold and hard, his unsmiling face looking like that of
another person altogether. "So you came here straight from the city building,
did you? Who did you talk to, Lisa, that you conveniently forgot to mention? Was
it Tirrell? Someone at your hive?"
"I... didn't—"
"Don't lie to me!" the Prophet thundered abruptly.
"Just my roommate," she blurted, shrinking back into her chair. "Only her—and
she promised she wouldn't tell anyone."
"Well, she obviously did tell someone," the Prophet shot back. "What did you
tell her?"
"I—I—" Lisa fumbled, her tongue tangled with confusion at the Prophet's abrupt
change—
And suddenly her mind flashed back to the other picture on the city building
wall, the one that had seemed vaguely familiar. "It was you!" she said without
thinking. "But the name was Yerik Martel, not the Proph—
"Weylin, hold her," the Prophet said quietly.
For an instant Lisa sat in stunned silence, the order echoing through her mind
as she wondered if she had heard him right. An instant after that she launched
herself at the door—but she was barely halfway there when Weylin's teekay
plucked her out of the air and slammed her down onto the floor. Fighting blindly
against the invisible force, Lisa struggled back into the air, jerking sideways
in an attempt to break his hold. But the trick that had worked among Barona's
shadowy buildings was ineffective in such close quarters, and his grip on her
remained firm. Spurred by panic, she abandoned her attempts to fly and instead
scooped up all the books and papers she could from Omega's desk, hurling them at
Weylin. But the righthand dodged them without shifting his gaze... and a moment
later Lisa was spun around and shoved into one of the room's far corners.
"What's going on?" a new voice—Axel's—snapped from behind her.
"Help Weylin hold her," Omega ordered. "I think she's a police spy."
"No—" Lisa managed to croak before her jaw was abruptly teeked shut.
"Grack!" Axel muttered viciously. "What do we do with her?"
"We first of all don't panic," Omega said coldly. "Hold her arms, legs, and head
really still; I'm going to check for hidden mikes."
Lisa tried to protest, but her mouth was still being held closed. Footsteps
approached; and then Omega's hands were moving firmly over her body, kneading
the material of her clothing and feeling the skin beneath it. She squeezed her
eyes shut, every muscle painfully tense... and finally it was over. "She's clean,"
Omega told the others, relief evident in his tone. "Maybe she wasn't working
with Tirrell, after all."
"We going to let her go, then?" Weylin asked.
"Of course not," Axel put in impatiently. "You think she wouldn't go straight to
the police now?"
"But we can't keep her here—"
"Peace," Omega interrupted, his voice under control again. "Axel, how many of
your people are here tonight?"
"Fifteen or twenty, I think."
"Go and get four of them. No, wait—tell Weylin their names and where they're
sleeping and let him bring them."
"All right." Axel rattled off some names and instructions that were
incomprehensible to Lisa. "And don't wake up anyone else," he added.
"Right," Weylin said. The teekay grip on Lisa eased some, and there was the
sound of a door opening and closing.
"What are we going to do with her?" Axel asked.
"Leave her here, of course," Omega said. From the sounds behind her Lisa guessed
he was picking up the books and papers she'd thrown at Weylin earlier. "You don't
think we're going to take her with us to look for Jarvis, do you? She'll be
suitably restrained, of course."
"You know where Jarvis is?"
"Close enough to make it worth trying. Anyway, we have no choice—Weylin's blown
his cover and the police'll undoubtedly be making a push now to find him first.
We'll leave here at first light—that should only be a couple of hours away now."
"Why not leave as soon as she's taken care of?" Axel suggested. "That area's a
good two-hour flight away, and we can fly it just as easily in the dark."
"So you were listening at the door," Omega said coolly. "That's not a very
polite thing to do, you know." There was a short, brittle silence before Omega
continued. "We leave at first light because I want all of the regular kids out
of here before we leave, and we never send them back to their hives in the dark.
That's a lesson you should learn: breaking familiar patterns draws attention,
and that kind of attention is always unwelcome. And we want the regular kids out
first to make sure none of them accidentally stumbles across Lisa on their way
out. I don't want to find this place swarming with police when we get back."
"Oh," Axel mumbled. "I hadn't thought of that."
"That's lesson number two for the day: leave the thinking to me. You haven't had
enough practice at it."
Taking a careful breath, Lisa gingerly tested the teekay grip holding her face
to the wall. If Axel's attention wavered even a little, she might be able to
turn her head far enough to teek off the light. If she could then get out the
door—knocking it flat if necessary—and out of the tabernacle, it should be dark
enough outside for her to get away....
She was still probing for an opening when Weylin returned with the other
preteens.
They took her outside the tabernacle and up the side of the mountain towering
above. At Omega's direction Axel flew into the gaping hole that was the temple
site; and a few minutes later he led the group to a small, cavelike hollow the
workers had left in one of the sides. Omega pronounced it satisfactory... and as
Lisa stood motionless within the space, pinned by two of the preteens with a
flashlight, the others maneuvered a huge slab of rock into place over the
opening. The light momentarily showed a five-centimeter gap between the stone
and the roof of her prison. Then it was turned off. The murmur of voices faded
into silence, and she was alone.
Drawing a shuddering breath, Lisa clenched her hands into painfully tight fists.
"I'm not going to cry," she said aloud, mainly to relieve the silence hissing in
her ears. Carefully—the rock surrounding her was jagged enough to cut—she felt
every centimeter of the cave. She found nothing useful. With the full force of
her teekay on it, the slab blocking the entrance would not budge so much as a
millimeter, though she tried again and again. Once, she thought she had the
answer when she discovered a layer of small stones directly beneath the huge
rock. But after a solid half hour of teeking out as many as she could touch, the
slab merely settled a few millimeters and, if anything, ended up leaning even
more securely over the opening.
Finally, with a weary sigh, she gave up. Sitting down carefully, she closed her
eyes, only then realizing how utterly fatigued nineteen hours without sleep had
left her. And I trusted him, she thought bitterly, wishing she'd listened to
Sheelah's doubts. He used me, got me in trouble with the police, and might even—
She swallowed. She'd never thought much about death before; certainly never
really considered the possibility of dying before she became an adult. Now, it
suddenly seemed likely that she would never even see sunlight again. The urge to
scream for help bubbled up into her throat, and it was all she could do to choke
it back down. Not yet, she told herself firmly. Omega wouldn't have put you
anywhere someone could hear you. Save your strength; someone's got to come by
sooner or later. One of the kids who's been working here, maybe even the police.
She smiled painfully at the thought of how hard she'd been trying to escape from
the police a bare four hours earlier.
But one way or another, no one was likely to find her for at least several hours.
Stretching out as much as she could in the cramped space, she pillowed her head
on her left arm. If anyone came by while she was sleeping, she would just be out
of luck.... Groaning with the exertion, she sat up again and, maneuvering
cautiously in the dark, wriggled out of her pants and underwear. The pants went
back on; the panties she dangled outside her prison, anchoring one end securely
to the top of the rock slab. It wasn't much of a signal, she knew, but it was
better than nothing. And with fatigue dragging at her like a downdraft, it was
the best she could do.
Stretching out again, she was asleep within half a minute.
"Sorry, Stan," Tonio said tiredly, drifting onto the bare rock outcrop where the
detective was standing. "I can't find any trace of him anywhere."
"Damn," Tirrell muttered, gazing out at the dimly lit mountains, rising like
frozen ocean waves around them. To have come so close...
"I can try again, if you want," the preteen offered. "Unless Jarvis is growing
trees on his roof the cabin's got to be visible from some angle."
Tirrell shook his head. "Not worth it, especially now that the moon's gone. But
we know he went down somewhere in this valley, and unless he spotted us they're
not likely to move before dawn. Which is—" he consulted his watch—"all of two
hours or so away now. Let's sit tight and get a little sleep, and we can pick up
the search in the morning."
"Well... okay." Tonio paused. "Maybe I should go and get some help, though. I
could probably get to Plat City and back before it gets light. Unless you're
still worried about Jarvis getting tipped off."
"Actually, at this point I'd love to have some help," Tirrell admitted. "Unfortunately—no
offense—I'm not at all sure you could find this place again if you left now.
Maybe when it's light we can risk that, but not now. Besides which, if you feel
like I do, you need sleep more than flying time right now."
"There's that," Tonio sighed. "Okay. Shouldn't one of us watch in case they try
to leave or something?"
"Probably," Tirrell conceded. "No rest for the righteous, for a change."
"Come again?"
"Skip it. Move back a ways into that thicket of trees where you won't be spotted
and get some sleep. I'll wake you in an hour or so."
Tonio nodded and moved off, and after a moment the sound of rustling leaves was
replaced by silence. Moving with the stiffness of overabused muscles, Tirrell
carefully seated himself on the ground. Pulling his knees to his chest, he
wrapped his arms around them and settled down to watch.
Chapter 22
Tirrell had always been a sound sleeper, especially when overtired; but the hand
shaking his shoulders was anything but gentle, and within seconds the colorful
dream he'd been having faded and was replaced by Tonio's blurry face. "Wha—?"
"Shh!" the righthand hissed. "You'd better come take a look at this."
Tirrell nodded and rolled onto his stomach, mindful of the dead leaves beneath
him. Pushing himself up on his knees, he noted the starlight had been replaced
by the stronger glow of early dawn. The highest peaks around them blazed with
sunlight, though the deepest parts of the valley were still dark.
From high overhead came the faint sound of laughing voices.
The last remnant of sleep was gone in an instant. Getting to his feet, Tirrell
moved to the edge of their concealing thicket and cautiously looked up. At least
a dozen kids were visible, fanning out in twos and threes as they flew across
the lightening sky in generally northward directions.
"What the hell?" Tirrell whispered.
"Agreed," Tonio, at his side, whispered back. "They came from over there." He
pointed, and with perfect timing another trickle of figures rose into the sky
from the eastern side of a tall mountain several kilometers due south. Tirrell
listened closely as they passed overhead, and while the words were
unintelligible, the tone was clearly lighthearted and untroubled—not the sort of
tone the detective would normally expect from a kidnapper's accomplices.
"This makes no sense at all," Tirrell growled, fatigue putting irritation into
his voice. "Have we stumbled onto some hive's weekend outing or something?"
"Hive outings don't break up at five in the morning," Tonio pointed out. "And I
haven't seen any of the adults that should have been with them, either."
"Right," Tirrell said, annoyed he hadn't thought of those points himself. "Well...
have you seen anyone who looks like Lisa Duncan?"
"Uh-uh," the preteen said positively. "I've been watching for both her and
Weylin and haven't seen either of them."
More kids were streaming upward now, and Tirrell looked at each carefully as
they flew past. No Lisa or Weylin in this bunch, either. "This has got to be
some kind of coincidence, Stan," Tonio shook his head. "Jarvis can't be mixed up
with this many kids and preteens. Weylin must be somewhere else in the valley."
"Maybe," Tirrell said slowly. "On the other hand, he did offer us a group of
kids to help search for Jarvis. I think it would be worthwhile to ease over
there and see just where it is everyone's coming from."
"Okay." Tonio paused. "Wait a second; here comes another group."
More figures were indeed rising into the air... but as Tirrell watched them
something cold began tracing a path up his spine. This was no loose-knit bunch
of kids who had simply happened to leave at the same time. They were staying
together, almost flying in formation, without a trace of chatter that Tirrell
could hear. Staying just above treetop height, they shot swiftly past, heading
northwest.
"Stan!" Tonio whispered. "There's an adult with them!"
"I saw him," Tirrell nodded. Buoyed up by two of the kids, his outfit some sort
of woodsman's garb, the man had looked nothing at all like a prophet; but
Tirrell had no doubt he was the Omega in Lisa's note. And he was most definitely
not Matthew Jarvis. "Weylin's there too."
"Yeah. But I didn't see Lisa."
"Me neither." Tirrell looked back toward the mountain, the coldness on his
backbone seeping into his stomach. "Let's get down there right away, Tonio. And
the hell with secrecy—I've got a bad feeling that everyone who was supposed to
leave has already done so."
Tonio understood. "Grack," he said, very softly, as he held out his hand.
A second later they were hurtling southward.
The huge tent set up at the mountain's base was impossible to miss—and probably
the last thing Tirrell would have expected to find. "What is this place? Tonio
whispered as they stood just inside the entrance, looking at the gaudy
furnishings.
"The Prophet Omega's headquarters, I'd imagine, the detective whispered back,
keeping a firm grip on his feelings. Even recognizing that the place had
probably been deliberately designed to manipulate emotions, he couldn't help but
feel a touch of awe. To an inexperienced kid, the effect must have been well-nigh
overwhelming. No wonder Omega's suckered in such a large following, he thought
grimly. What the hell is he doing with them, though? "Let's do a fast search,"
he said aloud to his righthand. "Don't disturb anything too noticeably, but
check every place a preteen could be locked up."
The tent, though large, had only a few rooms, and it took them only a handful of
minutes to go through it. "Now what?" Tonio asked when they were finished.
"I think," Tirrell said quietly, "we'd better start looking for a grave."
Tonio sighed. "You don't think he would have left her tied up somewhere outside?"
Tirrell shrugged. "Maybe, but tying kids up so that they can't get free isn't
easy to do. You can't really gag them, for starters, and he almost certainly
would have needed to keep her quiet. I'd bet my pension the kids who left first
this morning weren't involved with Lisa or whatever else Omega's got cooking."
"Maybe that's why Omega's group left last, so that a couple of them could sit on
Lisa and make sure she couldn't call for help until the others were gone."
Tirrell thought that over. Probably nothing but wishful thinking. If Lisa wasn't
thoroughly on Omega's side, keeping her alive was more dangerous than profitable—but
on the other hand there was no special reason to burst Tonio's hopes out of hand.
At this point looking for a body, a freshly dug grave, or a prisoner would be
essentially equivalent. "You might be right," he told the preteen. "Okay. We'll
do a fast search, starting at the tent here and moving outward."
They spent the better part of an hour flying slowly through the trees, and while
they located several other places Omega's kids apparently used in their
activities, there was no clue anywhere as to Lisa's location or fate. For
Tirrell, the hardest part of the search was watching Tonio's almost desperate
optimism slowly ground down as their chances of finding her alive diminished.
The righthand's reaction to what Jarvis might be doing with Colin had shown up
the soft spot in Tonio's character, and his concern now for Lisa merely
emphasized it. Just one more righthand, Tirrell predicted privately, who'll
leave the force after his year and never come back.
"I guess you were right," Tonio admitted at last. "We're not going to find her,
are we?"
"I don't think so," Tirrell shook his head. "Look, this isn't getting us
anywhere. Why don't we figure out how to get back here again, and then get over
to Plat City and put out an alarm on Omega. We can send a complete shakedown
squad back here to... finish things. Okay?"
"Sure." Tonio nodded tiredly.
"And we're both in need of food and sleep, anyway." Shading his eyes, Tirrell
peered upward. "Before we go, though, I'd like to take a quick look at that gash
up there. It doesn't look like any kind of natural formation I've ever heard of,
and if it's erosion it's an awfully strange pattern."
"Why bother with it now?" Tonio grumbled.
"Because it would be nice to know if the shakedown squad should keep on the
lookout for a sudden rock slide," Tirrell explained, holding on tightly to his
temper. Matching grouches with Tonio wouldn't do them any good. "It'll just take
a minute, and then we'll be off."
Sighing, Tonio held out his hand.
But the gash turned out to be even more interesting than Tirrell had expected. "Holy
hive fruit," Tonio said as they hovered at its entrance, his depression
momentarily superseded by astonishment. "It's a cave."
"Sure looks like one," Tirrell agreed. "And man-made at that—that floor is far
too level to have been formed naturally. Let's go in, take a look around."
Even with the sun now peeking over the eastern mountains, the angle of the cave
was such that the deepest third was still in shadow. Tonio brought them down
near the middle of the lighted part, and Tirrell immediately squatted down to
examine the floor and the loose stones littering it.
"You suppose Omega's kids dug this?" Tonio asked, drifting to one side and
gingerly touching the wall.
"Somebody's kids dug it," the detective said. "There aren't any marks a digging
machine would have left, and even so it would've taken kids to get one this high
up a mountain."
"Shh!" Tonio said abruptly. "I heard something!
Tirrell froze in place, listening. A faint sound—a voice?—came to his ears.
Catching Tonio's eye, he pointed toward the darkened section, of the cave. The
righthand nodded and flew to a spot on the wall just inside the shadow, where he'd
have at least a little cover and yet be ready to help. Flicking on his
flashlight, Tirrell started forward, moving carefully on the loose gravel
underfoot as he tried to pick out the direction the sound had come from.
He needn't have bothered. The first pass with the light caught the white panties
hanging across the pinkish stone, and seconds later he was close enough to see a
narrow horizontal gap two meters above the floor. "Hello?" he called. "Who's
there?"
"Lisa Duncan," the voice came through the gap. "Who are you?"
"Detective First Tirrell. Are you all right?"
"Yes, I'm fine." Seldom before had Tirrell heard such palpable relief in a voice.
"But I can't get out!"
"Relax," Tonio said from Tirrell's shoulder. "I'll give you a hand."
"Forget it," Tirrell told him. "That slab must weigh five tons—probably took
four or five preteens to put it there."
"But we can't just leave her there!"
"We're not going to." Tirrell ran his fingers carefully over the jagged rock. "This
thing seems to be mostly quartz, and quartz shatters like glass if you hit it
hard enough. I want you to scare up a few good-sized chunks to throw at it. Not
too big; you'll want to be able to teek them to a good speed in the distance you'll
have."
"Right." Tonio vanished with a whoosh.
"Lisa? Did you hear all that?" the detective called.
"Yes. What can I do to help?"
"Get as far back from the stone as you can and curl up with your back to it.
Most of the chunks should bounce back out here, but some might go inward and
there's no point in you getting cut."
The operation went flawlessly. Standing well back, where he would both be out of
the way and able to illuminate the whole target range with his flashlight,
Tirrell watched as Tonio blasted the door of Lisa's prison with a succession of
melon-sized pieces of quartz. The righthand's heart was clearly in his work, and
it took only a few blows before a dozen hairline cracks could be seen radiating
from the impact point. The next three blows gouged out progressively larger
showers of the glassy shards; and with the fourth, the top third of the stone
abruptly broke off and crashed resoundingly to the floor.
The trapped girl was through the opening in an instant, landing in front of
Tirrell with a shuddering sigh. "Thank you," she said, shifting her gaze to
include Tonio as the righthand flew over. Taking another deep breath, she looked
back at Tirrell. "I'm under arrest, aren't I?" she asked.
"For the moment, let's just say you shouldn't try to leave us," the detective
said, running his eyes over her in search of injuries. "Are you all right?"
She nodded. "They didn't hurt me, unless you count scaring me to death in that
hole. But I don't know what he had planned for when he got back."
Tirrell's shoulder blades tightened up. There'd been at least fifteen kids
flying off with Omega earlier—more than enough to make mincemeat of two preteens
and an adult. "Any idea when that'll be? Where were they going?"
"They were going to the Barona-Rand road to look for that kidnapped boy, Colin
Brimmer." She dropped her eyes. "I'm sorry; if I'd known what kind of person he
was, I wouldn't have helped him."
"But what does this Omega want with Colin?" Tonio asked, sounding puzzled.
"I don't know anymore," Lisa said. "He's lied about so much I don't know what's
true anymore. His name's not even Omega; I saw a picture of him with the name
Yerik Martel at the—"
"Yerik Martel?" Tirrell snapped.
The girl flinched. "Y-yes. I think it was him—"
"Damn, damn, damn," the detective whispered, staring through the back of the
cave. Suddenly all the odd pieces of the puzzle that had never quite fit were
falling into place... and the emerging picture wasn't a pretty one.
Lisa was still watching him apprehensively when he brought his eyes back to
focus. "Relax," he told her, managing a smile. "I'm not mad at you. I was just
startled to find out Martel was involved here." He looked at his righthand. "Does
that answer your question, Tonio?"
The other was frowning. "Martel's that fagin who got away from you once, isn't
he? He must be awfully hard-up if he's going to all this trouble for one kid."
"I doubt if he gives half a bill for Colin," the detective said shortly. "For
the time being he's switched specialties. Weylin's told him our theory of what
Jarvis is really doing out there, and that's what he's after."
"Oh, grack." Tonio's mouth was a tight line. "That's just terrific. Well, at
least he doesn't know any better where to start looking than we do. I guess that's
something."
"Sir?" Lisa spoke up hesitantly. "I'm sorry, but... I think I may have told him
something you don't know. I—well, I saw Dr. Jarvis and Colin driving from Barona
toward Rand one night last June, and I... I told Om—I mean Martel—that."
"What day in June was that?" Tirrell asked.
"The fifteenth."
Tirrell nodded grimly. "That's it, all right. Listen, Lisa, we can't let Martel
get to Jarvis before we do—I can't explain, but it's vitally important. Can you
take us to the spot where you saw him?"
"I think so. If it'll be faster, I could show you the spot on a map, if we can
find one down in the tabernacle."
Tirrell had forgotten she could probably read maps. "As a matter of fact..." he
said, digging into his pocket and glancing around. "Let's get into the light."
Moving back into the sunlit part of the cave, the detective spread his by-now
crumpled map onto the gravelly floor. Squatting down beside him, Lisa touched a
spot some sixty-five to seventy kilometers west of Barona. "It was about here, I
think," she said. "I also told him about these two spots—I saw them marked in
your book." She pointed to two of the rockmud areas straddling the road further
on toward Rand.
Tirrell felt his stomach tighten. If Lisa's placement of the meeting was correct,
there were less than a dozen areas left where Jarvis could be... and Martel had
two of them. "Damn. We've got to get after him right away."
"Wait a second," Lisa said, teeking the map back down as he started to refold it.
"I didn't remember when I was talking to Martel—I saw Dr. Jarvis's car turn off
the road to the right just after I left him."
"You did?" Frowning, Tirrell peered at the map again. The nearest road marked
was at least a kilometer from the place Lisa had indicated. Either her estimate
was off or Jarvis had taken something more informal then a real road. Either way—"I
guess you're going to have to show us the actual place, after all." He studied
her face, noting the fatigue there. "You feel up to it?"
"Sure," she said, straightening her back a bit.
"Good." Tirrell folded up the map and stood up. "There was a well-stocked pantry
in the big tent; we'll grab some food and head straight out, if you don't mind
eating while we fly."
Both preteens nodded. "We still going to stop by Plat City and report this place
to them?" Tonio asked.
"I don't think so," Tirrell said slowly. "I'm beginning to think it's almost
certain that Martel's suborned one or more righthands there like he did Weylin,
and I'd rather not tip them off that we've found his base."
"Why is it certain? Because Plat City's closer than Barona?"
"No. Because of this." Tirrell waved his hand to encompass the huge cave.
Lisa glanced up. "This? But this is just where he's going to build his Temple of
Truth."
"Temple of Truth, eh? I should have figured Martel to come up with something
cute. I suppose he has his followers dump the rocks a good distance away; say,
by a river somewhere?"
Lisa blinked. "There is a river in the valley where the rocks are taken. How did
you know?"
"Because the rocks are what he's really after here—the rocks and the free labor
to dig them out." Tirrell gestured. "My guess is that he's taken a couple
million bills worth of gold out of here already, and the vein's probably got at
least that much still in it."
"Gold?" Tonio looked stunned. "You said it was quartz."
"Most of it is," Tirrell nodded. "But if you look at the walls closely you can
see bits of gold glittering there. How Martel stumbled on a vein this rich I don't
know, but the point is that unless he takes the gold down the far side of the
Tessellate Mountains, he has to run it through the assay office in either Plat
City or Rand, and he's too cautious not to have installed at least one listening
ear in each city's police department. That's how he got away from us in Ridge
Harbor, and he's not likely to change a winning system." He glanced at his watch.
"We'd better get moving—Martel's already a good hour and a half ahead of us, and
even if he starts with the wrong areas he's got fifteen or more airborne
searchers to our one."
"Our two," Lisa corrected, her voice quiet but determined.
"Forget it," Tirrell told her. "As soon as you've shown us where Jarvis turned
off the main road, you're going to go to Barona and turn yourself in to the
police as a material witness."
"But I want to help you," she said. "I mean, this whole mess is my fault. Again."
Her eyes were glistening with moisture, and Tirrell sensed she was fighting back
tears. "I got a friend in trouble who was just doing something I asked him to—and
now I've made things bad for you in trying to help him." She turned half away,
biting her lip.
Tirrell gazed at her, wondering briefly how things might have been different if
the various officials had just told her the plain truth instead of dropping
ominous hints about Daryl's fate. "Well... first things first. You get us to
Jarvis's turnoff and then we'll see."
She took a deep breath and nodded. "Thank you."
"But just for the record," he continued, "your friend Daryl's not really in all
that much trouble. He's actually only been transferred to a school in Cavendish,
where he won't be able to continue your lessons."
Lisa's mouth fell open as a flurry of emotions struggled for supremacy across
her face. "You're sure?"
"That's what Gavra Norward told me, and I expect she should know. You're not
supposed to be told, but I think we've got enough to worry about at the moment,
and I'd just as soon get Daryl out of our way."
"I—thank you." She took a deep breath. "I guess it was kind of silly, but I was
really worried about him."
"I know. Just don't borrow any more books from him, and don't turn me in when
this is all over." Tirrell turned to Tonio and held out his hand. "Well, don't
just stand there—let's go."
Chapter 23
Flying at a brisk but less than eye-gouging speed, it took them nearly two hours
to reach the part of the road Lisa had pointed out; after that they drifted
above the trees at much slower speed for several minutes as Lisa searched in
silence for the exact spot. Tirrell, having spent much of their flying time
imagining what Martel would do with whatever discovery Jarvis had come up with,
was almost literally aching with the desire for immediate action. But he managed
to keep his mouth shut and let Lisa proceed at her own pace—and within fifteen
minutes his patience was rewarded as she suddenly swooped downward.
"This is it," she called decisively, paralleling the road at a height of about
three meters. "Here's where I flew next to him; he stopped about here and we
talked; and then he went around this curve. Then—" she pulled up again, losing
Tirrell and Tonio for a half second before the righthand matched her maneuver—"I
started to head home, looked..." She hovered for a moment, then pointed. "He
turned off and I saw his lights go through there."
"Great." Tirrell fixed the view in his memory. "Let's head down and take a look."
There was no real road anywhere near the place Lisa had indicated, but it took
only minutes to confirm that the grassy lane cutting between the trees led all
the way back to the main road, and that it was both wide enough and firm enough
to handle moderately heavy vehicles. "I think," Tirrell said with satisfaction,
"that we've got him. Let's go. And watch out for a path leading on a little to
the east—we've still got to hit a rockmud patch before we reach his cabin, and
the most likely spots on the map are still east of us."
Flying low, they set off between the trees. Lisa fell into formation beside them,
and for a long moment Tirrell debated silently the wisdom of letting her come
along. Still, it shouldn't really be dangerous if they got there before Martel
showed up; and the girl was clearly determined to help; and, actually, an extra
preteen really would be handy to have along.
His rationalization complete, Tirrell put the question out of his mind and
settled down to the task at hand.
Colin was playing in the living room and Jarvis had just finished clearing the
dishes from their mid-morning brunch when the knock came on the door. "Dr.
Jarvis?" a muffled voice called. "This is the police. Open up, please."
For a long instant Jarvis stood frozen in place. Somehow, he'd expected them to
come in a midnight or dawn raid, when the detectors he'd set up around the cabin
might have given him some warning. But he always turned them off when Colin was
likely to go out... and now he had only seconds before they charged in and
carted him, Colin, and all of his papers away. Too little time to do anything
with the papers—far too little to set off the smoke bombs hidden around the
cabin's periphery. But if he could buy a bit more time...
Three silent steps took him into the living room where Colin, his cat's-cradle
frame sitting ignored in front of him, was looking questioningly toward the door.
"Shh!" the scientist whispered, putting a finger across his lips. "Get up onto
the couch. Quickly."
Clearly picking up Jarvis's tension, the boy obeyed at once, and was huddling
wide-eyed at one end when Jarvis reached him. "Miribel," the scientist said; and
as Colin's eyes rolled up and closed, Jarvis picked up the limp body and shifted
it into a prone position. He'd never left the boy in hypnotic sleep for more
than half an hour at a time, but past experience with such things suggested it
would be several hours before Colin got hungry enough or uncomfortable enough to
come out of it on his own. With luck, that might give Jarvis enough time to do
what he had to.
He was out of the living room and nearly to the door when it suddenly emitted
the crack of breaking wood and swung inward with a crash.
The blurry figure that shot in through the opening actually flew past him before
it could react to his presence, and he glanced back just as the boy braked to a
midair halt. The adult charging in on foot, of course, had no such problem. "Dr.
Jarvis?" he asked with the tone of one who already knows the answer.
"Yes. I was coming, you know," he added, eyeing the damaged door.
The other's expression remained cold. "Dr. Jarvis, I'm Detective First Stanford
Tirrell, Ridge Harbor Police. We'd like to search your cabin."
"Of course," Jarvis said calmly. "I can save you the trouble, though: Colin's
asleep on the living room couch."
A flicker of surprise touched the detective's face—surprise, probably, at such a
straightforward admission. "Show us," he ordered.
"Certainly." Turning, Jarvis retraced his steps and, with the righthand hovering
watchfully at his shoulder, led the way back to the living room.
"Tonio, watch him," Tirrell said. Stepping to the couch, he gazed at the
sleeping boy's face for a moment. "Colin?" he said tentatively. "Wake up, Colin."
"I'm afraid that won't do any good, Detective," Jarvis told him. "He's going to
be asleep for the next few hours—a side effect of some medicine I've been giving
him. And he mustn't be moved until he awakens, either."
Tirrell favored him with a long, speculative look. "Colin?" he said, louder this
time. "Colin!"
There was, predictably, no response. Gingerly, the detective reached down and
touched a forefinger to the base of Colin's neck. After a moment he straightened.
"And why can't he be moved?" he demanded.
"The drug couples strongly with the inner-ear balance system and several
delicate brain structures," Jarvis said, frowning slightly. By now the rest of
the police should surely have moved in... if there were any more police. Could
Tirrell possibly have come alone? That was almost too much to hope for. "Shifting
his position, even with teekay, could be dangerous."
"How dangerous?"
"I don't know. I didn't think it worth experimenting with," he said dryly.
Tirrell grimaced. "Yeah. All right, we can afford to wait. Maybe." He stepped to
the window and gestured. Jarvis waited tensely; but the only person who came
through the front door was a slender preteen girl.
"Is he all right?" she asked, ignoring Jarvis completely as she flew into the
room.
"I think so," Tirrell told her. "But apparently we're not going to be able to
move him for a few hours. I want you to stay with me and help keep an eye on
Jarvis here while Tonio watches out for Martel and his gang. Tonio, find some
place where you'll be out of sight but have a good view of the area. If you see
anyone at all, get down here fast and let me know. Got it?"
"Right," the boy said and disappeared.
Jarvis eyed the girl, who was in turn watching him with a mixture of distaste
and curiosity. "Is Ridge Harbor using girls as righthands now?" he asked.
Tirrell shook his head. "Lisa just came along to act as a guide."
The girl's face suddenly clicked. "You're the one who stopped me on my way here
last June, aren't you?" Jarvis said, nodding. "What did you do, Detective, send
my picture around to all the hives in the area?"
"As it happens, Lisa recognized your picture at the police station." Tirrell
glanced around the room. "Where's your radiophone?"
"I'm afraid it's out of order," Jarvis said, almost too quickly.
Tirrell gave him a long look. "How very convenient. Show it to me; maybe I can
fix it."
Jarvis glanced once at Colin's limp form, lying there beneath the seascape
painting Miribel had given him so long ago. "All right," he said. "But I don't
think it'll do any good."
He led the way into the study and pointed out the phone. "Thank you," Tirrell
said. "Please sit over there against the wall. Lisa, watch him closely."
Jarvis did as he was told. "Tell me," he said as Tirrell got to work on the
phone casing with a pocket screwdriver, "just how widespread is knowledge of my...
involvement with Colin's kidnapping?"
Tirrell frowned up at him briefly. "Not very. Your poster identified you only as
a material witness. Why?"
Jarvis shrugged. "The smaller the number of people who know what I'm doing out
here, the better my chances of convincing everyone that it should be kept secret,
at least for now."
"So you'd like to keep all this a secret, would you," Tirrell said. "We'd take
Colin back to Ridge Harbor and you'd settle back in at the university, career
and reputation intact, um?"
"My career and reputation are completely unimportant. Colin—and what may be
happening inside him—is just the opposite. We might be on the brink of the most
drastic change in Tigrin society since the teekay ability first appeared."
Tirrell snorted. "Impressive words—especially coming from a man who kidnapped
his own son to do his experiments on. You'll forgive me if I remain unconvinced."
"His son?" Lisa looked startled. "Colin?"
"Yes," Jarvis nodded. "Detective Tirrell was just guessing, of course, but there's
no reason now to deny it." He looked back at Tirrell. "Would you care to know
just why I chose Colin?"
"Because you knew his birthday, I'd imagine."
"A minor point only. Mainly, it was because I knew he'd have a good chance of
handling what I might be doing to him. I knew my own temperament and physical
stamina and those of his mother Miribel, so his genetic background is good; and,
more importantly, I knew the reputation of the Brimmers, who'd been given
custody of him. I knew they would give him solid moral and ethical training. I
don't know if that'll be enough. I hope so."
Tirrell looked up from the workings of the phone, where he'd been testing for
loose wires. "What have you done to him?" he asked quietly.
Jarvis smiled tightly. "I've possibly made him the most important man on Tigris."
"How?"
This was it. The detective was listening; and if Jarvis could convince him of
the need for secrecy there might still be a way to work out a deal. If not... "I'd
be happy to. But perhaps Lisa should wait somewhere out of earshot for the rest
of this discussion—outside the window there, for instance, where she could still
watch me."
Tirrell held the scientist's eyes a moment longer before turning to look first
at the window and then at Lisa. "I don't think that'll be necessary," he said. "She
can stay and listen."
Jarvis hadn't expected that. "Detective, as I said before, the fewer that know
anything about this, the better. Lisa is only a kid—"
"She's almost a teen," Tirrell interrupted. "And she's demonstrated an ability
to keep secrets reasonably well. Besides, I don't especially trust your motives
in wanting her outside."
Jarvis looked at Lisa, thoughts tangled with indecision. Even a single hint of
this dropped into a hive would start rumors traveling like a firestorm, with
effects potentially as devastating. But if he didn't talk now, his next chance
would be at an official police interrogation... and more than rumors would
spread from that. Lisa, he decided at last, was probably the lesser of the two
risks. "All right," he sighed. "There is, I think, a reasonably good possibility
that Colin will pass the first stages of puberty without undergoing Transition—and
if he gets that far he'll have a fifty-fifty chance of keeping his teekay well
into adulthood."
Lisa gasped. "You can stop Transition from coming?"
He shook his head. "Possibly... but not the way you're hoping. If the method
works at all, the treatments will have to be started very young. There's nothing
I can do for you; the metabolic changes that would be needed would be far too
drastic to be safe. I'm sorry."
"What sort of changes are involved?" Tirrell asked.
Jarvis looked at him, glad for an excuse to turn away from Lisa's disappointment.
"For the time being that has to remain my secret," he said.
"So you can make all the money from the process?"
"I'm not going to make a bill on this," Jarvis growled, annoyed at the other's
attitude. "If you'd bother to think about it for ten seconds, you'd realize what
a potential bombshell a discovery like this is. Handled wrong, it could
literally drive Tigris into another Lost Generation situation."
"I realize what a mess this is a damn sight better than you might think,"
Tirrell retorted icily. "Why the hell do you think I kept your role as quiet as
I could, otherwise?" He leveled a finger. "And if you're really worried about
the effect on society, why'd you start the project in the first place? You could
have thrown away your notes and that would've been the end of it."
Jarvis shook his head. "Because we need this, Detective—it's the only way to get
back to a stable society. Besides, scientific knowledge can never be buried for
very long. If I can find the right approach, sooner or later someone else will
hit it, too... and that someone might not want to let all of Tigris in on it. He
might keep it for his own use, or at least play politics with it."
Lisa inhaled sharply. Tirrell looked up at her, his own face rigid. "Yeah," he
said to her. "He would, wouldn't he?" Looking back at the disassembled phone, he
seemed to come to a decision. "All right, Doctor, you've made your point. You're
getting out of here right now, along with all your notes and any of the
chemicals you used. Lisa and Tonio will take you to Barona and send more police
back to wait with me until Colin can travel."
A cold knot rose into Jarvis's throat. Was the discussion going to be closed,
just like that? "Detective—to let more people know about this—certainly before
the results are even in—will just cause panic and—"
"Doctor, I'd rather broadcast your story all over Tigris than let a certain
person get at you—and that man is right now combing this area. There are police
units standing by ready to move in, but if we can't call them the only other
thing to do is risk flying you out of here ourselves."
"So why can't you and the kids handle him?" Jarvis frowned, his stomach
tightening as the detective's sense of urgency began to seep into him. Tirrell
clearly wasn't stupid—and he clearly understood the implications of hauling
Jarvis and his notes into a police station, where any chance to keep this quiet
would be gone forever. If Tirrell was that worried about this guy—
"Because he's a fagin, and his preteen entourage outnumbers us by about seven to
one," the detective growled. "Come on, get your stuff together."
Jarvis stood up and made a fast decision. "All right, but you and Colin can come,
too. He's just in a hypnotic sleep—I only gave you the other story so you'd stay
long enough to hear me out."
"You what? Damn it all, Jarvis—All right. Lisa, watch him and make sure he doesn't
destroy anything while I go and whistle down Tonio."
He'd taken two steps toward the study door and Jarvis was reaching for the first
of his notebooks when a short, barklike shout drifted in from outside... and,
simultaneously, all the windows abruptly blew outward.
Chapter 24
Jarvis's automatic reaction was to jerk back from the flying glass; but he'd
barely turned away from the windows when his body froze in place, as if caught
in an invisible, infinitely soft vise. Lisa, in his line of sight, thrashed like
a hooked fish for a few seconds more before her body, too, went rigid. Turning
his head a few degrees, he could see Tirrell's stiff form balanced precariously
halfway to the door.
"Everybody just relax," a youthful voice said from behind Jarvis. "Prophet!" he
shouted. "We've got 'em!"
The shout was answered by footsteps; and a moment later a middle-aged man strode
into the study, accompanied by two more preteen boys. "Good morning," he said
with mock politeness, his eyes flicking across the others and coming to rest on
Jarvis. "Doctor, it's a pleasure to meet you."
"I'm sure all the pleasure's yours," Jarvis said coldly. "Who are you, and how
dare you break into a private residence?"
The man's smile didn't even flicker. "You may call me the Prophet Omega," he
said. "My goal is Truth—and I understand you have a bit of truth I would like to
have."
Jarvis felt his blood turn to ice water. "I don't know what you're talking about."
"Of course not," Omega said, still smiling. "I'm sure you'll figure it out
shortly." His eyes swept the room briefly. "Where's the boy?"
"In the living room," Jarvis told him, his brain starting to work again. "But
don't touch him—he could die if he's moved."
A slight frown creased the other's forehead. "Why?"
"It's a side effect of the drug I've been giving him," Jarvis explained. "It
puts him into a deep sleep and makes his brain extremely susceptible to position
changes for several hours."
Omega studied his face for a long moment in silence. Then he stepped back
outside the study and looked into the living room. "Watch the boy—make sure he
doesn't move," he instructed someone there. "Axel, go see if the righthand
confirms that."
One of the boys nodded and flew out the door. "What have you done with Tonio?"
Tirrell asked, his tone one of barely controlled fury.
"Oh, we just sneaked up on him from under the trees," Omega said, waving
nonchalantly. "He was a bit faster than we expected, actually, but as we were
already in position, his warning was a waste of time. He's unhurt, if that's
what you're worried about."
"Well, if you want to remain the same, you'd better take your mob and disappear,"
the detective snapped. "This place is going to be crawling with police inside of
half an hour."
Omega looked pointedly at the disassembled phone and shook his head. "Admirable
try, Detective, but I doubt seriously we're in any danger at all of being
disturbed. Your histrionic anger isn't going to panic us into running until we're
good and ready."
"How'd you find this place?" Tirrell asked coldly. The fury was gone from his
voice, and Jarvis realized suddenly it had been an act, apparently designed to
lend credence to the "slip" of telling the other that reinforcements were on the
way.
"Oh, it was simplicity itself." Omega stepped over to the desk and began leafing
idly through the top notebook. "You see, Tirrell, as usual you made all the
wrong assumptions and wound up one step behind me. You hear from Lisa that I've
taken off and you immediately jump to the conclusion that the kids I took with
me were the only forces I had. It never even occurred to you that I might have
more in Rand, Barona, and Plat City, and that I might send messengers en route
to go get them... and so naturally you never bothered to look over your shoulder
while Lisa pointed out the turnoff to you. But thank you—you three saved all of
us a lot of work."
Tirrell said nothing... but Jarvis felt the first glimmering of hope. He knew
little about fagins or other criminals, but he'd long since discovered that
people who couldn't resist explaining how clever they'd been tended to
underestimate everyone else—a weakness he might just be able to exploit.... A
moment later Axel was back. "The righthand says the same thing," he reported. "The
kid'll die if we move him."
Omega nodded. "I see. Well... no matter." He walked back from the desk to again
face Jarvis. "Well, Doctor, shall we collect all of your notes and be on our way?"
"You can just go take a flying leap at yourself," Jarvis said evenly, a defiant
set to his jaw. "I'm not going with you, and if you think I'm going to just hand
over my work, you're totally crazy."
Omega sighed. "Don't waste my time," he said, gesturing toward the clutter on
Jarvis's desk. "If necessary we can take everything in this place that isn't
nailed down and sort through it at our leisure."
"Only if you've got degrees in biochemistry, endocrinology, and cellular
physiology—and can read the chicken scratches I use for handwriting," Jarvis
retorted. "Besides which, you don't even know what you're looking for."
"I've got a pretty good idea," Omega said calmly. But his expression was growing
increasingly unfriendly. "And the simple fact that you're resisting so strongly
indicates your discovery is indeed a valuable one. So let me put it another way."
His gaze switched to Lisa and Tirrell. "If you don't cooperate in getting your
materials together, your two friends here will suffer."
Someone behind Jarvis muttered uneasily, the sound cut off by a sharp look from
Omega. Jarvis's own mouth felt dry. "You're bluffing," he said weakly.
Omega's eyes bored into his. "Must I demonstrate?"
Jarvis dropped his eyes, letting the defiance in his face crumble. "You can have
my notes, but I won't help you any more than that."
Omega smiled scornfully. "Of course. All right, collect everything together and
put them in a file or something for transport." He gestured.
The teekay grip holding Jarvis vanished abruptly, and he almost fell before his
leg muscles were able to react. "I want some guarantee first that you won't harm
the others," he told Omega.
Omega spread his hands. "I can give you my word, certainly, but I'm afraid you'll
just have to trust me on that. But as long as I have your discovery I have no
reason to harm anyone."
His voice was quiet, sincere. Jarvis glanced at Lisa and Tirrell—the latter's
eyes shifting left and right in an obvious no! signal—and then nodded heavily. "All
right."
Stepping back to his desk, with a watchful preteen at each shoulder, the
scientist began piling together his notebooks and files. When he was finished he
reached under the desk and pulled out a portable file box. Setting it on the
desk chair, he unfastened the catch and swung the lid back. Carefully, he began
to stack the papers at one end, hoping no one would notice that, unlike standard
file boxes, this one was completely glass-lined. A moment later he was finished;
and setting in a spring-loaded brace rod to hold everything in place, he started
to close the lid.
"Now put in all the drugs you've been using," Omega said. "Wrap the bottles
carefully, of course."
Jarvis hesitated, making sure none of his grim satisfaction showed on his face.
As long as Omega had the notes the drugs themselves were unnecessary, but Jarvis
had banked on his being greedy. Letting his shoulders slump a bit more, he
stepped to his work table and unlocked its deep drawer. From it he drew four
vials of brown fluid, one each containing milky white and pale pink substances,
and two large glass-stoppered Erlenmeyer flasks filled to the necks with a clear
liquid. Taking everything back to the desk, he wrapped each piece of glassware
in strips of material that looked like nothing so much as long, thin sandbags
wrapped in tissue paper. Omega, fortunately, didn't wonder why he had such
convenient packing material on hand, at least not out loud. Each piece, once
wrapped, went into the file box with the notebooks. When they were all in place,
he stuffed more of the flexible strips between them, until they were wedged
tightly together. Under cover of that activity, he made sure the stoppers of
both flasks were loose. Finally, he closed the lid and fastened the catch. "All
right," he said, picking up the box and turning to face Omega again. "This is—"
And without warning he flipped the box upside down onto the floor.
Omega's bellow and movement were simultaneous. Crossing the floor in two long
strides, he snatched up the box and turned it over. With nimble fingers he pried
open the catch and threw back the lid—and barely got out of the way of the waist-high
flames that roared up from the opening.
Omega shrieked a blasphemy as pandemonium erupted in the room, but Jarvis paid
no attention to the noise and fury. For the moment, at least, every eye was on
the fire... and he and the others were free.
He got just a glimpse of Lisa as she shot past him and out one of the broken
windows; an instant later a hand closed hard on his wrist and Tirrell half led,
half hauled him out of the study.
"Wait! What about Colin?" Jarvis whispered as Tirrell skidded to a halt by the
cabin door and threw a quick glance outside. Jarvis couldn't see anyone, but
from the flurry of shouts it was obvious Lisa had been spotted.
"For now, we leave him," Tirrell whispered back. "It's more important we get you
out of here while Lisa's got their attention. If I can, I'll come back and get
him." He looked outside again. "Okay, go!"
Tirrell's shove in the middle of his back ended any chance for argument. With a
fast prayer for Colin's safety, Jarvis headed for the densest part of the woods
as fast as his legs would take him. It would have been nice to snatch up one of
the hidden smoke bombs on the way, but there were none in his immediate path and
he didn't dare squander the few seconds he might have by trying to get to one.
He'd do better to just concentrate on getting to the dead conetree half a
kilometer away where he'd cached the survival gear he'd expected he and Colin
would eventually need to use.
The trees were five meters away now, and he could hear Tirrell's pounding
footsteps behind him... three meters away... two...
And his rear leg snapped painfully backward as the ground it had been pushing
against abruptly vanished from beneath him. Simultaneously, the leg was yanked
high above his waist, and with a thud that knocked most of the air out of him he
slammed chest-first into the ground.
The stars of his landing had barely cleared when Tirrell landed hard beside him.
The preteen who'd thrown them let them lie gasping for a minute before teeking
them up and returning them to the cabin. The study was still in an uproar,
though, and they were kept out of the way near the outer door until things
quieted down. By the time Omega sent for them, Jarvis's breathing was almost
back to normal.
The study was a mess. Water from the frantic firefighting efforts lay puddled in
various places on the floor, and the air was heavy with a foul stench. Tipped
onto its side in the middle of the room, the file box's glass lining was black
with soot, the vials and flasks inside barely visible amid the ashes.
"By all rights, Doctor, I should have you killed for that stunt."
Jarvis turned his attention to Omega. "You're probably right," he said coolly,
ignoring the tightness in his stomach. His plan had worked, and the expected
consequences now had to be faced. "Why don't you go ahead and do it? If your
followers are willing to kill for you, that is."
For a long moment Omega said nothing, his singed hair and bright red forehead
framing an expression that was nothing short of murderous. Slowly, the fury
faded, to be replaced by something merely bitter. "I underestimated you," he
acknowledged at last, his voice almost calm. "How did you do that, anyway?"
"Sulfuric acid in the flasks, a mixture of potassium chlorate and sugar wrapped
in tissue paper as the packing material," Jarvis told him. "The reaction is
extremely exothermic, and when you opened the lid the rush of oxygen caused all
the paper to spontaneously ignite. I'd had the stuff ready to use ever since I
realized the police were onto me," he added, glancing at Tirrell. "If I'd had a
little more warning of Detective Tirrell's visit, I'd have had everything in the
box, ready to go."
"I suppose the drugs that were in there were also destroyed?"
Jarvis nodded. "Very much so. Complex organic molecules fall apart easily in
that kind of heat."
A movement outside caught Jarvis's attention, and he turned as three kids
escorted a rigid-limbed Lisa through the window. "Well!" Omega said, turning as
the girl was teeked to the floor. "At least we made a clean sweep. You have any
trouble, Case?"
The boy addressed swallowed visibly. "Not too much with her, sir... but the
righthand got away."
"He what?" Omega's satisfaction vanished.
"We couldn't help it, sir—when she flew out the window everyone looked, and he
just shook off the hands on him and took off." The words were coming in a rush
as the boy tried to vindicate himself. "We tried to catch him, but when we
looked back he teeked a bunch of branches right in our faces... and by then she
was loose again, so we had to chase both of them, and..." He shrugged helplessly.
"Adom and the others are still looking for him, but I don't think they even know
where he is anymore."
Tirrell snorted derisively. "Where he is, is halfway to civilization and a
police force big enough to mop up your little group in five minutes. If you don't
want a genuine battle on your hands, you'd better take your junior goons and get
the hell out of here."
"Shut up, Tirrell," Omega said thoughtfully. "Doctor, you've left me no choice.
You're going to have to come with us. Now."
"Prophet, if you want I'll take a couple of the others and go look for the
righthand," Axel offered. "He can't have gotten that far."
"It's not worth it," Omega told him. "Why don't you go get the knapsack from
where we left it and bring it here."
"Knapsack?" Jarvis asked carefully as Axel left the room. There had been
something new in Omega's voice, something he didn't at all care for.
"I told you I wasn't going to hurt anyone, and I intend to keep my word," Omega
said. "I'm going to leave everyone else here, suitably restrained, to wait for
the police Tirrell claims will soon be coming."
Jarvis looked at the other's burned face and for a moment dared to hope... but
with the next heartbeat he knew it couldn't be. Omega couldn't afford to leave
Tirrell alive—despite his earlier sneering, it was clear that the detective had
been hanging on his tail long enough and successfully enough to be a real danger.
And if Tirrell was slated for death, then so was everyone in the cabin...
including Colin.
It was the darkest, most painful decision Jarvis had ever had to face, and the
fact that he'd known from the minute of Omega's arrival that it was coming made
it no easier. To confess his lie about Colin's sleep would probably save the boy's
life... but for what? What would Omega do with him wherever they were going? At
the very least, he would surely try to bend Colin's loyalty toward himself, so
as to be ready in the event that Jarvis's technique succeeded. Brought up by
such a creature, what sort of life could Colin look forward to?
Or to put the question another way, what were the chances Colin could be rescued
from the cabin or rescued from Omega's hideaway? Both, he suspected, were
vanishingly small.
And then the ghost of an idea brushed across his mind. If Tirrell was truly
insightful—and maybe a bit telepathic...
Omega's voice cut into his thoughts. "When will it be safe to move the child?"
Jarvis remembered to consult his watch before answering. "Not for two or three
hours yet," he lied, knowing that with those words he was now committed. "Unless
you want to wait, he'll have to stay here, too."
Omega's eyes bored into his. "Any particular reason he would be necessary to
further experiments?"
Jarvis shook his head. "Any kid his age or a year or two older would do just as
well. He's had several treatments, but given you'll have to wait until the
subject reaches puberty to find out whether it worked anyway, two months isn't
really significant."
Omega seemed taken aback. "Puberty? Why can't you tell before that?"
"Because there's no way to know if the small metabolic changes are going to have
the desired effect. This is new territory; there aren't any theoretical curves
to check experimental results against."
"I see." Omega looked over as Axel came in teeking a heavy-looking knapsack in
front of him. "We'll discuss this later. Axel, we'll be tying up Tirrell in this
room and putting Lisa in the living room; I want one of the kitchen chairs in
each place."
Axel frowned as he let the knapsack drift gently to the floor. "Lisa too? I
thought you were going to take her with us."
"That was before she fell in with bad company." Omega turned to Lisa, still
standing rigid in her guards' teekay grip. "I had fine plans lor you, Lisa—literate
preteens are not exactly common, you know, and you could have been of immense
use to me. I'd had hopes of persuading you—with hypnotic drugs, perhaps—to be
more compliant. But frankly, right now you're not worth that much trouble to me."
Jarvis looked at Lisa in surprise. Literate? No—surely Omega was lying; literacy
was still restricted to those past Transition. But Lisa's expression held no
surprise at Omega's words, only a sullen anger. And if she could indeed read...
Jarvis's mind shifted into high gear, and for the first time he felt real hope.
Maybe—with a properly phrased clue—he could vastly improve the odds he was
leaving Tirrell with.
The kitchen chair arrived and Omega set to work.
It was a long-established axiom of Tigrin society—and the basis of the hive
system—that a kid could only be controlled or immobilized by an older and
stronger kid. But Omega had clearly done some hard thinking on the problem, and
when he'd finished tying Tirrell into his chair, he took Lisa into the living
room and proceeded to demonstrate his ingenuity.
His first step was to carefully tie her to the chair Axel had placed in the
center of the room, positioning the knots behind her back and making sure none
of them touched her skin, where they could conceivably be teeked open. His
second step was to place a loose black bag over her head, tightening its
drawstring snugly around her neck, and again tying it away from direct physical
contact. And his final step—
Jarvis gasped. "Is that dynamite?"
"It is," Omega confirmed. Lying down on his back by the chair, he put down the
stick of explosive and set to work with brackets and a screwdriver. "Lisa, I
want you to listen carefully to me," he said as he worked. "I'm fastening a
stick of dynamite to the underside of your chair. The detonator—the thing that
sets it off—has its trigger fastened by a rope to the floor beneath the chair.
If you try to teek the chair in any direction you'll blow yourself to bits.
Understand?"
"Yes," Lisa's muffled voice answered. Not surprisingly, she sounded scared.
"Good." Omega finished his work in silence and got to his feet, checking the
knots one last time. "Well, that should keep you here long enough for us to get
safely away," he said with satisfaction. "Don't bother trying to break the rope,
by the way; it's mountaineer's line and tests at just over two tons. Doctor, if
you're ready...?"
Jarvis hesitated, stepped forward to touch Lisa's shoulder. "Lisa... I know you
and Detective Tirrell don't think much of me, but please believe that I do care
very much for Colin. I don't know if you can picture me in the role of a loving
parent, but—well, I just wanted you to know." He turned back to Omega and nodded.
"All right, I guess I'm ready."
"Axel, take the doctor and send him on with the others—they should head
southeast," Omega ordered. "You and I will go collect anyone who's still looking
for that damn righthand and catch up with them later."
Axel nodded, and suddenly Jarvis felt the floor fall away beneath him. This is
it, he told himself bleakly as he was threaded skillfully through the doorway. I've
done all I could. It's up to Tirrell and Lisa now.
He wondered if he would ever see any of them again.
Chapter 25
The faint sounds of conversation and movement faded into silence. Trapped for
the second time that day in blindness and solitude, Lisa made no effort to stop
the tears rolling freely down her cheeks. Omega's promises hadn't fooled her;
she'd already had a sample of his version of truth. This time, she felt certain,
she was going to die.
"Lisa?" Tirrell's voice, though muffled by the bag, was nevertheless
understandable. "I think they're gone. Are you okay?"
"What difference does it make?" she moaned, her silent sobs doubling in
intensity.
"Lisa, pull yourself together!" the detective snapped. "We may still have a
chance."
He was only trying to console her, she knew, but nevertheless she sniffed hard
and managed to bring herself under some kind of control. "I'm okay now, she told
him.
"Good girl. The first thing to do is get you out of whatever they've got over
your head. Describe it to me and tell me how it's fastened."
She did the best she could. "I can't see anything at all through it," she
finished.
"All right. Now, it's tight around your neck, so you should be able to use
teekay on it there. Try teeking it outward in all directions and see if you can
break the rope."
She tried; but there was just enough give in the rope to move it off her skin
before breaking, and the instant that happened she lost the ability to teek it.
"I can't do it," she admitted after several frustrating tries. "It keeps moving
away."
"All right, don't get excited. Try this: throw your head back suddenly so that
the bag is resting against your face. Use the contacts with your forehead and
chin—or stick out your tongue—and teek the material at those points in opposite
directions. If you can open up even a small tear, it'll be right in front of
your eyes and the rest should be easy.
Taking a deep breath, she tried it. It took two tries to get the bag touching
forehead and chin solidly enough, and several seconds of careful teeking before
the first tiny tear appeared like a lighted jewel just past her nose. But with
the edges of the tear visible... the sound of the bag shredding was perhaps the
most satisfying sound she'd ever heard. "I did it!" she called, blinking in the
sudden light.
"Great! Now, look carefully under you and see how that booby-trap line is
attached to the floor. Don't move the chair in the process."
She didn't need the reminder. Leaning gingerly over as far as the restraining
ropes would permit, she looked beneath the chair. "The rope goes through a hole
cut in the rug," she said. "Should I tear the rug more and see where it goes?"
"Better not," Tirrell said quickly. "You might nudge the rope, or he might even
have set things to go off if the tension decreases."
Lisa swallowed. She'd almost torn the rug without bothering to ask about it....
"Now what do we do?"
"Take a good look around the room. See if there's anything at all sharp enough
to slice your ropes. There's a picture on the wall, isn't there?" he asked
suddenly.
"Y-yes," Lisa said, frowning at the question. "It's a picture of the ocean."
"Teek it over to you and search it for a hidden knife or sharp edges. Hurry—I
don't know how much time we've got."
"But why should there be anything like that on a picture?" Lisa asked, teeking
the painting off its nail and bringing it to her.
"Remember Jarvis's last words to you? It seemed to me he went out of his way to
use the word 'picture'—'picture me in the role of a parent,' or something like
that. I think he might have been trying to tell us something."
"But there's nothing here," she told him, turning the picture over for the fifth
time. "Just a normal picture in a wood frame. There's some writing on the back,
but it doesn't say anything that'll help."
"Damn." There was a long pause. "All right, then there's just one thing left to
try. Remember—just before Martel's gang broke in—Jarvis said that Colin wasn't
drugged but only in a hypnotic sleep? We're going to have to try and bring him
out of it. He's not tied up or anything, is he?"
"No... but if he's slept through all the noise that everyone's been making in
here, how are we going to wake him?"
"Ideally, you'd use the key phrase that he's been told to respond to. In this
case... the only other way I know of is to make the subject so uncomfortable
that he wakes up on his own. You're going to have to hurt him a little, I'm
afraid."
Lisa's stomach knotted up. "I can't do that. He's just a little kid!"
"If you don't, he's going to die with the rest of us," Tirrell snapped. "Just
use teekay to squeeze his arms or chest a little—see if that'll do it."
Timidly, Lisa tried it. "It's not working," she said a moment later.
"Lisa, you're going to have to grit your teeth and bear down. Martel isn't going
to just leave us here—we know too much about both him and Jarvis's work. If he's
not coming back to kill us personally, he'll have set something up to do it
automatically, probably with more of his dynamite."
"Isn't there some other way?" Lisa pleaded. "Douse him with water or something?"
"If you can get to any supply of water go ahead and try it. Otherwise—" Tirrell
broke off suddenly. "Damn! What am I using for brains? Lisa—you said there was
writing on the back of that picture? Read it out loud."
Lisa teeked the painting back up. " 'To my darling Matt,' " she read laboriously,
fighting her way through the flowing handwriting. " 'From Miribel. Christmas,
three-oh-one.' That's all there is."
"Any response from Colin?"
Lisa peered over the picture at the boy's face, looking in vain for some
indication of life. "I don't see any," she said, feeling panic rising up her
throat. "He's still just lying there."
"Hold on; let me think." For a moment there was silence from the other room.
Lisa looked desperately around the room again, searching for anything she could
use to cut her ropes. The windows, their glass knocked outside and out of reach
by the other preteens, seemed to mock her with their useless offer of escape;
the trees beyond seemed almost part of another world. Turning back to Colin, she
clenched her jaw, fear making her decision for her. If hurting an innocent boy
was what was necessary to survive, then that was what she would do.
"Ha!" Tirrell said suddenly. " 'The role of a loving parent'—of course! Miribel
Oriana!"
And on the couch Colin stirred and opened his eyes.
"Colin!" Lisa all but shrieked in her relief. "Come here—quickly."
The boy jerked at her voice, and as he focused on her his eyes went wide and he
scrambled up into a sitting position. "Who are you?" he asked fearfully.
Lisa swallowed her panic-fueled impatience and resisted the urge to teek him
directly over to her. Instead, she forced a reassuring smile onto her face. "My
name's Lisa," she said, using the soothing tone that had calmed so many nervous
Fives back at the hive. "Don't be afraid—I won't hurt you. But I need your help.
Would you go to the kitchen and get me a sharp knife, please? And hurry."
Colin's eyes were still troubled, but he nevertheless nodded and slid off the
couch. Just outside the doorway he paused, looking into the study. "Matthew?" he
asked, taking a step in that direction.
"No, Colin," Tirrell's voice came. "My name's Stanford. Matthew's been taken
away by some bad men—please hurry and get that knife for Lisa so we can go after
them."
Colin turned and ran, and a second later there was the clatter of a drawer's
being wrenched open. He had barely reappeared in the doorway when Lisa, her
patience finally breaking, teeked away the butcher knife he was carrying and
brought it flashing across the room to her.
"Don't bother with your hands—just get free of the chair and get us all out of
here," Tirrell called, a note of urgency creeping into his voice.
Lisa nodded, too absorbed in her control of the knife to remember he couldn't
see the gesture. A few seconds later she was floating gingerly free of the chair,
taking care that her tied hands didn't catch anywhere. Turning, she shot toward
the doorway where Colin was still standing, an astonished look on his face. "Wow!"
he breathed—and yelped as Lisa teeked him into the air in front of her. Barely
pausing at the doorway, she snatched Tirrell, chair and all, and made for the
cabin door. A second later they were out in the bright midday sunshine, whipping
between the trees as Lisa ignored Colin's yelps of alarm and excitement in an
attempt to get distance as quickly as possible. Finally, about a kilometer away,
Tirrell pronounced them safe and Lisa brought them down with a deep sigh of
relief.
She had the detective's ropes untied, and he was working on hers, when the cabin
blew up with a roar behind them.
There was very little left when they returned cautiously to the small clearing.
Obeying Tirrell's instructions, Lisa waited with Colin among the trees as the
detective walked around the blackened rubble, stamping out small fires and
stopping every so often to examine something on the ground.
"Nothing worth salvaging," he said when he returned. He seemed about to say
something else but glanced at Colin and apparently changed his mind. "Lisa," he
said instead, "go up to the top of this tree and see if you can spot anyone."
She was up and down in less than a minute. "No one," she told Tirrell. "I don't
see Tonio and the police you said he was bringing, either."
"I wonder..." Putting a finger in his mouth, the detective gave a piercing
whistle. "Tonio might have gone to ground instead of heading for help right away.
If he did, that should bring him." Dropping down on one knee, he smiled at Colin.
"Didn't get a chance to ask you before, Colin, but how are you doing?"
"Fine," the boy said with the grave politeness Lisa had often seen kids adopt in
the presence of a hive authority.
"Have you been all right out here these past couple of months?"
"Uh-huh," the boy nodded enthusiastically. "It's the best vacation I ever took.
Why did the bad men take Matthew away?"
"Well..." Tirrell scooped the boy up and got to his feet. "I'm sure we'll get
him back real soon. Until then, how would you like to visit a real police
station? Hm?"
"Okay, I guess," Colin shrugged. "I like the woods better."
"You'll be able to come back to the woods again sometime," the detective
promised. "But for now we have to go."
"We going to take him back to Barona?" Lisa asked.
"No choice," Tirrell told her grimly. "We've got to raise the alarm and get on
Martel's trail immediately, before he buries himself and Jarvis in some deep
hole on the far side of the Tessellates."
"But won't a lot of righthands in the sky alert him?"
"Maybe, if he sees them. But we have to risk it. All we know for sure is that
they left here traveling southeast, and that direction could have changed
drastically after he rejoined the main group."
"Stan?"
The voice drifting down from the treetops made Lisa jump; but before she could
locate its source Tirrell had whistled again, and with a crackle of conetree
branches Tonio landed beside them.
"Boy, am I glad to see you," he exclaimed, giving the detective an unashamed hug.
"I heard the explosion and was trying to sneak back to see what happened. I
thought maybe you'd been blown to bits."
"Almost, but thanks to Lisa and Colin we got out before the timer ran down,"
Tirrell told him. "We can now add an attempted murder charge to Martel's list
when we nail him. You didn't happen to check out the direction his gang was
headed, did you?"
" 'Fraid not—I was afraid to poke my head more than half a meter off the ground."
Tonio frowned as he glanced around. "Say, where's Jarvis? Didn't he get out with
you?"
"No. The shoe, as they say, is on the other foot." Tirrell waved southeast. "He's
now been kidnapped by Martel."
Tonio snorted. "Serves him right," he said; but to Lisa his voice lacked real
conviction. "I suppose we've got to get him out, though."
"Yeah—and we're going to have to call in some help to find them."
"Maybe they just went back to the temple site," Lisa suggested.
Tirrell shook his head. "No. It's clear that most of his kids aren't in on this
with him, and that makes the temple site too public a place to keep Jarvis.
Besides, he left under the impression that Tonio was already on his way with
reinforcements, so he wouldn't go anywhere that Tonio knew about. However—" He
paused, a thoughtful frown beginning to crease his Face. "He doesn't know we're
on to what the temple site really is—and he'll need to have a refinery somewhere
where he can separate out his gold."
"You think he might go there?" Tonio asked.
"It's worth checking on. Lisa, we're going to need more of your help, I'm afraid.
We're going to fly over to Plat City and drop Colin off at the police station
there. Then we'll get some detailed maps of the region and I'll want you to show
us exactly where the dump site is. With luck, Tonio and I may be able to find
Martel's refinery on our own and determine whether or not he's there."
"What if he is?" Lisa objected. "He'll probably have kids on guard, and if he
catches you, you'll be in the same situation we just got out of."
Strangely enough, Tirrell smiled. "Not really," he said. "I think I know how to
even the odds a little. Let's get going—we can talk more on the way."
Chapter 26
The dump site was in a grassy valley three or four kilometers from the temple
site, an unexceptional place with a handful of trees, a narrow yet surprisingly
gentle river, and two or three barren hills poking through the scrub weed. It
was only as Lisa guided them to one of the latter that Tirrell could see it was
in actuality an immense pile of broken stone.
"They dug all this stuff out of that mountain?" Tonio asked, eyeing the rocks
with obvious amazement.
"This isn't half of what they've actually mined," Tirrell told him. "Loose rock
always looks bigger than the hole it came out of." Sliding his backpack onto the
ground, the detective found a relatively flat slab at the edge of the pile and
unfolded the small-scale survey map he'd obtained from the Plat City police. "They've
probably been quietly hauling the stuff away, most likely during weekdays when
all the kids are at work. Probably leaving this much here on purpose so no one'll
realize any of it's missing."
Fiddling with one of the smaller stones, Tonio flew over to land at his side. "You
figured out where we are?"
"I think so." Tirrell was actually somewhat more certain than that, having
followed their course on the map all the way from Plat City. "We're on the
southern edge of the De Sable Plateau, next to the main branch of the Rashoni
River. Flows generally south, then goes southwest down the far side of the
mountains and off my map."
"Is that why the water's moving so slowly?" Lisa asked. "Because we're on a flat
area?"
"Basically. The size and number of tributaries and the channel dimensions are
important, too, but you basically can't have anything this slow in mountains
except on a plateau."
"Makes it nice and easy to anchor their boat while they load up, doesn't it?"
Tonio commented. He teeked his stone hard into the side of the heap, causing a
minor rock slide. "Well, what are we waiting for? Let's head on down and find
him."
Tirrell was already folding up his map when something in his righthand's voice—overconfidence?—made
him pause. Let's head on down and find him. It was a perfectly reasonable and
obvious statement... but this was Martel they were dealing with, and Martel had
stayed free this long precisely because he worked hard at avoiding the obvious.
Still, shipping the ore via water was the simplest and cheapest method available.
Why bother teeking the stuff to the riverside if all he wanted was to leave a
false clue before carting it away overland again?
Unless...
Unfolding the map again, Tirrell studied it closely. Yes... yes; it was possible.
And right or wrong, it wouldn't take long to check out.
"Stan?" Tonio asked impatiently. "We going or not?"
"We're going," the detective answered slowly. "But we're going to start by
heading upstream. The current's slow enough that even a heavy boat shouldn't
have any trouble fighting it, at least for a few kilometers."
"You think he's set up a refinery way up here in the mountains?" Lisa asked,
looking puzzled. Wouldn't that have been the hard way to do it?"
"No, to both questions," Tirrell told her, taking one last look at the map
before folding it to show only the region immediately upriver of them. "What I'm
thinking might be crazy, or it might be brilliant—and I won't know which until
we check it out on the actual terrain."
"Well, let's do it then," Tonio said. "Don't worry, Lisa," he added to the other
preteen. "He gets these brilliant hunches all the time. You just have to learn
to put up with them."
Tirrell smiled, and a small tight place in his stomach relaxed for the first
time in hours. The resurgence of Tonio's sense of humor was a good sign, an
indication that the righthand was finally catching up with the emotional shocks
and stresses that had been pummeling him all day. To capture Martel at the cost
of damage to Tonio's personality was not a trade he would've liked having to
make. "So skip the noise and give me a lift," he said, scooping up his backpack
with one hand and holding out the other. "You can explain to Lisa on the way
that my hunches usually come out right."
They found it a bare kilometer upriver—not the refinery, but the clue that
Tirrell, despite his outward confidence, had only half expected to find.
"What are they?" Lisa asked as they hovered over the grooves cut into the narrow
band of moist ground separating the riverbank from the harder rock beyond.
"Tread marks," Tirrell told her. "Almost certainly those of a heavy amphibious
vehicle."
"This doesn't make any sense," Tonio complained, squinting in the direction the
tread marks pointed. "There's nothing but rock over there. No trees, no
possibility of a decent cave—how's he going to hide a refinery out in the open?"
"Let's go see, shall we?" Tirrell said.
"But they'll see us," Lisa objected, looking around nervously.
"Don't worry; Martel's still kilometers away," Tirrell assured her. "Let's go—you'll
understand in about a hundred meters."
The two preteens exchanged glances. Then Tonio shrugged and they were airborne
again, flying low. The ground swelled up into a low rise, and they topped it to
find—
Another river.
"Are you going to tell us," Tonio demanded as they landed, "that Martel carts
his rocks up one river and across dry land just to ship 'em down another river?
Why?"
"I am indeed," Tirrell nodded. "And the why is twofold: first, because this
river—a tributary of the Nordau, according to the map—winds up going down the
other side of the mountains, which means that at the cost of relatively little
trouble he's managed to point any pursuers in exactly the wrong direction. And
secondly—"
"Stan!" Lisa exclaimed suddenly. "There's an old metal refinery where the river
leaves the mountains!"
Tirrell nodded. "Right. It hasn't been used in probably twenty years or more—not
since the mines southeast of Plat City were played out—but it wouldn't take much
to get one of the crushers and a cyanidation tank or two back in operation. I'll
lay ten to one odds that's where he's holding Jarvis."
"Yeah—with thirty or forty kids to help him," Tonio muttered.
"No, he doesn't have nearly that many," Tirrell told him. "Remember back to the
cabin. Even though he left the temple site with fifteen kids and picked up
reinforcements on the way, he hit us with only eight or nine—and recall that
Weylin wasn't among them. I suspect that those eight or nine have been trusted
with the full story of what Martel's planning with Jarvis and are cooperating
less on blind faith than on the more tangible promise of sharing in whatever
wealth and power Martel hopes to get. Kids like Weylin who have even a scrap of
faith left in them would have done fine at beating the woods for Jarvis, but
Martel would have had to cut them out of anything past that. They're probably
still hunting through the woods east of Rand right now."
"But Weylin was willing to attack a policeman for him," Lisa pointed out. "He
had to be pretty loyal to do that."
"Breaking laws in the name of religion and seeing your leader break them are two
very different things; and that's an even stronger indication that Martel's not
taking any chances at all with his group. So he's probably only got those same
eight or nine kids with him. The other side of that, of course, is that trying
to talk them into mutinying would be essentially useless. We're just going to
have to hit them hard and fast, without any call for surrender to alert them."
"That doesn't sound very... pleasant," Lisa said hesitantly.
"It probably won't be," Tirrell acknowledged. "But with luck you won't have to
be there. We're going to head down to the refinery first of all and try to
confirm that Martel's there. If we can, Tonio and I will put the place under
surveillance while you sneak away and whistle us up some backup forces, Probably
from Nordau; it'll be faster than going back to Plat City." He glanced up at the
midafternoon sun, already perilously close to the highest mountain peaks. "And
we'd better get moving—I want to get things rolling as soon as possible."
Because—he didn't add—if the reinforcements didn't arrive before dark, he and
Tonio might just wind up taking on the whole place by themselves.
And that definitely didn't sound very pleasant.
"You'll have to excuse the accommodations, Doctor," Martel said with exaggerated
politeness as the two adults walked toward the middle of the huge, high-ceilinged
room, leaving the small group of preteens to close the door behind them. "But I'm
afraid We really weren't set up for visitors here."
Jarvis passed up the scathing reply that came to mind and instead took a good
look around. The room was indeed huge, taking up probably an entire third of the
building, and was, in addition, stiflingly hot. Thick-paned, wire-reinforced
windows covered three of the four walls, presenting a somewhat dust-filtered
view of the mountains to the south and east and the river flowing by the
building to the west. The floor space was dominated by what appeared to be a
furnace and two large tanks, each liberally wrapped up in catwalks, conveyors,
control and power lines, and tens of meters of heavy pipe. Other catwalks and
stairways crossed to what appeared to be a glass-walled control room stuck above
the windows on the south wall. Other smaller pieces of equipment were laid out
in a seemingly random pattern, connected to each other and the tanks by more
piping. A handful of troughs cut into the concrete floor—emergency drains—were
covered with gratings which, flush as they were against the floor, fortunately
presented no additional hazard to travel. Jarvis mentally fixed the locations of
everything as best he could and looked back at Martel. "What is this place,
anyway?" he asked, though he was pretty sure he knew.
"Oh, sort of a business sideline of mine," the other said airily. "Axel—I want
four of your boys outside to watch for company," he called, his voice echoing in
the huge space. "One on each side of the building."
Axel seemed to stare at Martel an unusually long time before nodding and turning
back to the other eight kids hovering near him. Inaudible words were exchanged,
and four boys detached themselves from the group and disappeared back out the
door. The other four dispersed to the windows, which they proceeded to unlatch
and teek open. Watching their curious glances around the room, Jarvis concluded
that it was their first visit to the refinery, which meant they weren't any more
familiar with the layout than he was. Offhand, he couldn't think of any way that
could help him.
Axel flew over and settled down beside Jarvis and Martel. "Now what?" he asked
with more than a little truculence. "We can't stay here very long—we're not that
far from the temple site, and that's the first place the police will look."
"We'll be safe enough, at least until dark," Martel said. "At that point we can
fly over the mountains to a secluded place I know of."
"And then what? Back at the cabin he said it would take years to figure out if
his stuff even worked. You going to sit out there and eat conetree pods that
whole time?"
"We won't have any trouble with supplies." Martel was gazing thoughtfully at his
preteen aide. "I can keep my business contacts in Rand and elsewhere, and in the
next room is the means to finance any purchases we'll need to make through them.
We'll be perfectly comfortable out there, I assure you."
"Glad to hear it. And who exactly are you going to find to experiment on?"
"I thought we'd adopt Dr. Jarvis's method, seeing as how it's already worked so
well. You and your preteens will simply kidnap some four- or five-year-olds, we'll
use whatever trickery the doctor used to keep them from panicking, and that will
be that."
"You sure he's going to help us, huh?"
Martel glanced at Jarvis; his frown deepened as he returned it to Axel. "He'll
mix up the drugs for us, under the threat of very painful consequences if they
don't work."
Jarvis snorted. "You're going to chain me to my bed for ten years, are you? That
should be interesting."
"Actually, I have something more sophisticated in mind," Martel said, his eyes
still on Axel. "If there are no further questions—"
"There are," the preteen interrupted. "I want to know who these business friends
of yours are, where your hideout is, and how you intend to force anything out of
him. We're in as deep as you are, Omega, and it's time we got in on more of the
planning."
For a long moment Martel simply gazed at the boy... and when he finally spoke
his words were edged with steel splinters. "You're a slow learner, Axel; did you
know that? A slow learner and a glutton for head punches. I told you once today
already that you weren't practiced enough at thinking to take over that job from
me—and so you've naturally decided you want to take over that and everything
else."
"No, I didn't mean—" Axel began, his insistent manner evaporating abruptly.
"Just how far do you think you'd get?" Martel cut him off brusquely. "Even if I
was stupid enough to answer all your questions, how many would you forget to ask
until you'd disposed of me? How would you go about recruiting new kids when you
all hit Transition in a year or so, for instance? Hm? What would you do to
persuade the doctor to cooperate if he suddenly decided to be stubborn? How
would you even know what chemicals he was using, since you can't even read the
damn labels? He could sprinkle poison in your soup and you'd never know it."
Axel threw a glance in Jarvis's direction and swallowed visibly. "I... All right."
He took a deep breath. "All right, then; but if we can't do without you, you can't
do without us, either."
"Who ever suggested I intended to?" Martel asked. "You have the strength, I have
the knowledge and brains. The arrangement's worked well for Tigris for two
hundred years; there's no reason it should fall apart now, is there?"
"But what about Transition?" the boy blurted.
"What about it?" Martel countered smoothly. "I'll need people I can train to act
as priests among the kids once we get things going again. The message of Truth
isn't dead, you know, just reorganizing. I suspect we're soon going to have more
power on this planet than anyone since the Lost Generation."
Axel nodded, his eyes shining, and Jarvis could practically see the boy's
embryonic thoughts of rebellion vanish under the weight of Martel's dazzling
promises. "He's lying, you know," the scientist spoke up, wishing now he hadn't
waited so long to do so. But he still might not be too late. "He doesn't need
any priests to share his power. Once you lose your teekay, he'll get rid of you
without a second thought."
If the words sank in at all, they did so without leaving a trace. Axel gave him
a cool look and turned back to Martel. "What should we do next?" he asked.
"Go and check on the lookouts; make sure they're well concealed," the other said
promptly, his businesslike manner stating the matter was closed. "Then go
through the door over there and check on how much packaged food we've got. In
the room next to that there should be some small boxes—count the sealed ones and
let me know how many there are."
"Right." He turned toward Jarvis. "What about him?"
"I'll watch him. Just make sure one of your kids is always in the room with us."
"Okay." Axel flew across the room and vanished through the outside door.
"I hope that'll dissuade you from further attempts to turn my kids against me,"
Martel said, facing Jarvis. "They have the loyalty of extreme self-interest:
greed plus the knowledge that I'm the only one who can protect them from the
police."
"Must be an interesting form of greed, given you don't even know what my project
is," Jarvis retorted. "Or is it your stockpile of gold they're interested in?"
Martel's smile vanished. "How did you know about the gold?" he demanded, his
voice deadly. "Did Tirrell tell you?"
"Don't be silly." Jarvis waved at a collection of flat plastic bottles on the
floor next to one of the huge tanks, bottles whose big NaCN markings were
clearly visible. "What else would you be doing in an old refinery with sodium
cyanide? Especially when you're packing the result in small boxes. What'd you do,
kill some mine owner near here and steal his ore?"
"As it happens, I came upon it honestly," the other said. "Not that it matters.
And as to the details of your project, that can wait until you're ready to tell
me all about it. I already know it involves the Transition point and is
something you're rather desperate to keep secret. There are limited
possibilities, and all of them would be of great value to me." He shook his head.
"I must say, though, that you don't at all fit the stereotypical image of the
brilliant scientist, who is supposed to be both blind and helpless outside his
specialty. You're fast, sharp, and not afraid to take risks. It's been a long
time since I've had to deal with someone like you."
"I'm delighted to hear it," Jarvis said. "Especially since you're going to be
doing it for at least eight years. Unless you want to gamble I'll give you the
right formula the first time, of course."
Martel's smile made a tentative reappearance. "No, I don't really expect such
cooperation. But I don't intend to have you breathing down my neck that whole
time, either."
"What're you going to do—tie me to a tree with a supply of sandwiches?"
"Something like that. I'm going to have you put yourself into hibernation."
Jarvis felt his jaw drop. "You what?"
"You heard me." Martel was back on balance now. "Your hibernation work with
Kelby Somerset has been well publicized. We'll set you up with a capsule hidden
underground, perhaps, with enough oxygen to keep you alive at your reduced
metabolic rate.
It took Jarvis a moment to find his voice. "And if I give myself the wrong drugs?"
"Then you've committed suicide," Omega shrugged. "But then, that option will
always be open to you. Fortunately—for me—you're not the suicidal type." He
glanced around as a breeze drifted through the sluggish air. The kids, Jarvis
saw, had finished with the windows and were standing in a loose group studying
the furnace. "I'd better go give my kids something to do," Martel said, pointing
Jarvis to a spot along the south wall, well away from both the cyanide bottles
and any of the room's doors. "Why don't you go sit down over there. I'll get you
some paper and you can start making a list of the drugs and equipment you'll be
needing. There's no sense in wasting time, now, is there?"
"None at all," Jarvis agreed. It was, after all, just after three in the
afternoon, with perhaps four hours until complete darkness. He had just that
much time to find a way to escape.
It took Tirrell and his companions less than half an hour to reach the ridge
just upriver of the old refinery; the three-hundred-meter trip from there to the
detective's chosen observation point took nearly as long. Tirrell himself was
used to such slow advances, but both preteens were visibly fidgeting by the time
he ordered a halt.
"Now what?" Lisa asked as they settled to the ground between a bush and a stand
of tall grass.
"Keep your voice down," Tirrell whispered, slipping off his backpack and
squinting down the gentle slope ahead. The south wall of the refinery was about
half a kilometer ahead, just visible through a narrow gap in the underbrush.
Rummaging briefly through the pack, he pulled out a pair of lightweight
binoculars, a headset, and a small microphone attached to a coil of slender wire.
"Ready, Tonio?" he asked, plugging the end of the wire into the headset and
setting the coil and mike onto his lap.
Tonio nodded and raised the binoculars to his eyes; and with the barest whisper
of disturbed grass the mike headed smoothly down the slope. Tirrell watched it
go, trying simultaneously to protect the coil of wire from snags and also watch
for signs of a sentry. It would have been nice to use a cordless model, but they
couldn't take the chance that Martel might have the equipment available to
detect its broadcast. Still, as long as the wire didn't break or alert the
lookout by suddenly yanking out a swath of grass they should be all right.
The microphone, its motion alone keeping it visible, was almost to the refinery
wall. "Looks like the windows are slanted open a bit," Tirrell murmured to Tonio
as he slipped on the headset. "Ease the mike through the bottom of the crack and
let it sort of edge inside."
"Right."
A moment later it was done. Flipping his on switch, Tirrell cautiously turned up
the volume... and within five seconds knew he'd guessed right. "We got 'em," he
announced tightly. "Martel's there, and at least a couple of the kids... and
they just referred to Jarvis." He slid the headset half off and turned to Lisa.
"Okay, Lisa, it's up to you now. Get that note I gave you to the Nordau police;
with luck, Plat City'll have their squad ready to move by now. Be sure to take
it very slow until you're over the ridge, then keep low until you're well away
from the area."
"Okay." Taking a deep breath, she set off uphill, flying bare centimeters off
the ground. Within a minute she was lost to view among the undergrowth.
"She'll be okay," Tirrell assured his righthand as the latter continued to gaze
after her. "Give me a hand unloading the rest of this stuff, will you?"
It took only a minute to empty the backpack and lay its contents in neat rows in
front of them. "What are these things?" Tonio asked, fingering one of the three
gogglelike devices.
"They're gas masks," Tirrell told him. "They're to protect us against the stuff
in these." He tapped one of the half dozen squat black cylinders. "It's called
tear gas—acts sort of like concentrated onions in your eyes."
"Never heard of it," the preteen said, looking rather apprehensively at the
cylinders. "I suppose it's supposed to keep kids from using teekay?"
"Or at least to limit it drastically. The stuff's hardly ever used anymore, but
it was one of the few weapons that worked against the Lost Generation, and it's
a law that every police department has to keep at least a little of it on hand."
Tonio nodded thoughtfully. "Stan... you guys don't really trust us, do you? Us
kids, I mean."
"Well..." Tirrell shrugged uncomfortably. "I suppose there's some distrust," he
conceded, putting as good a face on it as he could. Certainly most adult tension
was below the conscious level, where it hardly qualified as true distrust. "After
all, with teekay, kids are a lot stronger physically than adults. You probably
felt the same way toward the preteens when you were a Six or Seven. Hm?"
"Not really. I mean, if they picked on us too much the Senior would make them
get back in line."
"True enough—but I'm sure you realize now that without the preteens' cooperation
the Senior has no real power at all. The kids themselves have to enforce his
rules; you see?"
"Huh! You know, I never thought about it like that."
"That's because the hive is set up to keep you from doing so. When you're little
the preteens enforce the Senior's orders; and by the time you're a preteen
yourself you're so used to obeying the Senior you do so automatically."
Tonio sat quietly for a long minute. "Huh," he said again, softly. "So if most
of the preteens at a hive decided to disobey some order, that would be it. The
Senior wouldn't be able to stop them."
"No. He'd have to call in the police... and the result could be pretty bad."
Tirrell shook his head. "When you get to school and start learning Tigrin
history, you'll realize just how much destruction and chaos the Lost Generation
caused. For nearly six years they held absolute power on the planet, and if it
hadn't been for the unexpected loss of teekay at Transition the generations
growing up behind them would have been just as lawless and just as ignorant...
and we might well have lost every scrap of science and learning we ever brought
to Tigris. If adults distrust kids, I suppose it's because the knowledge of what
almost happened is still pretty fresh."
Tonio actually shuddered. "And Jarvis's drug," he said, "would take away
Transition. Wouldn't it?"
Tirrell turned to look at the refinery, his mouth suddenly dry. Somehow, he'd
never looked at it quite that way before. "Yes," he agreed quietly. "It would."
Chapter 27
The last of the sunbeams crawling up the east wall faded and disappeared as the
sun dipped below the mountain peaks to the west. It was still a good half hour
until official sundown, of course, but Martel nonetheless felt heartened in the
relative gloom that now filled the refinery. Darkness always made him feel safer.
A breeze tickled the back of his neck, and he turned as Axel landed beside him.
"All set," the boy reported. "Those boxes of yours are awfully heavy, but there
are only fifteen of them and we should be able to handle two each. They're lined
up just inside the door over there."
"Good. What about the food supplies?"
"All packed and ready to go. Everyone's eaten now except you and Jarvis and the
kids outside."
Martel glanced at the blue sky outside. "We might as well pull in the lookouts,
I guess. Wherever the police are looking they'll have to quit reasonably soon;
it's already getting dark in the valley beneath the temple site. Go call the
kids in and let them eat. Jarvis and I'll eat after they finish."
Axel nodded and flew off to collect the outside guards. Martel watched him go,
wondering exactly what to do with the boy... or, more accurately perhaps, when
and how he would do it. That fabrication about priesthoods for the kids wouldn't
hold him forever, especially with Jarvis right there to breathe on any sparks of
doubt that might arise. Eventually, Martel knew, a showdown was inevitable, and
he'd better be prepared to win it damn quickly.
Still, all things were possible to those who planned ahead. In a sealed cabinet
two rooms over were several more bottles of sodium cyanide, and it would be
simplicity itself to add one to the supplies they would be flying out with. When
he and Jarvis went to eat, he would find a way to quietly take care of that
little chore.
A motion across the room caught his eye. Jarvis, still sitting against the south
wall, was shifting position, apparently trying to angle the pad of paper on his
knees to catch as much of the waning light as possible. For a moment Martel
frowned, wondering what about the doctor seemed different to him... and then he
smiled as understanding came. Jarvis was a good three meters closer to the east
door than he'd been when he first sat down. Still smiling, Martel walked over.
Jarvis got in the first word. "Don't you have any lights in this place?" he
asked irritably. "I'm going blind trying to write over here."
"Of course we do," Martel told him. "Run by our own private generator and
battery bank, since the service from Nordau seems to have been suspended.
However, if we wanted to use the lights, we'd first have to close and curtain
the windows, and I'm afraid it's still too hot in here for that."
"If I don't get more light, I'll have to quit working," Jarvis threatened.
"Oh, by all means—you've worked so hard for the past hour and a half that you've
earned some time off. Besides—" he smiled pleasantly—"it'll give you the chance
to devote all your energy to sidling imperceptibly toward the door."
Some of the starch seemed to go out of the scientist. "Damn you," he muttered.
"Come now, Doctor," Martel chided mildly. "Don't sound so discouraged.
Especially since I know it's all an act, anyway."
For a moment Jarvis's eyes blazed with anger. "You're pretty sure of yourself,
aren't you?" he said. "You know everything, understand everybody, and never make
a mistake."
"Of course I make mistakes—but seldom any of consequence. And the reason is
exactly as you said: I understand people. I don't know what if anything Tirrell
told you of my background, but I assure you that I've been a master of
psychology far longer than you've been studying hormones."
"Then you must know I'll die rather than give you what you want."
Martel shook his head. "I doubt it. You see, Doctor, all your professional life
you've been solving problems that at first glance have looked unsolvable. This
is just the latest one in a long string, and habit alone will keep you searching
for a way around me for a long time yet. Besides, if you die before the project's
complete, you'll never know if the damn thing works, will you?"
Jarvis remained silent, and Martel knew at least one of his shots had hit home.
A small victory, but a potentially significant one. If he could convince even a
fraction of Jarvis's mind that he, Martel, was unbeatable, he would in effect
have gained an ally inside the scientist's own brain. "If you'll forgive me now,
I have a few more things to attend to before our departure," he said, glancing
out the window at the blue sky. "We'll probably be leaving in about—"
He broke off abruptly as something hard and cold wrenched at his heart. Nestling
almost invisibly just inside the window's lower left-hand corner was a tiny
black cylinder... a cylinder hanging from a thin wire.
A microphone.
He took a deep breath, trying to ignore the nausea of fear and anger bubbling in
his throat. "Axel!" he bellowed.
"Damn!" Tirrell snarled, ripping off the headphones as Martel's yell echoed off
his eardrums. "We're in for it now, partner."
"They've spotted us?" Tonio asked, sounding a lot calmer than Tirrell felt.
"Just the mike, so far. But that'll give them our general direction if they
sight along the wire. See if you can pull the mike back out; if not, better
break the wire as far away from us as you can."
The righthand was already peering through his binoculars. "Okay... got it. Mike's
down in the grass now, but I think I was too late. Someone was pulling from the
other side. Do we get out of here or stay put?"
We stay put," Tirrell said grimly, trying to see through the dust coating the
refinery windows. "They'll have to fly straight overhead in order to spot us,
and once they're out in the open you'll have a strong tactical advantage. Just
watch for flanking maneuvers and don't let anyone get too close. At least that
crowd they'd left outside got in before the alarm went off; I guess that's
something to be thankful for."
"What happens if they all sneak out the far side of the building?"
"Aside from the fact that they don't know we're alone, it wouldn't do them any
good." The detective pointed. "Except where the river cuts through, the ground
on the north side slopes up, and there's not a scrap of decent cover anywhere
this side of that ridge. Ditto for east and west; they'd have nearly a kilometer
to cross before they'd even get to any tall grass. No, they'll try to come this
way—and they'll try to eliminate us first. So look sharp."
For several tense minutes nothing happened; and the first attack, contrary to
Tirrell's expectations, did not come from high-flying preteens. Instead, one of
the windows suddenly opened all the way and a large object shot out, heading
straight for them.
Tirrell opened his mouth to yell at Tonio—and bit down hard on his tongue as the
projectile sailed cleanly overhead and thudded into the ground a good fifty
meters upslope. It had barely landed when a second missile followed it, this one
hitting less than twenty meters in front of them and nearly as far to the left.
"Trying to flush us out," Tonio murmured.
"Yeah. Waiting to see which shots come close enough for us to deflect." A third
object followed its predecessors. "Tonio—if this one's aimed high, deflect it at
the last moment to land as close to us as you can."
"Got it."
Tirrell held his breath. The shot was indeed going to be a solid ten meters long...
and suddenly it jerked in midair and fell, digging itself half into the ground
less than a meter from Tirrell's feet. The detective swallowed painfully; but it
had been what he wanted. "Nice job," he managed.
"Thanks. Now what?"
"They should be throwing everything loose at the place that one was supposed to
hit. Deflect as many as you can in any direction you want—not so close this time."
The words were hardly out of his mouth when the open window suddenly erupted
with a veritable stream of flying objects. Tirrell ducked involuntarily, but
Tonio was equal to the challenge. Directly overhead, the stream broke up, its
component elements splashing into a roughly circular pattern centered a dozen
meters upslope. Gritting his teeth, hating his own inactivity even while
recognizing there was nothing he could do, the detective watched and waited...
and, as abruptly as it had begun, the barrage ceased.
Beside him, Tonio exhaled loudly. "Whew! I'm glad that's over. Or are they just
collecting more stuff to throw?"
Tirrell risked taking the time for a quick look at the objects littering the
ground around them. Several sections of iron grating, what looked like an ingot
mold, a wheel off a cart, a small box. "They're certainly throwing everything
that isn't nailed down," he said. "But I suspect that last attempt cleaned out
their stockpile, at least for the moment. My guess is that they'll try coming
after us personally next—we've pretty well proved this approach doesn't work."
Tirrell's prediction was quickly borne out; but with a twist the detective hadn't
expected. Without warning, two kids came shooting out the same window the
earlier barrage had come from and headed swiftly toward them. Simultaneously, a
third boy took off from the building's east side, a small box clutched in his
arms. At breakneck speed he headed for the trees a kilometer away.
"Stop him! Tirrell snapped, pointing at the fugitive. Their only hope was to
keep Martel's group bottled up in the refinery until reinforcements arrived, and
if they allowed even one of them to get away, the fagin would keep trying until
all of them had made it.
Tonio's response was typical of the righthand's sense of humor. Instead of
simply trying to halt the other's dash by brute force, he abruptly teeked hard
on the box clutched in the kid's arms. Unable to react fast enough as the box
suddenly slowed, the boy slammed into it stomach-first, legs shooting by
underneath as he wrapped himself around it with a gasping yelp loud enough for
Tirrell to hear a kilometer away. An instant later both he and the box were
hurtling backward toward the refinery as all resistance to Tonio's teekay
vanished into the boy's all-consuming need to get air back into his lungs.
Satisfied his righthand had that part under control, Tirrell shifted his
attention skyward.
The other two kids were almost directly overhead, drifting slowly now as their
eyes swept the ground. Tonio, sitting right next to a large bush, was
temporarily out of their line of sight; but Tirrell was perfectly visible from
their position, and he knew he had seconds at the most before they spotted him.
There was only one thing he could think of to try. "Get ready to catch me," he
muttered to Tonio. Waiting until the searching eyes above them were looking
elsewhere, he scrambled to his feet and ran recklessly down the slope toward the
refinery, the tear-gas grenade he'd scooped up concealed in his left hand.
He hadn't covered more than five meters when his feet found themselves treading
air. Looking up, he saw one of the kids coming up behind him at a height of a
hundred meters or so. The second, close behind, was glaring at the ground, and
Tirrell got the impression that a teekay battle was underway between him and
Tonio. Mentally crossing his fingers, Tirrell glanced at the ground, perhaps
three meters beneath him now, and waved his empty hand at his captor. "Not so
high! Not so high!" he yelled, putting an edge of hysteria into his voice.
The kid responded exactly as Tirrell had hoped he would. Instead of lowering the
detective, he did just the opposite, yanking him swiftly upward as a fisherman
would reel in a catch. Higher and closer he was teeked... and as the kid reached
out toward him, Tirrell pulled the three-second fuse on his grenade, counted two,
and threw it.
He had aimed the device to go off directly between the two kids, but whether or
not it actually did so he never found out. The flat crack of the compressed tear
gas bursting free and the cool wave of moisture that followed immediately
afterward caught Tirrell with his head turned aside as far as possible, his eyes
squeezed tightly shut with hands protecting both them and his nose. That his
plan had indeed succeeded, however, was clear from the strangled gasps above him—and
from his sudden, uncontrolled tumble toward the ground.
Falling blind was a far more unnerving experience than Tirrell had expected it
to be, but fortunately it didn't last long. A new teekay grip was on him in
seconds, pulling him to the side and down; and with a moment's hard deceleration,
the ground slapped at his feet.
"Tonio?" he whispered loudly, dropping into a kneeling crouch. Brushing his
sleeve against the tear gas still clinging to his hair, he risked a quick glance,
saw nothing but tall grass.
"Back here," came a muffled whisper from a few meters to his right. "Here—your
gas mask."
Something bumped lightly against the side of Tirrell's face. Grabbing it, he
slid it on, fumbling a bit before he got the straps properly tightened. Exhaling
what was left in his lungs to clear the mask of any traces of gas, he cautiously
took a breath. Just as cautiously, he opened his eyes.
Tonio, his own mask firmly in place, slid through the grass to Tirrell's side a
moment later, the remaining gas grenades held in a fingertip-and-teekay grip in
front of him. "Grack, but you took a chance there," he murmured.
"Had to be done," Tirrell grunted, taking a second to examine the righthand's
mask. Tightening one of the straps, he returned his gaze to the now empty sky. "Did
you see what happened to them?" he asked.
"I think their friends teeked them back into the refinery. They sure weren't
navigating on their own. Are they going to be all right?"
"Oh, they're not in any danger. But I think we can scratch them from any further
action for the day." Raising his head cautiously, Tirrell peered over the
grasses at the refinery. No activity was visible; the window Martel had been
using for his attacks was now sealed against the bluish-looking cloud of tear
gas that was slowly drifting toward the east in the light breeze. "In fact,
depending on how close everyone else is crowding around them, we may be able to
take out the rest of them, too. Grab another grenade, Tonio, and let's try to
teek it straight down Martel's throat."
Gasping and rubbing almost viciously at their eyes, Kalle and Barth were teeked
back in through the window. "Close that window tight!" Martel snapped to Axel,
his stomach threatening to climb up his throat. "All the windows—as tight as
they'll go." The kids flew off to obey, leaving him staring out the window. Not
at the cloud of gas that had unexpectedly robbed him of a quick victory, but at
the place where the man who'd executed the maneuver had disappeared back into
cover.
Tirrell. It had been Tirrell.
He swallowed once, hard, and as his brain slowly unfroze, he became aware of a
sharp odor in the air. "Get over there—all the way in the corner," he ordered
the two disabled kids. "Axel, teek them over there. Everyone else keep away;
they've got the stuff on their clothes."
"Something coming!" the boy on lookout two windows away snouted.
Martel jumped to his side. A small black object, heading straight for the window.
"Knock it down," he commanded the boy. "No, wait—just stop it and try to pull on
anything that seems to be sticking out."
The cylinder hesitated in its flight, wobbled back and forth under the opposing
forces, and a small ring near the front abruptly popped free. Seconds later the
cylinder seemed to explode into another of the off-white clouds.
"What is that stuff?" the boy asked nervously.
"Don't worry, it won't hurt you," Omega growled. "It just makes your eyes water,
like sliced onions."
Axel landed next to him. "Can we give Barth and Kalle some water? Maybe if they
wash—"
"You!" Omega barked, turning on him. "That was Tirrell, damn it! Why the hell
didn't you teek him in here when he started falling?"
Axel seemed to draw back from the outburst; but even through his anger Martel
could see it wasn't the recoil of puppylike subservience. Axel was regarding him
coolly, almost measuringly. "We were busy getting Barth and Kalle back in, we
had to pull Doane and that box in over there, and you were screaming at us to
hurry up and not let any of the smoke in. If you'd wanted us to grab him, you
should have said something."
With an effort, Martel forced himself to calm down. He couldn't afford to lose
control now. "Sorry. But that was Tirrell, damn it."
"I saw him. You told me he wouldn't be any more trouble."
"I know." Martel watched the latest cloud move across the landscape. How had the
detective escaped from the cabin? He didn't know, but he was for damn sure going
to find out. "Put one of your kids on each side of the room to watch for
attempts to break through the windows," he instructed Axel. "Someone else should
make sure Tirrell and whoever he's got out there don't move from where they are.
Then I want you, Axel, to stack the boxes we're taking with us in front of the
door to the rest of the building; I don't want anyone sneaking up on our blind
side."
Axel seemed to consider all that, then nodded. "All right. You just going to
stay here and supervise?"
Martel made a note of the preteen's sarcastic tone for future reference. "No. I'm
going to have a little talk with Dr. Jarvis." Without waiting for a response he
stalked away.
He found the scientist seated with his back against the huge furnace, a nervous
preteen hovering nearby. "Report to Axel—he has a job for you," Martel told the
boy. The other nodded and flitted off, and Martel turned his glare onto Jarvis.
"Enjoying the show?" he asked coldly.
"Wouldn't have missed it for the world," the scientist smiled. For some reason,
he looked five years younger. "Did I hear you say it was Detective Tirrell out
there?"
"Either him or his twin brother. I don't suppose you'd like to suggest how he
got out of your cabin, would you?"
"Maybe Tonio didn't go for help after all," Jarvis suggested. "Perhaps he simply
waited outside until you were gone and then nipped in and got them out."
Martel had seldom heard such a poor attempt at a lie; but on the other hand at
least one part of that explanation fitted with the known facts. "Maybe you're
right," he said, watching the other's face. "It's for sure that no one's arrived
with any help so far."
A slight frown creased Jarvis's forehead. "What do you mean?"
"I mean the rescue attempt you're looking forward to is far in the future.
Tirrell's out there alone, with exactly one kid assisting him."
"What makes you think that?"
"One: a group of police and righthands would have either stormed us by now or
have used a loudspeaker to call for our surrender. Two: Barth was struggling
with someone on the ground just before Tirrell fired his gas grenade; if there'd
been two kids down there, they would have had enough combined teekay to yank
Barth out of the sky."
"I see," Jarvis nodded thoughtfully. "So what you're saying is that a single kid
out there is successfully pinning down all nine of yours. I think I understand
why Tirrell didn't call for reinforcements."
"Then you understand wrong," Martel snapped, unreasonably irritated by the barb.
"So far there hasn't been anything but one-on-one confrontations, and both were
won only by tricks. They couldn't survive a massed attack, and you know it. If
it weren't for that damned gas they wouldn't have a chance against us."
"Well, I suppose you could all sneak out the far side of the building and make a
run for it," Jarvis shrugged. "Of course, you'd probably have to leave me and
your little stash of bullion if you wanted to be fast enough to outfly any tear-gas
grenades that might be thrown at you. But if you'd like to run along, I can
assure you we'll be fine here alone."
Martel smiled thinly. "Cute—very cute. But I don't think we're quite that
desperate yet. It's just occurred to me that there's another way to keep Tirrell
off my back. Or had you forgotten I have a valuable hostage?"
He watched Jarvis's face long enough to get the satisfaction of the other's
startled expression and then turned toward the door where Axel was busily
stacking boxes of gold. "Axel!" he called. "Come here!"
"Well, so much for that approach," Tonio commented as the second cloud of tear
gas floated harmlessly past the refinery. "Martel's got at least one kid in
there who's still able to see straight. What now?"
Tirrell shrugged. "We sit tight and enjoy the stalemate, I guess. Those windows
are undoubtedly too strong for you to break, especially in this light, so as
long as they're alert in there, we're not going to get any reasonable amount of
gas inside. Storming the place would be futile—the windows are too filthy to see
through when it's as dark inside there as it is, and I don't think we want to
get teeked at when you can't teek back. On the other hand, as long as we've got
grenades left to throw, they aren't going anywhere, either."
Tonio yawned audibly. "Well, I hope Lisa hurries back with those reinforcements.
I'm absolutely dead."
"It has indeed been a long day," Tirrell agreed, his own lack of sleep a
permanent layer of sand under his eyelids. "I'd offer you a nap, but we might
need fast action."
"I'm okay."
The righthand fell silent. Shifting position a little, Tirrell stared at the
dark windows and ran through the calculation one more time. Lisa had left just
after four; call it half an hour to get free of the area, another half hour to
get to the Nordau Police Station and contact Plat City, at least forty minutes
more for the troops to arrive. Five-forty at the earliest—a good half hour away
and uncomfortably close to the time when it would be dark enough for Martel's
crowd to slip away. Of course, artificial lighting could postpone any break the
fagin might be planning, but whether lights could be set up such that the kids
inside couldn't teek them off was another problem entirely. He hoped someone in
the Plat City team had given the matter some serious thought.
He was just trying to bend his tired brain toward that question when one of the
windows in the refinery cautiously opened a crack and a faint voice drifted
across the intervening distance. "Tirrell?"
"Don't answer!" Tonio urged. "They'll figure out where we are!"
"They already know that reasonably well," Tirrell shook his head. Taking a deep
breath, he raised the lower part of his gas mask and called, "I'm still here,
Martel. You ready to surrender?"
"Hardly," the reply came a few seconds later. "I've got Dr. Matthew Jarvis in
here, Tirrell. He's a hostage to your good behavior. I've got him booby-trapped
with about a quarter kilogram of sodium cyanide powder. Any attempt to break in
or interfere with my kids' teekay and he'll die. You understand?"
It took Tirrell two tries to get his tongue to work. "Understood. What do you
want?"
"For now, just stay back and don't try anything cute. We'll talk more later."
"All right. You understand that if Dr. Jarvis is hurt, you'll pay with your own
life."
Martel didn't answer, and the window was once again closed. "Has he gone crazy?"
Tonio demanded.
"No—just desperate." Carefully, Tirrell fastened his mask in place again, a
feeling of cold unreality displacing the fatigue in his brain. Could Martel
truly be willing to gamble with Jarvis's life? Surely not—surely he was merely
bluffing. And yet... The detective's earlier conversation with Tonio sprang
unbidden into sharp focus. With his drugs and notes destroyed, only Jarvis
himself had the clue now to the elimination of Transition. If he didn't survive
the night...
"Do you think they'll try escaping now?"
With an effort Tirrell brought his mind back into focus. "No, they'll still wait
a while. Whatever this booby-trap is, they can't try to leave until it's too
dark for you to see the mechanism."
"So it's back to waiting," the righthand said with a tired sigh.
Tirrell nodded, glancing at the darkening sky. "That's right," he said. "Let's
hope the support troops hurry." And hope, he added silently, that I know how to
advise them when they get here.
Chapter 28
They arrived just under forty minutes later; dozens of them, appearing suddenly
over the surrounding hills with such perfect timing that Tirrell had the
instantaneous image of being at the center of a lasso closing silently in across
the blue-black sky. The vision vanished quickly, as the figures dropped lower
and disappeared into the shadowy landscape. Fumbling out his flashlight, Tirrell
turned his back on the refinery and flashed the beam three times against his
chest. A moment later two dark figures dropped to the ground beside him. "Detective
Tirrell?" the larger of the two murmured.
"Right," Tirrell acknowledged. "My righthand Tonio Genesee's around here
somewhere." Tonio snorted at that.
"I'm Detective First Ray Kesner of Plat City," the newcomer told them. "Righthand,
Mark. What's the situation?"
"Delicate." Tirrell gave the other a fast summary of the past hour, including
Martel's threat against Jarvis's life.
"Damn," Kesner growled. "Any chance he's bluffing?"
"As far as the means are concerned, no. I believe he's been running an illegal
gold processing operation in there, and the simplest method for him to be using
is cyanidation. Whether he's really willing to carry out such a threat—" He
shrugged.
"Any idea why he grabbed Jarvis in the first place?" Kesner asked. "Eggers said
you were pretty vague about the whys and wherefores of the situation when you
first flew through Plat City four hours ago."
"For the moment all of that's still unclear," Tirrell lied. "Let's worry about
it after we get Jarvis out safely, okay?"
"I just thought it would help us figure out how serious Martel is," the other
grumbled. Raising a hand to the side of his head, he gave a series of orders
into the radio headset he was wearing. He listened for a few seconds and then
nodded. "Okay, everyone's in position. Mark, let me have that loudspeaker and we'll
see what we can shake loose... thanks." Raising the cone-shaped device to his
lips, he clicked a switch. "Martel?" his amplified voice boomed, echoing off the
nearest hills. "This is Detective First Ray Kesner. We have you surrounded and
outnumbered. Come out one at a time and surrender or we'll come in and get you."
The echoes faded and for a moment there was total silence as even the nocturnal
insects remained quiet in the wake of the loudspeaker's roar. Then, clearly
audible, came the faint scrape of an opening window. "You'd better talk to
Tirrell before you try anything stupid, Kesner," Martel called. "Move in and
Jarvis dies. I mean it."
"All right," Kesner replied, "just take it easy. What exactly do you want?"
"For now, assurance that your people will stay at least half a kilometer away
from this building. I'll have the rest of my demands ready for you in a while."
Another squeak announced the window's closing and the end of the conversation.
Kesner lowered the loudspeaker. "What the hell is this business about demands?
Any idea?"
"I expect it's mainly a smokescreen," Tirrell told him. "All he really wants is
to get safely away from there with Jarvis, however many kids he has with him,
and a box or two of what I suspect is crude gold bullion. To do that he has to
wait until it's pitch black out here, dark enough that we won't be able to
neutralize the threat to Jarvis's life. But he's not likely to apprise us of
such a move in advance—he obviously doesn't want us working on a way to stop him."
"Seems reasonable," Kesner growled. "Well... I suppose we could set some
floodlights around the area. As long as it's light out here they can't leave."
"You'd be risking Jarvis's life that way," Tirrell reminded him.
"Not really. He'd have to be completely crazy to kill his only hostage over
something like that."
"He wouldn't have to kill him outright," Tirrell said. "If he gave Jarvis a
small dose of cyanide he would live for at least a couple of hours before dying.
You'd then have the choice of letting Martel go on his terms or waiting around
until Jarvis dies."
"Ouch! I hadn't thought of that." Kesner touched his headset again. "Palmyra,
have you got an angle where you can see inside?... Even with the night glasses?...
Yeah, I'm not surprised. Anyone else able to see anything?"
Another pause, and Kesner's silhouette shook its head. "Palmyra says that the
windows are so filthy that he can't see through them even with the night glasses.
I'm not sure that even putting a spotlight on the building from out here would
do us any good."
"Do you suppose we could sneak in one of the north doors and get into the south
section that way?" Tirrell suggested hesitantly. "There are only nine or ten of
them in there—they can't be holding the entire building."
"Probably not. But I had a look at the refinery's blueprints on the flight down,
and there seems to be only one door connecting to the south section. Almost
certainly they've got it barricaded by now."
"How about air vents or other kinds of openings?" Tonio asked.
"The ventilation system is loaded with filters," Kesner told him, "and all other
conduits are either sealed or wind up inside the furnace or somewhere just as
useless. Anyway, getting in isn't the point. We could handle them just as well
from out here if we had a little bit of light in there."
"I know that," Tonio said impatiently. "But if we could get someone inside, he
could take some flares in with him."
There was a moment of silence. "You're right," Kesner said, sounding mildly
surprised. "I hadn't thought of that."
"Let's see those blueprints," Tirrell suggested.
With a prolonged rustle of paper Kesner laid them out. Covering the lens of his
flashlight with his hand, Tirrell let a faint glow fall on the plans from
between his fingers.
"Air vents; crushed ore conveyer; furnace feed, out-gas, and slag lines," Kesner
said, touching each point as he named it. "I'd say the best bet is to use the
furnace feed duct... except I'm not sure how you'd get out of the furnace once
you were inside."
Tirrell nodded. "Tonio?"
"I think it's worth a try," the righthand said promptly. "I'll need a flashlight,
some flares, and probably someone to help me get in the other end of this pipe.
One of those radios would be handy, too."
"Hold it," Kesner cut in. "Who put you in charge of this operation? Tirrell and
I will decide if someone's going and who that someone will be."
"I'm afraid we're going to have to skip the parliamentary procedure, Kesner,"
Tirrell said. "There's no time for a long discussion—Martel could make his move
practically any time now. Tonio's volunteered to try it, and he knows the
situation and people in there better than any of your righthands do."
"All right," Kesner said heavily. "Technically, I suppose, you can take charge
here. But remember that whatever happens will then be your responsibility."
Tirrell nodded. "I know. Now get busy and start collecting the stuff Tonio'll
need."
Barely five minutes later Tonio was gone, flying low in a wide circle that would
get him invisibly to the north side of the refinery where his three assigned
helpers awaited him. Tirrell watched him disappear into the darkness, his
feelings badly mixed. One way or another it would soon be over, he knew, and
however it turned out Martel would definitely have lost his bid for the power he
craved. And yet, down deep, the detective recognized uncomfortably that by
sending Tonio in he had effectively forced the most crucial decision of his life
squarely onto his righthand's shoulders. Tonio could do his best to rescue
Jarvis... or could try equally hard to make sure neither the scientist nor his
formula survived the night.
And Tirrell had no idea which the preteen planned to do.
For a long, agonizing moment he thought seriously about having Kesner call the
boy back. But it was too late for that. Already the brightest stars were visible
overhead; any minute now Martel would be opening his window again and announcing
his imminent departure. No, Tirrell would have to trust Tonio's judgment... and
perhaps, he thought suddenly, that was the best decision his tired and
irresolute mind had been able to make. Perhaps the best decision it could have
made.
The thought failed to console him. Staring through the gloom at the almost
invisible refinery, he listened with half an ear as Kesner directed his
righthand force into position, and tried to ignore the painful thudding of his
heart.
Chapter 29
Only the windows themselves were still visible, and they were distinguishable
only as rectangles of navy blue set into a pitch-black background. Seated with
his back to the huge furnace, his hands tied tightly behind him, Jarvis shifted
slightly to ease his muscles.
The figure standing over him stirred in response. "Relax," Axel's voice came
quietly. "It won't be much longer."
"I'm sure," Jarvis murmured. "You realize, of course, that the police aren't
going to just let all of us fly merrily out of here. And if that cyanide hits me,
it'll be you who gets charged with murder."
Axel chuckled. "You don't know Omega very well. He'll get us out of here, all
right. Don't worry about that."
"Don't underestimate Tirrell," Jarvis warned. Under cover of the conversation,
he carefully probed the edge of the furnace's metal plate sheathing with his
fingers, searching for another place where the coating of rust was thick enough
to abrade rope. Omega was smart, all right, but the pressure was making him
careless, and he hadn't bothered to check the metal before sitting Jarvis here.
Finding a new spot, the scientist resumed his stealthy rubbing. "And my other
comment still stands: you're the one holding those bowls over my head, not Omega.
He didn't give you this job because he likes you—he did it because he thinks
that dragging you in as deep as he is will insure your loyalty to him."
"A lot he knows about loyalty." Axel shifted position again and Jarvis tensed
involuntarily. The two small bowls floating rim to rim directly over his head
held enough sodium cyanide powder in the space between them to kill him ten
times over... and the only thing holding it up there was Axel's teekay,
transmitted through a single finger touching each bowl. A slight distraction, a
flash of light or whiff of tear gas, and it would literally be all over. "Let me
tell you a little secret," Axel continued, lowering his voice still further. "As
soon as we're all set up in Omega's secret hideaway, I'm going to get rid of him.
I don't think he's telling the truth about making us into priests, and I don't
want to wait until Transition to find out for sure."
"You aren't going to live even that long." There was a slight jerk in the rope
binding his wrists as one more of the fibers broke. Jarvis strained carefully at
what was left. Not quite enough. "If you know Omega as well as you say, you must
know he won't just wait for you to act against him."
"You let me worry about that, okay? Now shut up," he added as, across the room,
Martel began speaking. "I want to hear this."
It was not, as Jarvis had feared, the order to move out, but merely another in
Martel's series of speculations as to what the police were doing. The relative
silence suited Jarvis just fine, though. Leaning hard into the rusty metal, he
put as much power into his efforts as he could without making any noise... and
with a suddenness that jammed his wrists painfully against the edge, the rope
finally broke.
Quickly, hardly daring to believe he'd done it, he worked his hands free from
the loops around them. Then, moving carefully lest the sound of rustling cloth
alert his guard, he rolled over onto his hands and knees and began to crawl,
heading for the back side of the furnace. The first three meters were the
hardest, as he waited with nerves on end for the shouts that would mean his
discovery. But even to his own hyperalert ears he made no sound, and as he
continued on, his fears gradually diminished. By the time he halted, half the
circumference of the furnace and an eternity later, his heartbeat was no longer
the loudest sound in the room. Leaning back against the furnace, his shirt
soaked with sweat, he swiped at his forehead with a trembling hand and took his
first deep breath in hours. For the moment, at least, he was free.
But even with darkness to hide him, such freedom would only last a little while
past the discovery of his escape unless he could get out of the building. The
doors, he knew, were out; any that weren't barricaded against the police would
undoubtedly have preteens guarding them. The windows weren't designed for easy
egress, and opening them made enough noise to wake the dead, anyway. But there
was one more possible escape route... one that Martel might not have thought to
block.
Jarvis's memory was far from eidetic, but he'd had ample time to study the room's
layout through the long afternoon. Slipping his shoes off, he took his bearings
from the windows and set off in what he hoped was the proper direction, feeling
carefully for obstacles with hands and toes. Ten paces later he found what he
was looking for: one of the ladders leading to the network of catwalks high
above. With a silent plea to the metal not to squeak, he started up.
His luck held all the way up the ladder and perhaps four steps along the catwalk
itself. But his fifth step brought his weight down on what was apparently a rust-weakened
section of the grating, and with a loud snap that seemed to reverberate forever
one of the heavy wires broke under his foot.
He froze, and on the floor below the quiet conversations abruptly ceased. "What
was that?" one of the kids whispered nervously—and the words were barely out
when Axel's bellow split the air. "Grack! Omega—he got away!"
"Damn you, Axel—no, hold it, damn it, everyone just stay where you are for a
minute. Jarvis, you can't get away—we've got the doors blocked and we'll tear
your head off if you try for one of the windows. Give yourself up right now or I
guarantee the consequences will be very, very painful."
Under cover of Martel's voice, Jarvis had made it another six steps along the
catwalk. Now, as silence again settled onto the room, he paused, hardly daring
to breathe. Clearly, no one below had yet realized where the original noise had
come from, and he had no intention of giving them unnecessary hints. Pitch
darkness or not, once they figured out he was on one of the catwalks they could
have him in thirty seconds flat. Squinting into the darkness, he tried
unsuccessfully to see how far ahead the next intersecting catwalk was, the one
he needed to get on.
"All right, Jarvis, have it your way," Martel snarled suddenly. "Axel, Brody,
Royce—go to the east end of the room and start working your way west. Cover
every square centimeter of floor and wall and make sure he hasn't climbed onto
any of the machinery."
Jarvis had made it to the intersection and onto the proper catwalk by the time
Martel finished talking—but he knew his time was nearly up. The mere mention of
climbing was bound to bring this aerial walkway to mind, and the minute Martel
remembered it he would certainly reach the proper conclusion. Quickly, Jarvis
unfastened his belt and took it off, coiling it as tightly as he could. Giving
it enough loft to clear the other catwalks, he tossed it as far as he could
toward the west wall.
"Aha!" Martel shouted triumphantly. "The cat—"
And with a clatter the belt hit the floor.
The flurry of activity at that end of the building was all Jarvis could have
hoped for, and he didn't hesitate. Abandoning all efforts at stealth, he ran at
full speed along the heavy wire mesh, his hands merely brushing the low guard
rails. Distances were impossible to judge in the gloom, but he tried to form an
estimate by counting his steps... and two earlier than he'd expected the door
loomed suddenly ahead and he slammed full tilt into it. Beneath him Martel
bellowed. Ignoring the stabbing pains in his cheek and right kneecap, the
scientist fumbled the door open and staggered into the tiny control room,
slamming the door behind him. The pale square of a small outside window gave him
direction, and he crossed the room in four quick steps, hands searching the wall
for the emergency exit he knew would be there.
It wasn't.
For a long second Jarvis stood perfectly still, his mind doing a slow tumble as
all his hopes unraveled like an old sweater. The kids would be on him in seconds;
far too short a time for him to try squeezing out through that tiny window, or
even to sneak back out onto the catwalk. Not that the latter would help him,
anyway. Blind or not, they would have him back in their control soon no matter
what he did.
And, almost too late, the answer hit him.
He banged the same kneecap a second time in getting to the long control board
spanning the room's right-hand side, and he broke a fingernail against the rim
of one of the meters set into it as he desperately threw every switch and spun
every dial he could find. Most of the equipment had presumably been disconnected
or shut down at the machines themselves... but Martel had mentioned both a
generator and battery bank. If the connections were still intact—
He was halfway down the board and someone outside was fumbling for the doorknob
when he found the right section of the board. Without warning, two floodlights
blazed on, lighting up the main room with a brilliance that seemed devastating
after the blackness. Jarvis squeezed his eyes shut reflexively and got two more
switches before he was abruptly yanked off his feet. He got just a glimpse of
Axel's face at one of the control room's inside windows, his face distorted
almost beyond recognition by fear and hatred, before being slammed hard against
the door. Below, on the floor, Martel was screaming something incomprehensible
as he pointed up at the floodlights. There was the sound of breaking glass and
one of them abruptly went out—
And with a slap Jarvis heard all the way inside the control room, everyone below
suddenly slammed face downward onto the concrete floor. Axel spun around,
releasing Jarvis from his teekay hold, and an instant later was flying past the
catwalks in a desperate attempt to reach the west windows. But he'd barely
covered ten meters before his body seemed to slam into an invisible barrier, and
he was plucked from midair to land roughly on the floor beside the furnace. An
instant later the outside door was blown in off its hinges and the room began to
fill up with police and righthands.
It wasn't until Jarvis walked back onto the catwalk that he saw that Axel was
lying facedown in the spilled cyanide powder he'd been holding so recently over
Jarvis's head. Lying with unnatural stillness...
Chapter 30
"I suppose you're going to gloat now," Martel said, a sardonic smile tightening
the corners of his mouth. Leaning back in his chair, he idly scanned the books
on the shelf beside him, pulling one out for closer examination.
On the opposite side of the desk, Tirrell took a deep breath, refusing to
acknowledge Martel's obvious attempts to irritate him. He would have given
practically anything to put this talk off until morning, when he would at least
have been able to snatch a few hours' sleep; or, failing that, to have used one
of the Plat City Police Department's interrogation rooms instead of Detective
Kesner's office. But by morning there would be no chance at all of stuffing the
genie back into its bottle... and interrogation rooms were always rigged with
hidden recording and observation equipment. "Gloating is the last thing on my
mind," he told the other. "As a matter of fact, I brought you here to offer you
a deal."
Martel turned back to face him, an eyebrow cocked. "Oh, really? I'd never have
guessed. Let me see—can I assume my part of it will be to keep quiet about
Jarvis's experiment?"
Tirrell grimaced, but he knew he should have expected this. Martel was far too
smart to have missed the significance of the detective's choice of meeting room,
and he'd obviously put considerable thought into the implications of Jarvis's
work. "You're very perceptive," he told the other. "That's precisely what I want
you to do."
"It would cause a great deal of chaos, wouldn't it?" Martel mused, as if Tirrell
hadn't spoken. "Everyone worried about the changes that might or might not hit
the society, wondering whether this was going to start a new Lost Generation
type of period—and of course the whole population would be dithering over it for
ten years before anyone even knew how successful the project had been. A whole
society jumping at its own shadow for a solid decade—that would be something to
see, wouldn't it?"
Tirrell waited until he was finished. "To see, perhaps, but not to live in. Now—"
"Ah, but I wouldn't really be living in it, would I?" Martel interrupted him. "I'm
an outcast, remember?—a criminal who's going to be spending the next several
years in confinement and supervised service programs. Why should I care what
happens to Tigrin society?"
"That's a stupid question, but since you're only asking it to try and raise the
value of your silence, I'll ignore it," Tirrell said tartly. "Consider your
point made, all right?"
Martel smiled briefly. "All right. So what are you offering in exchange?"
Tirrell took a deep breath. "In exchange for your absolute silence regarding
everything you know of Jarvis's work, the attempted murder charges against
myself, Tonio, Lisa, and Colin will be set aside. In addition, fagin charges
stemming from your free gold mine work will be dropped completely, as will
various infractions concerning the whole refining and distribution process,
though we'll probably hit your confederates with those whenever we catch up with
them."
"Interesting," Martel murmured. "What exactly is this 'set aside' business?"
"It means that those charges will still be on the record but that you won't be
tried on them."
"That sounds distinctly dangerous. I want them dropped outright instead."
Tirrell shook his head. "No. I need to have something that'll insure your half
of the bargain is kept. As long as those charges are merely set aside, I can
instigate trial proceedings at any time within the next twelve years. Dropped
charges are gone forever."
Martel toyed with the book he still held. "What makes you think you can keep
that sort of bargain?" he asked at last. "You don't handle the prosecution
directly."
"No... but I believe I can control the willingness of the involved parties to
testify. That brings up one other matter; you'll also have to accept the blame
for Colin Brimmer's kidnapping. We can work out some story about you having left
him with one of your accomplices out in the woods and Jarvis accidentally
finding him, which is how Jarvis wound up in your hands. That charge will also
be set aside, needless to say."
Martel smiled thinly. "In order to whitewash Jarvis?"
"And in exchange for his cooperation in setting aside the attempted murder
charges," Tirrell shrugged. "Do we have a deal?"
The other hesitated. "Some of my kids know I didn't take Colin."
"As long as the fagin charges are dropped, they won't be called on to testify.
Besides, most of them never had any real proof other than your own statement,
and we all know what a good liar you are. As to the others—well, I can take
statements from them and alter them if necessary, but I gather Axel really didn't
tell them all that much. He probably would have made you a fitting successor if
he'd lived."
A strange sort of shadow crossed Martel's face. "Perhaps, he said. For a moment
he hesitated, lips pressed tightly together, and then carefully returned the
book to its place on the shelf. "Very well, Detective, I accept—on the condition
that you tell me what exactly it is that Dr. Jarvis has discovered."
"Possibly a method to allow kids to keep teekay after puberty," Tirrell said.
There was little to be gained by refusing the request; Martel had probably
already guessed, anyway. "We won't know, of course, until Colin grows up.
Possibly not even then." Standing up, he stepped to the office door and opened
it. "Tonio?"
"Right here."
"Escort Martel back to his cell, if you would, and then see if Dr. Jarvis can
come up here for a few minutes."
Martel stood up. "Good-bye, Detective. I'll see you in court."
Tirrell nodded silently and waited until they had left. Then, sinking back into
his chair, he propped his elbows up on the desk and rubbed his eyes vigorously.
It wouldn't be nearly as easy as he'd made it sound, of course—he would have to
talk fast and loud to convince the various court officials that setting aside
one set of charges in exchange for a flat-out guilty plea on the other set was a
fair compromise for all concerned. But he should be able to pull it off. The
crucial question now was how Jarvis would react to the deal he was trying to
work out. Tirrell had been battling Martel's kind long enough to know how they
thought, but the scientist was still in many ways an enigma to him. Too late,
now, he wished he'd gone to get Jarvis personally instead of sending Tonio;
tired though he was, the exercise might have awakened his brain a bit.
The office door swung open, and he looked up as Jarvis stepped into the room. "You
wanted to see me?"
"Yes." Tirrell waved him to the chair Martel had just vacated. "Tonio, I want
you to hear this, too," he added as the preteen started to leave. Without
comment Tonio moved into the room and closed the door behind him, hovering with
his back to it.
"First of all, Doctor," Tirrell began, "I'd like to know exactly what you've
told the other police."
Jarvis eyed him for a moment before answering. "I've just said that Omega—or
Martel, I guess his real name is—suddenly burst into my cabin, took me prisoner,
and blew the place up. I've agreed to give more details when I've pulled myself
together."
"In other words, you've been stalling. Good. Did you mention Colin to them at
all? Or the fact that Lisa, Tonio, and I were there when Martel grabbed you?"
Jarvis shook his head. "No to both questions. I assumed you would want to talk
with me before my story got set in concrete, so I tried to be as vague as
possible."
"I see." Tirrell leaned back slightly in his chair. "All right. Let's start by
finishing the conversation we were having at your cabin when Martel arrived. As
I recall, you were about to try and convince me that Tigrin society needed your
discovery to become stable."
Jarvis glanced up at Tonio. "I doubt if I have to spell out the more obvious
potential problems to you, Detective. Depriving kids of literacy and book
knowledge would hamper any attempted power grab they might try, but the physical
strength is certainly on their side. They would succeed... at least temporarily."
"Only if everyone went along," Tonio said, a bit hotly. "A lot of us wouldn't,
you know."
"That's one reason a revolt would ultimately fail," Jarvis acknowledged. "But
the threat will always be there, sitting in the backs of people's minds, and the
response will always be to keep as tight a rein as possible on the kids. That
sort of permanent strain isn't good for anyone."
Tirrell thought of the official overreaction to Lisa's attempts to learn how to
read. "Possibly," he said. "But that's not sufficient reason to risk another
Lost Generation's worth of chaos."
"Isn't it?" Jarvis shrugged. "Then maybe you'd like to consider the trauma of
taking five-year-olds from their parents and sticking them in hives among
strangers. Or the way the emotional shock of Transition combines with the
physical aspects of puberty itself to make teen suicide rates the highest on the
planet. Or maybe—" his face seemed to harden—"you don't mind the way those
triple-damned fagins siphon some of the brightest kids away from hives and twist
their minds to hell and gone. Every one of those problems would disappear if
adults as well as kids had teekay."
Tirrell felt his stomach muscles tighten as, knowingly or otherwise, Jarvis hit
the detective's own deepest sore spot. "You don't like fagins, I gather?"
For a moment Jarvis stared at him, his eyes curiously flat. "No, I don't. I take
it you don't know why exactly Colin was abandoned in Ridge Harbor in the first
place."
Tirrell shook his head. "Why don't you tell us?"
"It was because a fagin in your town got the bright idea of starting with brand-new
babies instead of snatching kids from homes or hives," the scientist said
bitterly. "Miribel was supposed to deliver Colin to him when she left the
hospital."
At Tirrell's right, Tonio growled something. "Just like that?" the detective
asked. "Just walk out the front door and hand the baby over?"
"Why not?" Jarvis's eyes were blazing, but Tirrell could tell the anger wasn't
directed at him. "No one in Barona knew she was even pregnant. The birth would
be recorded in Ridge Harbor, and in thirty-two days it would go into the sealed
records and no one would ever find out what happened. The fagin would have
someone raise the baby, and when his teekay appeared he'd have a working kid who
wouldn't be missed by anyone and wouldn't have any records he could be traced by."
"Why didn't you tell the police?" Tonio burst out.
Jarvis looked at the preteen, shook his head. "It would have gotten Miribel in
trouble, too. Even if she'd been using me from the start—and I don't believe she
was—I still cared a great deal for her. I couldn't turn her in to face criminal
charges."
"So what went wrong?" Tirrell asked, though he now thought he knew.
"I did the next best thing: I phoned in an anonymous tip about the fagin,"
Jarvis said. "The police caught him redhanded, with two of his kids right there
with him."
"Nash Gorman," Tirrell nodded. "I've always wondered who phoned us that tip. So
when you told Miribel her prospective market had vanished, she just took off and
left Colin to fend for himself?"
"It wasn't quite that heartless," Jarvis sighed. "She was afraid for her own
safety, too. Gorman had blackmailed her into doing this for him; the details
aren't important. I've often wondered what happened to her after she left the
hospital. I hope she's still alive... but I don't really think she is."
It was Tirrell who broke the long silence that followed. "So what more would you
have to do with Colin?" he asked.
Jarvis frowned. "You mean to complete my experiment? Not much. An injection
every two months, dropping off to twice a year when he reaches seven. Keeping
records of his B and M profile would be useful, too, though only for future
reference. As a matter of fact, I would have returned him to Ridge Harbor within
a week or so if all of this hadn't happened."
Tirrell was conscious of Tonio's astonished gaze on him. "All right," he told
the scientist. "He's going back to Ridge Harbor a little ahead of schedule, but
if you can continue the work without getting caught, you can do so. That's
completely unofficial, of course."
"What?" Tonio was incredulous.
"There are a few conditions," the detective continued as if the boy hadn't
spoken. "First, I'll tell you right now that if any harm comes to Colin because
of your drugs, I'll have you arrested and prosecuted, so you'd better make damn
sure you know what you're doing at all times. Second, you'll need to coordinate
your story with Martel's so that Colin doesn't show up in your cabin at all.
Martel's going to take the blame for Colin's kidnapping, though we're not going
to try him on that charge."
"Awfully charitable of him," Jarvis commented. "What did you have to promise him
in exchange?"
"We're setting aside all attempted murder and illegal gold operation charges. In
return he's also promised to keep his mouth shut about you and your work."
Jarvis made a sound that was half laugh, half snort. "You don't seriously
believe that, do you?"
"Oh, he will. Not for altruistic reasons, of course, but because he's still
hoping to steal your process and it's in his own best interest to keep anyone
else from knowing about it."
"How's he going to steal anything from a prison-work program?" Tonio scoffed.
"He can't; but even if he's convicted for both Dr. Jarvis's kidnapping and on
the faginism charges still outstanding in Ridge Harbor, he can probably work off
all the service points in seven years or so. Colin would only be twelve, with at
least a couple of years to go before the method was proved one way or the other;
plenty of time to try and grab the formula before its existence became public
knowledge."
"So I've got just about seven years to live?" Jarvis suggested, not entirely
humorously.
"Possibly," Tirrell nodded. "You'll be in danger; but the option is to announce
your discovery now."
"Thanks. I'll take my chances with Martel. I'm sure I'll be able to take some
precautions against him."
"True—and one of those precautions is to make sure he can't corner the
information market with one blow." Tirrell leaned forward. "Specifically, Doctor,
you're going to tell Tonio and me—right now—exactly what it is you've stumbled
on. That's the condition for my silence on all of this. If something should
happen to you I want to at least be able to point researchers in the right
direction."
Jarvis's eyes flicked back and forth between the two of them. Finally, he nodded.
"I suppose you're right. Well, in a nutshell, I believe that Transition is the
result of an interaction between the slowdown in brain growth and the spurt-and-decrease
in the amount of lymphoid tissue, both of which occur approximately at puberty.
What I'm trying to do is extend Colin's general growth time—which will change
his brain growth-rate curve—while leaving the lymphoid tissue curve untouched."
"What'll that do to Colin?" Tirrell asked.
"The extra growth time will increase his adult height a few percent, but since
he's small to begin with that shouldn't be a problem. As far as any other
problems are concerned, I've successfully decoupled the two curves in earthstock
lab animals without any harm that I can detect. Is that sufficient?"
Tirrell thought for a moment, then nodded. "I think so. Anything else you could
say would probably be too technical for us to understand, and I don't want any
details lying around in writing." The detective stood up. "Thank you, Doctor. I
suggest you continue to decline making any public statement until you've had a
good night's rest. In the morning I'll help you coordinate your story with
Martel, but I'm just too tired now."
"Understandable." Jarvis frowned and paused halfway to the door. "What about the
kids that attacked my cabin? They saw Colin there."
"They've already been sent back to their hives for disciplinary action," Tirrell
assured him. "They won't be called on to answer any questions as long as Martel
pleads guilty to your kidnapping, and they aren't likely to find out about any
discrepancies in the official record. As to the Barona police, I'll just have to
be a good sport about suspecting you when you really weren't involved at all
with the kidnapping. If you can come up with an explanation of what your 'secret
project' was that'll satisfy Ms. Mbar and Dr. Somerset, I think we'll have
everyone covered pretty well."
"I suppose that'll work," Jarvis said, sounding a bit doubtful.
"If you've got a better idea I'll be happy to hear it... in about nine hours."
The scientist smiled. "Good night, Detective."
Tirrell waited a few seconds after they were gone and then followed, his legs
feeling like lead as he clumped down the hall toward the sleeping room Kesner
had had set up for them. Only one loose end remained to be tied up, and
fortunately that could wait a few days. Tonio would be back up in a couple of
minutes, as soon as he'd escorted Jarvis back to the policemen downstairs, and
he could perhaps discuss it with the righthand for a few minutes....
When Tonio arrived he found the detective facedown on one of the room's two cots,
snoring gently.
Chapter 31
Lisa had been expecting the summons to Gavra's office for two days, ever since
her midnight return to the hive with the note the police had given her. Along
with her other secret burdens, though, such anticipation was just one more bit
of weight; and her dread was thus mixed with a certain amount of relief as she
knocked on the Senior's office door and teeked it open.
Gavra was seated, as usual, behind her desk—but the unexpected sight of the room's
other two occupants temporarily buried all of Lisa's fears beneath a Flood of
delight. "Tonio!" she blurted. "Stan! I was afraid that something had—I mean,
that you'd been—I mean—"
She stopped, embarrassed by her outburst, but the others merely smiled. "We're
all fine, Lisa," Tirrell assured her. "I'm sorry—we should have gotten word to
you sooner that we were all right. But we've been very busy."
"I told you she'd be worried," Tonio murmured, grinning cheerfully.
"Sit down, Lisa," Gavra said, waving her to a chair next to Tonio's. "I'm afraid
we have some unpleasant business to attend to, and Detective Tirrell has asked
that we allow him to act as official witness to it."
Lisa nodded and sat down, her happiness at finding Tonio and Tirrell alive
abating as she realized what Gavra had in mind. "May I ask Detective Tirrell a
question first?" she asked, determined to hold off the hammer as long as
possible.
Gavra nodded. "Go ahead."
Lisa turned to Tirrell. "Are Dr. Jarvis and Colin all right? And have you caught
Weylin and the others yet?"
"Everyone's fine," the detective assured her. "Colin's a bit confused by all the
fuss—apparently Jarvis convinced him he was on a vacation of sorts—but he's back
in Ridge Harbor and doing fine. We picked up Weylin and all the others Martel
had been using when they got tired of flying around the forest and returned to
the temple site. Weylin's going to lose a lot of points for his attack on that
policeman, and of course he's lost his righthand position. The others were just
sent back to their hives with warnings. They'll probably lose some points for
being out after lights-out, but nothing worse is likely to happen to them. When
a fagin's involved, kids are usually treated more as victims than as criminals."
Gavra cleared her throat. "Unfortunately, Lisa, your case is considerably more
serious," she said, looking unhappy. "Along with several smaller infractions of
hive rules, you have deliberately violated my prohibition against telling anyone
of your reading ability." She hesitated, and her eyes were moist. "I'm sorry,
but I have no choice but to cancel all of your points."
Lisa swallowed painfully, feeling her breakfast churn in her stomach. She'd
known this was coming, but it still hit her like a punch in the gut. All her
points gone—no possibility of any schooling past Basic—maybe not even that much.
Her future effectively ruined... and all while just trying to help people. But I
did save our lives, she told herself, thinking back to the cabin. Somehow, at
the moment, it didn't feel like a fair trade.
"That seems a bit extreme," Tirrell said. "After all, she was a great deal of
help to us."
Gavra shook her head tiredly. "I tried, Detective, I really did. But I have no
choice. My own superior, the officials at Lee Intro—I've even talked to the
mayor's office to try to win her at least a reduction. No one's interested in
sticking his neck out to even help me fight it. The point loss has already been
recorded at the city building—I don't know how they found out—and there's
absolutely nothing I can do." She looked at him hopefully. "Unless you can
intercede...?"
Tirrell shook his head. "I don't have even temporary authority in Barona anymore,"
he said. "We're on our way back to Ridge Harbor right now. Tell me, how many
points did Lisa have?"
Gavra frowned, and even through her misery Lisa heard something odd in the
detective's voice. She looked at him, wondering, but his expression was
perfectly calm. It wasn't until she noticed Tonio doing his best to stifle a
grin that it began to dawn on her that perhaps their disinterest wasn't what it
seemed.
"It was something just over forty-six hundred," Gavra told him, still frowning.
"Forty-six forty, I believe."
"That's a lot of points," Tirrell commented, drawing a folded piece of paper and
a pen from an inside coat pocket. "Tonio's got more than that, but he's got
several months of righthand duty under his belt." Unfolding the paper, he laid
it on the edge of Gavra's desk and wrote briefly on it. "As a matter of fact, I
was the one who blew the whistle on Lisa. You see, she can only have her points
taken away once and I wanted to make sure it was done before I brought this by."
He offered Gavra the paper.
The Senior was looking thoroughly confused. "What is it?" she asked, taking it
cautiously.
"Didn't you know?" Tirrell's straight face was gone, replaced by a satisfied,
almost wicked smile. "Ridge Harbor's had a ten-thousand-bill reward posted for
Yerik Martel's capture for nearly four years. With a half-dozen different
relationships between bills and hive points in existence, I was able to get
official permission to use my own judgment."
Gavra blinked hard, her eyes still moist but all the tension gone from her face.
"Lisa... Detective Tirrell has authorized the addition of forty-seven hundred
points to your hive record."
Lisa's throat felt dry. Forty-seven hundred points! Everything she'd lost, and a
few extra. "I... thank you," she managed. "I... I don't know what to say."
"You don't need to say anything," Tirrell told her. "You've done a great deal
for us, Lisa, though the world will never know it. A few hundred hive points is
no more than you've earned."
A warm glow seemed to fill Lisa's body... but she nevertheless caught the extra
meaning behind the words. "I understand," she nodded, and meant it. No one would
ever learn about what had happened that weekend from her.
"Good." Tirrell stood up. "Well, I'd like to stay longer, but we're supposed to
be back in Ridge Harbor by noon, so we'd better be going. Perhaps you can come
visit sometime soon, Lisa; just drop in at the police station and someone there'll
find us."
"And if you come before it gets too cold, I'll show you what flying over an
ocean is like," Tonio added, his manner an odd mixture of shyness and daring.
"I'd like that," she smiled. "I've never flown near the ocean before."
"Good," Tirrell said. "Then we'll see you soon. Good-bye, Ms. Norward, and
thanks for everything."
"I was glad to help. Good-bye, Detective; Tonio.
They left. For a moment the room was silent, and then Gavra stirred in her chair.
"Well, Lisa," she said, "I guess that about ends it."
Lisa nodded. "Should I go on out to the construction site?" she asked. "I could
take over from Kaarin and let her come back here. Unless I'm still on probation,
that is."
Gavra smiled and waved the suggestion away. "Tomorrow's soon enough to get back
to work. Take the day off and relax—I get the feeling you've more than earned it.
And whatever you've promised Detective Tirrell to keep secret, for heaven's sake
make sure you do it this time."
Words that could have hurt... but spoken with a concern that kept them from
doing so. "I will," Lisa smiled back.
Though it might be nice, she thought as she left the office, to know exactly
what it was she was keeping quiet about. Perhaps on Saturday she would take the
others up on their invitation and fly over to Ridge Harbor for a long talk. And
after she got the complete story of what had happened at the refinery, perhaps
she would take Tonio up on his offer of a guided tour of the seacoast and ocean.
And after that, there might be time for a quick side trip up to Cavendish...
where Daryl was.
"So you're going to let Jarvis keep on with his experiment," Tonio said as they
pulled away from the curb and headed down the street.
"You disapprove?" Tirrell asked.
Tonio shrugged. "I don't like the idea of him putting stuff into Colin without
knowing what it'll do."
"If it hasn't hurt him so far, chances are it's safe enough. And if it's not...
well, it's probably too late already. But I think it's a risk worth taking,
given how things have turned out."
Tonio glanced at the detective. "You're really determined to wipe out all the
fagins, aren't you?"
Tirrell grimaced. "It's that obvious, huh?"
"You practically lit up when Jarvis suggested his formula would do that."
Tirrell was silent for a long moment, long enough for Tonio to wonder if he
shouldn't have put it quite so strongly. "I've never told you this before," the
detective said at last, "but perhaps you ought to know. I nearly became a fagin's
kid myself when I was eight."
"You?" Tonio stared at him.
"Me," Tirrell admitted. "Brace and I—Brace was my roommate—we'd already been
through all the movies and games Eights were allowed and were looking for
something else to do. And when he ran into a smooth-talking fagin..." He
shrugged. "The promises sounded awfully convincing, even though I could sense
that something was wrong with the whole setup. It took me two days to decide not
to join in. But Brace did... and I never tried hard enough to talk him out of it.
He deserted the hive and worked as a thief and smuggler until Transition, when
the fagin threw him out.
He paused. Tonio waited, afraid to break the silence.
"There was a big official debate as to what to do with him, and even though he
was eventually allowed Basic the whole thing made him pretty bitter. He quit
school twice, got into trouble fighting with the other teens, and was eventually
ordered out. He drifted through several low-skill jobs, but his record kept
tripping him up, and he slipped into various petty criminal activities.
Eventually... he became a fagin himself."
Tonio had sort of guessed where Tirrell's story was leading, but it still sent a
shiver up his back. "It doesn't make sense," he said, shaking his head. "He, of
all people, should have understood what he was doing to his kids."
"It doesn't seem to work that way," Tirrell said with more than a touch of
bitterness. "Along with all the other traumas of Transition, kids like that wind
up feeling rejected by both their fagins and by society, and that's a pretty
hard load to carry. Most of them hang on and eventually manage to fit in
reasonably well, but others spend the rest of their lives trying—at least
subconsciously—to get back in their fagin's good graces."
"By becoming the same kind of people he was?"
"And by proving they're as good at it as he is." Tirrell sighed. "It's a weird,
self-destructive pattern, Tonio, but no less strong for all of that. Martel was
a fagin's kid, too, and you saw how calmly he was trying to pass the poison on
to someone else."
"Like Lisa," Tonio murmured. "It could have been her."
"And except for the grace of God and circumstance, it could have been you,"
Tirrell said gently. "You and Lisa both found other interests when the hive's
entertainments got dull—her with reading, you by applying to be a righthand. But
either of you could just as easily have gone the other way. You see now why I
think it's worth the risks to let Jarvis continue his work?"
"Yeah." Tonio stared out the window for a long time. "I guess maybe it's a good
thing then that I wasn't able to get out of that furnace," he said at last. He
wasn't really sure he wanted to say this, but the memory of what he'd been
halfway planning to do in that darkened refinery—what he'd thought Tirrell
wanted him to do there—was proving to be as uncomfortable a burden as a sore
tooth. "If I'd had the chance, I might have tried to make sure—" Jarvis got
killed, his mind prompted. But the three words remained stuck on his tongue.
"It certainly is a good thing," Tirrell nodded. "You'd have come out smack into
that cyanide. I'd say the angel who protects policemen and other idiots was
working overtime that night."
Tonio opened his mouth to explain that that wasn't what he meant at all... and
suddenly he realized that Tirrell had understood him perfectly, and that his
apparent misinterpretation was his way of saying that everything was all right
and that the issue was closed. "Thanks," he murmured.
"No problem." Tirrell glanced at him. "By the way, I know how hard this case has
been on you. If you want to resign as my righthand, I'll certainly understand."
"No, I'll finish out my year." He grinned. "Remember, I went into this for
excitement in the first place. But... I'm not sure I'll want to stick with
police work after school. There are parts of it I'm not sure I like."
Tirrell shrugged. "You'll find you have to make deals and compromises in
practically any profession you go into. But it's your decision, of course. There
are certainly other good fields to go into."
"Big of you to notice."
Tirrell chuckled and fell silent, and Tonio settled himself for the long drive
ahead, wondering at the uneasiness still nagging at him. Everything seemed to
have come out okay... but he still didn't like what was being done to Colin.
Even with Tirrell's assurances it didn't seem either safe or right to be
experimenting with a real live kid. But until he hit Transition and could start
learning things on his own, he was just going to be stuck accepting adults'
words on such things.
Unless...
A strange thought, at least for him—but Lisa would be visiting Ridge Harbor soon.
Perhaps, if he could get up the nerve, he would ask her to teach him reading.
It was worth thinking about, anyway.
Ñïàñèáî, ÷òî ñêà÷àëè êíèãó â áåñïëàòíîé ýëåêòðîííîé áèáëèîòåêå BooksCafe.Net
Îñòàâèòü îòçûâ î êíèãå
Âñå êíèãè àâòîðà